Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development 1945 To 1965 Vol 3
Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development 1945 To 1965 Vol 3
By
ANTONY C. ,SUTTON
13~597
~'~
bo?
5u.o~.....-..
/'j<i~/ i';:
The Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, founded at Stanford
University in 1919 by the late President Herbert Hoover, is a center for advanced
study and research on public and international affairs in the twentieth century.
The views expressed in its publications are entirely those of the authors and
do not necessarily reflect the views of the Hoover Institution.
The considerable financial burden for this three-volume study has been borne
by the Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace established by former
President Herbert Hoover at Stanford University. The Institution's extensive
archival holdings, a library in excess of one million volumes, first-rate research
facilities, and the unique freedom given to individual researchers make it an
unparalleled center for original research. The Institution is, of course, in no
way responsible for my errors and omissions, nor does it necessarily accept
my argument.
Of the many at the Hoover Institution who have contributed to this study
special mention should be made of Dr. W. Glenn Campbell, Director of the
Hoover Institution since 1960; Mr. Alan H. Belmont, Associate Director for
Administration; and Dr. Roger A. Freeman, Senior Fellow. The assistance
given by the expert curators and an efficient Library staff is also gratefully
acknowledged.
The Hoover Institution Press, headed by Mr. Brien Benson, handled the
publication chores for the series and particular acknowledgment is due the editorial
staff: Miss Michelle Hogan, former production editor; Miss Liselotte Hofmann,
assistant editor; Mr. London G. Green, the editor directly responsible for the
first two volumes; and Mrs. Carole Norton, who supervised the editorial work
on volumes One and Two and undertook the detailed editing of this final volume.
Miss Marcia Taylor compiled the bibliography and Mrs. Joan Johanson com-
piled the index for this volume.
To these and others who have given their assistance-thank you.
Stanford, California A. C. S.
June, 1970.
Contents
TABLES xvii
FIGURES xxiii
INTRODUCTION XXV
CHAPTER ONE: Lend Lease and the ''Pipeline Agreement,'' 1941 to 1946 3
U.S.S.R. Lend Lease Program: The Supply Protocols ....... . 3
Composition of Lend Lease Supplies to the Soviet Union 5
The Pipeline Agreement of October 15, 1945 ............... . 10
United Kingdom Lend Lease to the U.S.S.R. II
UNRRA Supplies to the Ukraine and Belorussia ...... . 12
Soviet Requests and Soviet Receipts ................ . 13
ix
X C 0/IU!~ltS
BIBLIOGRAPHY 425
INDEX 457
Tables
xxlii
xxiv Figures
27-2 Soviet Ships on the Haiphong Run: Design Origins of Main Diesel
Engines in Relation to Maximum Speed and Tonnage 397
Introduction
1
See A. C. Sutton, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1917 ro 1930
(Stanford: Hoover Institution, 1968). Hereafter cited as Sutton I.
l The cut-off date varies according to the amount of information available for each industrial sector;
for chapter 21 (shipbuilding). information was available to July 1967, while for chapter 9 (non-
ferrous metals) information is scarce after the early 1960s.
XXV
xxvi lwroducrion
Soviet Union had caught up technically in the thirties and once again in the
forties by "borrowing" in one form or another from the West.
In 1957 came the era of ''peaceful competition between systems," when
Khrushchev challenged and threatened to ''bury'' the United States economically.
This challenge may well have been a bombastic cover for Soviet intent to
increase-not reduce-the acquisition of Western technology. On the other hand,
Soviet economists may have concluded that the years 1957·58 represented the
zenith of technical assimilation from abroad and that Sputnik would usher in
an era of Soviet innovation. Some Soviet innovation did indeed evolve in the
late I950s-in fact examples appear to be concentrated in these years-but
it did not survive in the face of dynamic Western technical advances. 3
Today it is no longer a question of "catching up." It is a question of
the innate ability of the Soviet system to innovate at all. On the basis of the
research fmdings elaborated in this three.volume series, we conclude that a
society with the kind of central planning that guides the Soviet Union has
virtually no capability for self·generated indigenous innovation.
Yet Soviet propaganda concerning Soviet technology has by and large been
successful. In the face of the empirical evidence in these volumes, the Soviets
have convinced a large proportion of the Free World, and perhaps the Communist
Party of the Soviet Union itself, of their technological prowess.
Although the record of foreign technological dependence is largely expunged
from Soviet writing, it is possible from time to time to find frank and open
statements bearing on the issue. For example, at the Twenty·third Congress
of the CPSU in 1966, the report on the directives delivered by Kosygin included
the straightforward statement:
The Soviet Union is going to buy ... over a thousand sets of equipment for
enterprises and shops in the chemical,light, food and other industries. Deliveries
from the fraternal countries will cover 48 percent of our needs in sea-going freight-
ers, 40 percent of our needs in main line and industrial electric locomotives,
about 36 percent of our needs in railway cars. 4
As the Soviet definition of' 'sets'' of equipment equals co·,nplete plant installations
and the period covered by the statement was five year~. the magnitude of the
planned assistance may be readily seen.s
This Soviet dependence on foreign countries has large~) zscaped the attention
of the Western world. For example, a survey conducted b.,: 111e U.S. Information
3
Among many examples, see chapter IS and synthelic f1bers.
~ Novosti, 23rd Conguss of rhe Communist Parry of rhe Soviet Unit;,, ,Moscow, 1966), p. 256.
See also A.C. Sutton, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Ueve/opment, 1930 to 1945
(Stanford: Hoover Institution, 1971; hereafter cited as Sutton II), p 3; and A.C. Sutton,
"Soviet Merchant Marine", U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings, January 1970.
5 These figures coincide with the material presented in chapter 21 (for ~hips) and chapter 20
(for locomOiives).
lmroducrion xxvii
Agency on European opinion concerning the relative success of U.S. and Soviet
scientific and technical achievements 6 had extraordinary results. Accepting that
the layman does not make a distinction between science and technology, then
in 1961 more people in Western Europe believed the Soviet Union was technically
ahead of the United States than vice versa. This opinion varied by country:
in Great Britain 59 percent thought the Soviet Union was ahead and only 21
percent thought the United States was, while in West Germany one-half of
the interviewees thought the United States was ahead compared with 19 percent
for the Soviet Union. Where further questions were asked of those who thought
the Soviet Union ahead, the answers were not in terms of Soviet use of Western
technology but rather in terms of factors not supported by this study. Only
about 15 percent of the German responses mentioned "captured German scien-
tists" as a key factor in Soviet weapons and atomic energy programs. But
most "Soviets-ahead" answers tended to be negative about the United States
rather than positive about Soviet "success"; i.e., there were such observations
as ''Americans like a good time,'' ''no coordination in America,'' ''insufficiency
of good scientists in the U.S. " 7
The paradox, or perhaps dilemma, that remains with us is that this study
presents detailed and profuse evidence not only at variance with the Soviets'
own interpretations of their achievements--despite their exceptional statements
that hint otherwise-but also at complete variance with the beliefs of a majority
of the Free World, including its academic communities. The confusion may
even extend into U.S. Government departments. To illustrate this point, it may
be profitable to explore the views of the U.S. State Department concerning
Soviet technology and Soviet economic achievements because the State Depart-
ment, as the senior U.S. executive department, has excellent sources of informa-
tion and plays the paramount role in the establishment of U.S. economic policy
toward the U.S.S.R.
Published State Department papers and statements made by State Department
officials to Congress suggest conclusions directly opposed to those of this study.
In brief, the State Department has consistently argued from 1918 to the present
time-but more importantly in the years since about 1960-that Soviet industrial
development has little connection with Western technology, and specifically
that it has no vital connection with trade or with the other mechanisms discussed
in this study as technology transfer vehicles.
In The Battle Act Reporr: /963, submitted by the State Department to Con-
gress, it is stated that trade with the West had made "{an] obviously limited
contribution to Soviet economic and industrial growth" and that denial of trade
could not affect basic Soviet military capability. The report continued to the
6
Leo P. Crespi, "The Image of U.S. Versus Soviet Science in Western European Public
Opinion," in R. L. Merritt and D. J. Puchala. ed~., Western European Perspecrives on Inter·
national Affairs: Public Opinion Srudies and Evaluations (New York: Praeger, 1967).
7
Ibid.
x.xviii Jntroductioll
effect that the Battle Act embargo program was not as extensive as in the
early 1950s on the grounds that ''the inevitable process of industrial and economic
growth during those 12 years has meant that the Soviets have developed their
own productive capability in many of the areas where a restraining impact
was necessary and possible 10 years ago. " 8 This State Department report was
made precisely at a time when the Soviets were midway in a program to purchase
complete industrial sectors in the West--concentrated fertilizers, synthetic rub-
bers and fibers, engines, computers, electric locomotives, and automobiles-all
for industrial sectors either nonexistent or very backward in the U.S.S.R. in
1963.
A great deal of information for this study was derived from reports made
by various U.S. industry delegations to the Soviet Union- under the auspices
of the State Department, although not all such delegation reports have been
declassified. Some delegations commented adversely on the value of their visits
insofar as the United States is concerned, and indeed from the technical viewpoint
there has been little U.S. advantage. For example, the American Gas Industry
Delegation was greeted in Leningrad by a number of prominent officials, and
U.S. Dept. of State, The Battle Act Report: 1963. Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of
1951 (Washington; 1963). p. 8. See Sutlon II. pp. 3-6, for other State Department and
academic statements on lhis topic; also seep. 211 for Assistant Secretary of Commerce Jack
N. Behrman"s denial of Soviet "copying" of agricultural machinery.
This writer is of course by no means the first to have raised serious doubts about the analytical
performance of the State Depunment. A well-qualified critique which touches on some aspc~:t~ of
this study has been made by a former assistant chief of the Division of Research of the State
Depanment: Bryton Barron, Inside the State Deptmmem, (New York: Comet Press, 1956).
Seep. 417 below.
9 "U.S.S.R. Natural Gas Industry," Report of the U.S. Natural Gas Delegation, July 1961, p. 38.
111 Robert E. Ebel, The Petroleum Industry of the Soviet U11ion (New York: American Petroleum
lnstilule, June 1961), p. 107.
11 U.S. Dept. of the Interior, A Hisrory of the Petroleum Administration for War, /94/-1945
(Washington, 1946), p. 270.
12 Seep. 13S.
13 All delegations, without exception. commented favorably on the hospitality.
l11ttoductio11 xxix
the delegation was given a cordial reception, 13 written information was not
forthcoming in abundance 14 and plant visits were difficult to arrange. Despite
such problems, however, the reports display the observers' great perspicacity
and technical skill.
The restrictions imposed by U.S. Government classification of data were
only partly countered by the excellence of private reports, however; sometimes
an alternative and more circuitous approach had to be applied to determine
process origin. The most direct alternative was to isolate exports of technology
to the Soviet Union by U.S. and foreign manufacturers and trace such exports
to specific locations in the Soviet Union-this was the modus operandi in volumes
One and Two. (State Department files provided detailed information for the
period 1917·1945.) It was not possible to rely entirely on the same procedures
for the period 1945- 1965, since for this period the U.S. Government has restricted
information pertaining to such transfers.
Hence another alternative was used in preparing volume Three. In addition
to starting with Western firms and tracing technology to the Soviet Union,
the author examined and traced back to a possible Western origin (within reason·
able limits of time and space) major processes or equipment items known to
be in use in the Soviet Union. When a technical link was thus established,
a search was begun for a specific Western export or contract; by this means
it was found that the Soviet synthetic rubber "Narit," for example, is a chloro-
prene rubber that traces back to the export of Dupont technology under Lend
Lease. Much work originated in U.S. military departments and required only
search and collection. For example, the ''Moskvich'' and ''Leningrad'' television
sets had already been traced by the U.S. Air Force to East German origins,
and turbojet engines had been traced to German BMW 003 and Junkers 004
and British Rolls-Royce engines. The Stalinets S·SO was found to be the Caterpil-
lar D. 7 in an extensive study by the Caterpillar Tractor Company.
Not all technical links could be fully confirmed. For this reason, two degrees
of identification accuracy have been established and are referred to throughout
the text. Where positive identification has been made, i.e., where a specific
process or piece of equipment is identified in acceptable sources as of Western
origin, it is classified as a "positive identification." On the other hand, if
identification had to be "inferred" it is so noted; inferred identification includes
the category for which information has been provided on a confidential or back-
ground basis. The YaAZ truck engine of 1947, for example, is inferred to
be a General Motors engine on the basis of comparisons of technical data
and the knowledge that such engines were exported to the U.S.S.R. under
14
U.S. Congress, He(lrings, Special Committee on Atomic Energy, 79th Congre~s. 1st session,
November 27, 28, 29, and 30, \945, December 3, 1945; Pan I (Washington: U.S. Governmenl
Printing Office, 1945).
XXX Introduction
Lend Lease. Soviet adoption of some nonferrous metals processes has been
indicated to the writer on a confidential basis. u
Khrushchev's challenge to the West in the late 1950£ fr,!' peaceful competition
coincided with the beginning of a massive Soviet prograr;, to purchase complete
plants from the West. The year 1957 is central to our siudy. Up to that time
the Soviets had been duplicating technology imported .n the 1930s and under
Lend Lease; no indigenous progress of any magnitude had been achieved, while
certain industries, such as chemicals and synthetic fibers, were perhaps 40 years
out of date. Consequently, rates of growth were slipping.
In 1957 several books were published in the Soviet Un.on proclaiming the
benefits of socialist production and the role of Lenin and the Communist Party
in bringing about the wonders of socialist Russia. An examination of some
of these books 16 suggests several factors germinal to our study. First, little
specific information is given; Moskatov, for example, uses multiple or percentage
statements rather than absolute figures. Secondly, and of more interest for our
purposes, data concerning qualitative factors-somewhat more difftcult to dis-
guise-suggest there was an extremely limited product range in Soviet industry
in the late 1950s; a situation confirmed by the present study. Sominskii 17 lists
a number of machines by model number, and the origins of these machines
are presented in the text below. Moskatov covers similar ground and in one
or two cases gives a quantitative framework for the number of models actually
in use~ e.g., in 1957 there were six basic models of tractors. There is, of
course, no mention of the origins of this tractor technology.
In brief, Soviet publications on the question of technical progress make
statements that, while greatly abbreviated, are not inconsistent with the findings
of this study in the sense that no statement is made concerning types of equipment
not covered in this text. The technology for types not mentioned did not even
exist; such is consistent with subsequent purchase abroad as outlined in this
study.
Finally, in a study full of paradoxes let a supreme paradox be suggested.
The Soviet Union is the dedicated enemy of the Free World-this by the admission
of its own leadership. There is no question that since 1917 there has been
a continuing advocacy of the overthrow of capitalist systems. Yet the technical
transfers described in these volumes have been the lifeblood of the Soviet indus-
trial process and of the Soviets' ability to back up their avowed campaign
of world revolution.
15 Many aspects of the transfer have been more adequately discussed elsewhere. For example, the
transfer of a duplicate set of plates for printing currency (from the U.S. Treasury to the Soviet
Union, thus giving the Soviets the ability to print unlimited quantities of currency redeemable in
U.S. dollan) has been well described and documented in Vladimir Petrov, Money and Conquest
(Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 1967).
18 V. S. Sominskii, 0 telchniche.skom progresse promyshlennosti SSSR (Moscow, 1957), and P. G.
Moskatov, Po puti telchnkheskogo progressa (Moscow, 1957).
lmroducrion xxxi
What is more, the technical transfers have not only been allowed by Western
governments but have in fact been encouraged and sometimes even singled
out for acclaim. For example,· the builder of the first modern Soviet
trawlers-Brooke· Marine, Ltd., of Lowes toft, England-was honored by Queen
Elizabeth with an M.B.E. (Member of the Order of the British Empire) for
Charles Ernest White, the assistant general manager in charge of productionY'
In 1946 Swedish firms were reportedly threatened by their government's ministry
of industry and commerce if they refused to take Soviet orders. 19 In Germany
in the 1950s and 1960s the Howaldtwerke shipyards in Kiel, owned by the
German Government, was a prominent builder of ships on Soviet account.
Then in the mid-sixties came President Johnson's "bridges for peace," which
opened wider the floodgates of American technology for the Soviets, although,
to be sure, a similar argument had been used by Edwin Gay of the War Trade
Board in 1919 to initiate trade with the Bolsheviks ("trade would bring the
Bolsheviks into the civilized world").
Such, then, is the confused political arena for the transactions discussed
in this study.
17
Sominsk.ii, op. cit. n. 16, p. 95.
1
a The Shipbuilder and Marine Engine Builder (London). February \956. p. \19.
'~ E/ecrricu/ Review (London), val. 139, p. 890.
PART I
There are two aspects to Lend Lease transfers: (I) shipments made under the
five Supply Protocols of 1941A5 and related programs and (2) shipments made
under the October 1945 "pipeline agreement"-after the end of the war with
Japan and covering goods in inventory or procurement on September 2, 1945. 1
Data used in this chapter are from t!:!_e unpublished U.S. Dept. of State, "Report on War
Aid Furnished by the United States to the U.S.S.R.'' (Washington: Office of Foreign Liquidation,
1945). The published Supply Protocols are not a guide to actual shipments, only to anticipated
ones. The reader should also consult George R. Jordan, From Major Jordan's Diaries (New
York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1952), based on Soviet copies of the delivery notes;
in most categories Major Jordan's report is consistent with the State Department publication,
but sometimes he includes details to be found only in the Lend Lease invoices stored at the
Federal Records Center, Suitland, Maryland.
The "pipeline agreement" of October 1945 is published in Documents on American Foreign
Relations, VIII, July 1945-December 1946 (Princeton: Princeton University Press), pp. 127-32.
It should be noted that Schedules A and B to the "pipeline agreement" have not been published
but are available from the Department of State; a copy of these schedules has been deposited
in the Hoover Institution Library.
The reader should also consult a manuscript of unknown but clearly authoritative authorship
in the Hoover Special Collections: "U.S.S.R. Lend-Leuse Program" (1945). This has data
on the virtually unknown "special programs."
3
4 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
assigned by March 30, 1945, for 7000 miles of airways with five 200-mile
feeder lines. 2 The relationship of this program to Allied wartime operations
is obscure.
About 98 percent of U.S. exports to the Soviet Union between June 1941
and September 1945 consisted of Lend Lease supplies. Table 1-l shows the
major categories of supplies and the approximate amounts shipped; this section
describes the content of each of these supply categories in more detail. :l
Amounts
Category Description of Category (Arrived in Soviet Union)
1 Aircraft and equipment 14.018 units
II Vehicles (including tanks and trucks) 466,968 units
Explosives 325,784 short tons
Ill Naval and marine equipment 5,367,000 gross registered tons
of shipping
7,617 marine engines
1V Foodstuffs 4,291,012 short tons
V Industrial machinery and equipment $1,095,140,000
VI Materials and metal products 2,589,776 short tons of steel
781,663 short tons of
nonferrous metals
1,018,855 miles ot wire
2, 159,336short tons of petroleum
820,422 short tons of chemicals
Source: U.S. Dept. of State, Report on War Aid Furnished by the United States ro the
U.S.S.R. (Washington: Office of Foreign Liquidation, 1945), pp. 20-28.
1239 light tanks, 4957 medium tanks, about 2000 self-propelled guns, 1104
half-tracks, and 2054 armored scout cars. The 2293 ordnance service vehicles
included 1534 field repair trucks and 629 tank transporters. Trucks included
4 7, 728 jeeps, 24,564 three-quarter-ton true ks, 148,664 one-and-one-half· ton
trucks, 182,938 two-and-one-half-ton trucks, and smaller quantities of two-
and-one-half-ton amphibian trucks, five-ton trucks, and special purpose trucks.
Also shipped were 32,200 motorcycles and 7570 track-laying tractors with 3216
spare tractor engines. All equipment was provided with spare parts and ammuni-
tion in accordance with U.S .Army standards.
A total of 325,784 tons of explosives included 129,667 tons of smokeless
powder and 129,138 tons of TNT.
Wireless communication equipment comprised a sizable portion of total ship-
ments and included no less than 35,779 radio stations (one kilowatt and less).
Related equipment included radio stations of higher power. radio locators, 705
radio direction finders, 528 radio altimeters, 800 radio compasses, 63 radio
beacons, and large quantities of radio tubes, component parts, accessories, and
measuring and testing equipment.
Construction machinery valued at over $10 million included $5,599,000
of road and aircraft construction equipment and $2,459,000 in tractor-mounted
equipment, together with $2,099,000 worth of mixers and pavers and $635,000
worth of railroad construction equipment.
Railroad equipment included 1900 steam locomotives, 66 diesel-electric
locomotives, 9920 flat cars, 1000 dump cars, 120 tank cars, and 35 heavy
machinery cars, for a total of 13,041 railroad units.
Other military items shipped included 15 cableway bridges, five portable
pipelines, 62 portable storage tanks, 100,000 flashlights with dry cells, and
13 pontoon bridges.
Category III comprised naval and marine equipment. Noncombat ships
included 90 dry-cargo vessels, ten oceangoing tankers, nine Wye tankers, three
icebreakers, 20 tugboats, one steam schooner, 2398 pneumatic floats, one motor
launch, and two floating repair shops.
Combat ships sent to the Soviet Union included 46 submarine chasers ( 110
ft.), 57 submarine chasers (65 ft.), 175 torpedo boats in addition to another
24 torpedo boats supplied from the United Kingdom, 77 minesweepers, 28
frigates, 52 small landing craft, and eight tank-landing craft (and another two
tank-landing craft from the United Kingdom) together with six cargo barges.
The marine propulsion machinery group included 3320 marine diesel engines,
4297 marine gasoline engines, 108 wooden gas engines, 2150 outboard motors,
$254,000 worth of shafting and ship propellers, $50,000 worth of steering gear,
40 storage batteries for submarines, and parts and equipment (valued at
$2,774,000) for marine propulsion machinery.
Special ship equipment included $1,047,000 worth of salvage stations and
Lend Lease and rhe "Pipeline Agreemenr," 1941 to /946 7
diving gear, $109,000 worth of jetting apparatus, one submarine rescue chamber,
distilling apparatus valued at $36,000 and miscellaneous special shipping equip-
ment valued at $44,000. Also sent were trawling equipment for minesweepers
valued at $3,778,000, mechanical and electrical equipment for tugboats valued
at $545,000, and mechanical and electrical equipment for ferry boats valued
at $1,717,000. A large quantity of naval artillery and ammunition included
1849 Oerlikon guns and $2,692,000 worth of equipment for naval guns.
Over 4.2 million tons of foodstuffs was consigned in Category IV. These
supplies included 1,154,180 tons of wheat, wheat flour, grain mill products,
and seed; over 672,000 tons of sugar; 782,973 tons of canned meat, including
265,569 tons of "tushonka"; 730,902 tons of sausage, fat, butter, and lard;
517,522 tons of vegetable oil; and 362,421 tons of dried milk, eggs, cheese,
and dehydrated products. Also sent were 9000 tons of soap and 61,483 tons
of miscellaneous food products.
The shipments most significant to this study were in Category Y-machinery
and equipment valued at over $1 billion.
Groups V -l/3B included general-purpose engines and turbines, compressors,
and pumps to a total value of $39,287,000.
Groups Y -4/7 comprised equipment valued at $50,644,000, including crush-
ing, screening, and mixing machinery ($8,048,000); conveyers and conveying
systems ($1,651,000); marine winches ($460,000); cranes, derricks, hoists, and
similar equipment ($33 ,272,000); and industrial trucks and tractors ($7 ,213 ,000).
Groups V -8 A/II totaled $38,791,000, including fan and blower equipment
($3, 702,000), mechanical power transmission equipment ($111.000), bearings
($25,813,000), and valves and steam specialties ($8,521,000).
Groups V -12/l3B3 included general-purpose industrial machinery valued
at $197,820,000. These groups comprised miscellaneous machinery
($4,508,000), electric rotating equipment for marine use ($1,867,000), electric
rotating equipment for other uses ($17,700,000), military generator sets
($26,803 ,000), marine generator sets ($12,852,000), and other types of generator
sets ($134,090,000).
Groups V -14/17 included $16,685,000 worth of electrical equipment. These
groups comprised primary electrical power transmission equipment ($7, I 07 ,000),
power conversion equipment ($6,923,000), marine secondary distribution equip-
ment ($1 ,325,000), and motor starters and controllers ($1 ,260,000).
Groups V-18/22, totaling $5,902,000, included electric lamps ($101,000),
miscellaneous equipment ($3,722,000), food products machinery ($735,000),
textile industries machinery ($977 ,000), and pulp and paper industry machinery
($367 ,000).
Groups V-23/26, valued at $33,283,000, included printing trade machinery
and equipment ($52,000), a tire plant from the Ford Motor Company
($8,675,000), rubber-working machinery ($115,000), wood-working machinery
8 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, !945-1965
($1 ,045,000), other types of lighting fixtures ($421 ,000), and photographic equip-
ment ($1,244,000). The photographic equipment group is interesting in that
$393,000 of a total of only $1,244,000 for the group was en route to the
Soviet Union as late as September 20, 1945; in other words, one-third of the
allocated photographic equipment was en route to the Soviet Union after the
end of the war with Japan.
Groups V -64A/67 included various types of scientific equipment to a total
value of $12,431,000, comprising optical, indicating, recording, and control
instruments ($6,902,000), navigation instruments ($727,000), professional and
scientific instruments ($1,596,000), miscellaneous equipment ($396,000), and
nonpowered hand tools ($2,810,000).
Groups V-68/71 consisted of miscellaneous tools and equipment valued at
$22,493,000, and included mechanics' measuring tools ($3,672,000), marine
power boilers ($90,000), industrial power boilers ($15,880,000), agricultural
tractors ($2,773,000), and other miscellaneous equipment ($78,000).
These data show that Lend Lease supplies of industrial machinery and equip-
ment to the Soviet Union between 1941 and 1945 were not only large in amount
-i.e., in excess of one billion dollars-but also of a remarkably varied and
extensive character and included equipment for all sectors of the civilian and
military-industrial economy.
Category VI included materials and metal products. A total of 2,589,776
short tons of steel was shipped, and included 4857 tons of stainless steel wire,
3827 tons of special alloy wire, 56,845 tons of steel alloy tubes, 12,822 tons
of stainless steel, 160,248 tons of cold-finished bars, 233, 170 tons of hot-rolled
aircraft steel, and large quantities of polished drill rod, armor plate, wire rope,
pipe and tubing, wire nails, hot-rolled sheet and plate, railroad rails and acces-
sories, car axles, locomotive car wheels, rolled steel car wheels, and other
steel products.ln addition, a total of 16,058 short tons offerroalloys was shipped,
including ferrosilicon, ferrochromium, ferrotungsten, and ferromolybdenum.
Shipments of nonferrous metals totaled 781,663 short tons, including a
remarkable 339,599 short tons of base-alloy copper and large quantities of elec-
trolytic copper and copper tubes. This group also included quantities of aluminum
ingot and wire bar, and fabricated aluminum, zinc, lead, cadmium, cerium,
cobalt, mercury, and nickel including 261 tons of pure nickel shapes.
Group VI-4A included a large quantity of miscellaneous metals and metal
products including molybdenum concentrates, pig iron, and an incredible one
million miles of telephone wire and submarine cable. The 2,159,336 short tons
of petroleum products largely comprised aviation gas and gas-blending agents
to raise the octane level of Soviet domestic gasoline. Large quantities of inorganic
chemicals were shipped, including ammonium nitrate, caustic soda, potassium
nitrate, soda ash, sodium cyanide, sodium dichromate, and similar basic chemi-
cals. In the organic chemical field, shipments included quantities of acetone,
butyl acetate, a large quantity of ethyl alcohol (359,555 short tons), ethylene
10 Western Technology and Soviet Economic D'·elopmelll, 1945-1965
undertook to pay the United States in dollars, with only a small amount of
interest, for additional material.
The goods shipped under this agreement were valued at $222 million and
comprised only industrial machinery and equipment with some spare parts. A
large proportion of the equipment consisted of electrical generating stations,
boilers, engines, motors, and transformers for the electric power industry. Other
large shipments included machine tools-such as hydraulic presses, hammers,
mechanical presses, shears, f13nging machines, and bending machines. Large
amounts of mining equipment included mine hoists, ball mills, jaw crushers,
and hammer mills. The machine tool shipments comprised lathes of all types,
including engine lathes, precision lathes, semiautomatic machines with special
tools, universal machines, turret lathes, chucking machines, and large quantities
of spare parts and specialized equipment ancillary to such machine tools. Spare
parts for vehicles previously shipped under Lend Lease were also included
in the agreement. 4
The Soviet Union has not maintained its payments schedule under this
agreement.
The equipment lists were not published by the State Department, but see Schedules A and
B deposited at the Hoover Institution.
12 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Del'elopmellt. 1945-1965
By the end of May 1943, a total of 4690 complete aircraft had been sent
to Russia, with appropriate supplies of spares, including engines, airframes,
and other articles of equipment. 5 Other supplies shipped to Russia included
material for all sections of the Soviet fighting forces: 1042 tanks, 6135 miles
of cable, over two million meters of camouflage netting, and 195 guns of various
calibers with 4,644,930 rounds of ammunition.
The United Kingdom also shipped the following between October I, 1941,
and March 31, 1946: 28,050 long tons of tin, 40,000 long tons of copper,
32,000 long tons of aluminum, 3300 long tons of graphite, and £1,424,000
worth of industrial diamonds. 6
In August 1945 the United Nations agreed on a $250 million United Nations
Relief and Rehabilitation Administration (UNRRA) program for Ukraine and
Belorussia, and in a statement of rather twisted logic 8 ·promptly suspended pay-
ments for such supplies. After numerous delays, two small U.N. missions arrived
Source: Great Britain, Accounts and Papers, 1942-43, XI, Command 6483 (November 1943).
U.S. Bureau of Mines, Mineral Trade Notes. (Washington) vol. 22, no. 6 (June 1946), p.
49.
This section is based on George Woodbridge, UNRRA (New York Columbia Univeristy Press,
1950). vol.ll, pp. 231·56.
8 The U. N. subcommittee granting the suspension gave the fol:owing reason for suspension
of payment: ''Information supplied to the Subcommittee by the representatives of the Byelorussian
Soviet Socialist Republic indicated that in accordance with the ~- ... nstitutional provisions of
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, this constituent repubi:07 has no foreign exchange
Lend Lease and the "Pipeline Agreemem," 1941 ro 1946 13
in Russia to administer the program; the missions reported that supplies were
equitably distributed, although with no indication that they originated with the
United Nations, and mission r¥ports were submitted concerning their distribution.
By March 1947 the supply program was about 99.61 percent fulfilled, only
$982,700 remaining of the one-quarter billion dollar allotment.
Top priority was given to fats, oils, and meats. These were followed by
industrial equipment, with emphasis on equipment for restoration of public
utilities and communications together with equipment for basic industries such
as peat extraction equipment, a brick-making plant, an asphalt plant, and a
mineral wool plant. Almost half of the industrial procurement program was
devoted to "protocol goods," mainly electric power stations ordered by the
U.S.S.R. in the United Kingdom under the Third Protocol of 1942 but not
delivered by 1945. Industrial goods not requiring manufacture (e.g., small
locomotives, raw materials, electrical systems, and military vehicles) were by
and large delivered before the end of 1946.
assets of its own, such u~~ets being entirely in the hands of the government of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics. Nevertheless, in view of the great destruction in the Byeloru~sian
Soviet Socialist Republic, the Subcommittee recommends that the government of the Byelorussian
Soviet Socialist Republic be considered at this time not to be in a position to pay with suitable
means of foreign exchange for relief and rehabilitation supplies which the Director General
will make available." Woodbridge, op. cir. n.7, p. 234.
A. N. Lagovskii, Strategiia i Ekonomika, 2d edition (Moscow, 1961). pp 113-14.
10
Ibid., pp. 116-17.
II Ibid .. pp. 115-16.
14 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. 1945-1965
the Soviet position in any manner whatsoever. For example, the initial Soviet
request for 3000 pursuit planes was sizable; however, the combined U.S. and
British offers under the First Protocol were 2700 pursuit planes, obtained by
stripping every other front of its requests. Initial Soviet requests for tanks were
for 9900 light and medium tanks, and combined U.S. and British supply on
the First Protocol was4700 tanks. Other items were filled, and indeed overfilled.
For example, the Soviets initially requested 20,000 submachine guns-they
were offered 98,220 under the First Protocol alone. 12
We may therefore conclude that Lend Lease with its associated and sup-
plementary postwar programs injected about $1.25 billion worth of the latest
American industrial equipment into the Soviet economy. This figure does not
include the value of semifabricated materials, foodstuffs, industrial supplies,
and vehicles of indirect benefit. This industrial equipment comprised machines
and technologies generally in advance of Soviet wartime capabilities (as will
be described in later chapters), and the greater proportion was of significant
value to the postwar economy.
12 Based on data in anonymous, op. cit. n.l, p. 30. A comparison of the other protocols and
Soviet requests could be constructed from the data given in Robert H. Jones, The Roads to
Russia (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1969), pp. 119, 167.
CHAPTER TWO
A prime objective of the Soviet Union during World War II was to exact
from its enemies the maximum of reparations in kind to rebuild the war-torn
and occupied areas of Russia. U.S. Secretary of State Edward J. Stettinius
recalled the great importance attached to such reparations: ''Stalin, on the question
of German reparations, spoke with great emotion, which was in sharp contrast
to his usual calm, even manner."'
Only those reparations acquired in the form of plants and equipment transfer-
red to the U.S.S.R. from enemy countries come within the scope of this study.
Italy Yes No No
Austria Yes Yes Yes
Manchuria Yes Yes A few only
Finland Yes No No
Korea Probably No No Yes
Japan No No No
FkJmania Yes Yes Yes
Hungary Yes Yes Yes
Bulgaria Yes Yes (a few)
Germany (East) Yes Yes Yes
Germany (West- Yes No No
ern zones)
Yugoslavia No Limited
Source: J. P. Nettl, The Eastern Zone and Soviet Policy in Germany, 1945·50 (London:
Oxford University Press, 1951); and N. Spulber, The Economics of Communist Eastern
Europe (New York: The Technology Press of M.I.T., and John Wiley & Sons, 1957).
E. R. Stettinius, Jr., Roosevelr and the Russians. The Yalra Conference (New York: Doubleday,
1949), p. 263.
IS
16 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The figure of $20 billion for total Allied reparations, of which about one-half
was to go to the U.S.S.R., was apparently arrived at with only passing objection
from the United Kingdom and none from the United States. The original Molotov
submission at the Yalta conference was that the amount be fixed at $20 billion
with $10 billion to go to the U.S.S.R.• Stettinius reported that he himself
suggested 50 percent should go to the U.S.S.R.~. but that there was no final
agreement on total absolute amounts:
2
These are discussed in two excellent books. See J. P. Nettl, The Eastem Zone and Sovier
Policy in Germany, /945-50 (London: Oxford University Press, 1951) for Germany, and Nicolas
Spulber, The Economics of Communist Eastern Europe (New York: The Technology Press
of M.I.T. and John Wiley & Sons 1957), for excellent, very detailed material on the other
East European countries.
3
Estimates of actual, in contrast to planned, transfers suggest a total of about $10 billion. For
example, the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency stated: 'The economic gains accruing to the
U.S.S.R. as a result of the European bloc arrangements was greatest during the 1945-55 period
when direct and indirect reparations netted the U.S.S.R. an amount estimated at roughly \0
billion dollars.' It should be noted that this excludes Manchuria and possibly Finland. U.S.
Congress, Comparisons ofrhe United States and Soviet Economies, Joint Economic Committee,
Sub-Committee on Economic Statistics, Prepared by the Central Intelligence Agency in Coopera-
tion with the Department of State and the Department of Defense. Supplemental Statement
on Costs and Benefits to the Soviet Union of Its Bloc and Pact System: Comparisons with
the Western Alliance System, 82nd Congress, 2d session (Washington, 1960).
Stettinius, op. cit. n.l. p. 165.
Ibid .. p. 231.
World War II Reparations for the Soviet Union 17
It is clear that the Soviet authorities were working on a separate plan, prepared
before the long drawn-out discussions in the Allied Control Council had even
begun. The plan was in operation at a time when the Western Reparations Agency
had only begun to register the individual claims of participating powers and was
tentatively having particular works earmarked for dismantling.! 1
Ibid., p. 266.
Ibid .. p. 231.
Ibid., p. 231. The UNRRA studies of damage in the Soviet Union were not based on first-hand
information, and arc extremely vague.
e Ncnl, op. cit. n.2.
10
Edwin Pauley. Report on Japanese Assets in Manchuria to the President of the United States,
July 1946 (Washington, \946).
18 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1915-1965
Obsolescent plants were ignored. The intent was to gear acquisitions to the
future needs of the Soviet economy.
Second, there are some unusual parallels. For example, the Finland repara-
tions program was similar to that of Korea, while the German program was
similar to that of Manchuria. There is no question that the Soviets had a plan,
but scattered evidence also suggests they tried to cover their steps and obscure
the plan. In Manchuria, for example, they encouraged Chinese mobs to wreck
the plants after Soviet dismantling had removed desirable equipment. 11
Third, equipment choices are interesting as they parallel deductions about
weaknesses in the Soviet economy~ however, such choices puzzled the Pauley
Mission engineers in Manchuria, who could not understand, for example, why
the Soviets left electric furnaces and cement kilns and removed ball bearings.
The destructive and unskilled methods used by the Soviet Army in dismantling
German industrial plants had been enormously wasteful, and it had proved difficult
for the Russians to reestablish these plants in the Soviet Union.
Foreigners who traveled by rail from Berlin to Moscow reported that every
railroad yard and siding was jammed with German machinery, much of it deteriorat-
ing in the rain and snow. 12
A similar statement was made by Lucius Clay, U.S. military governor in Ger-
many:
The Soviet Government soon found that it could not reconstruct these factories
quickly, if at all. Reports verified by photographs reaching U.S. intelligence
agencies in Germany showed that almost every siding in East Germany, and
many in Russia, contained railway cars filled with valuable machine tools rusting
into ruinsY1
munist official in charge of the Control Department of the Central Legal Adminis-
tration in the Soviet Zone:
In Odessa, Kiev, Oranienbaum, Kimry, and other places, where the dismantled
factories were to be reassembled, it often turned out that vital machinery was
missing or had been damaged beyond repair, as the dismantling is invariably
carried out by the Russians at top speed and without proper care.~.~
At first they believed this purpose [i.e., the transfer of capital equipment] to
be served best by the removal to Russia of large quantities of industrial equipment.
It soon became apparent, however, that the Russians generally lacked the skilled
labor and technical know·how required to dismantle, reassemble, and operate
this equipment efficiently; consequently, this method of exacting reparations proved
to be even more wasteful than would normally be expected. Soviet policy then
switched co reparations out of current production. Roughly one-third of the industrial
capacity remaining in the zone was transferred to Soviet ownership, but left in
place to be operated for Soviet account using German labor. fuel. and raw materi-
als.17
Two conclusions can be drawn from the foregoing statements: (I) the Soviets
were hasty and unskilled and consequently may have damaged machinery and
equipment, and (2) weather, particularly rain, may have corroded machinery. 1 R
On the other hand, Nett] observes: "Against this is the fact that the Soviet
'~ Ibid
"
1
Robert Slus~cr, cd.,Sol'il'l Econmntc Policy in Po.111mr Cl'l'lllwly (New York: Rc~carch Progr;.~m
on the U.S.S.R., 1953), p. 14.
17
Gabriel A. Almond, The Struggll' for Democracy i11 Germany (Richmond: The William Byrd
Press, 1949), p. 158.
18
Rainfall in Eastern Europe tends to be less than in Western Europe and precipitation for the
years 1945·48 was normal. Average rainfall at Berlin from 1938 to 1950 was 594.7 mm per
year; in 1946 it was slightly below this (570.6 mm) and in 1945 and 1947 slightly above
(629.8 and 626.9 mm. respectively), World Weather Records. 1941·50, (Washington, U.S.
Weather Bureau), p. 677.
20 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Deve/opme/11, 1945-1965
Physical damage studies point to the fact that machine tools and heavy manufactur-
ing equipment of all kinds are very difficult to destroy or to damage beyond
repair by bombing attacks. Buildings housing such equipment may be burned
down and destroyed but, after clearing away the wreckage, i! has been found
more often than not, that heavy equipment when buried under tons of debris
may be salvaged and put back into operation in a relatively shorl time and with
comparatively little difficulty .tl
Since the Soviets transported only less damageable items (e.g., machine
tools and equipment rather than utility lines. steel-fabricated structures, and
19 Neltl, op. cit. n.2, p. 20S.
20 This is a technical question. The economics of dismantling, as many commentators have sug·
gested, are obscure. For example, John Hynd, M.P.: "I have never been able to understand
the economics of putling 2000 men at work for twelve monlhs-2000 man years- dismantling
a rusty old sleel factory, breaking it up, marking up the parts, packing them up into crates,
and sending them to some olher country, where it will probably take 1wo or three years to
rebuild 1he factory, and when, in four or five years' time, someone will have an oul·of-date
and rusly factory, whereas, if we had left it in Germany producing steel, we should probably
have been able to build in the same time, and withoul any loss, a new modem, well equipped
up-to-date factory" (Great Britain, Parliamentary Debates, October 27, 1949, p. 534).
21 U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, Aircraft Division: lnd14stry Report, no. 84, January 1947.
World War II Reparations for rhe Soviet Union 21
gas holders) it may be asserted that strategic bombing had very little effect,
and probably reduced the number of even the most desirable machine tools
available for reparations by only about ten percent.
The next question concerns the extent of damage incurred in dismantling
and removal procedures. Most Western commentators on dismantling have stated
that Soviet dismantling policy was inept and wasteful, and that ultimately the
Soviets were induced to switch to a policy of leaving industry in place to be
operated by captive companies on Soviet account. This may be a rather superficial
view.
At the end of hostilities in Europe the Russians had a great deal of experience
in dismantling and the West had very little-this assertion may be highlighted
by examining those categories which were subject to little dismantling. The
Soviets concentrated on plants containing equipment and machines that could
be safely transported. Close comparison of removals in Manchuria and East
Germany indicates that almost l 00 percent of removals had a high salvage
value and were easily removed and transported, i.e., machine tools, precision
instruments, and small items of equipment not made of fabricated sheet metal.
On the other hand, the Western Allies in Europe appear to have concentrated
their removals on plants with a relatively low salvage value. One cannot, for
example, satisfactorily remove an iron and steel plant to another location, which
is exactly what the Allies tried to do. In fact, the Western Allies reduced
German steel capacity by 25 percent and concentrated removals in this sector. 22
Although the Soviets did try cutting up and removing cement kilns in Manchuria,
the mistake was not repeated in East Germany.
Soviet proficiency in dismantling and shipping plants to Russia is exemplified
by events in 1944 in Persia. There the United States used two truck assembly
plants (TAP I and TAP II) to assemble U.S. trucks that had been "knocked
down'' before on-shipment to the U.S.S.R. under Lend Lease. Almost 200,000
trucks were finally assembled in these two plants. Apart from the vehicles
assembled, the plants themselves were allocated to the Soviet Union under
the Lend Lease agreement, and on December 7, 1944, orders arrived to dismantle
and transfer to Russia. A Soviet Acceptance Committee arrived three days
later. One plant was divided into small segments, each in charge of one U.S.
officer, one Soviet officer, and one interpreter. By January 17, 1945, the entire
plant had been dismantled, labeled, loaded onto 115 flatcars, and shipped by
rail to the U.S.S.R. Thus in a little over four weeks what U.S. Army spokesmen
described as a "considerable consignment" was handled with no trouble. The
second plant followed in April on 260 flatcars and was handled with equal
dispatch. 23
1. Plants with a low salvage value were not removed in toto, although
individual pieces of equipment and instruments from such plants were
selectively removed. Thus the Soviets avoided removing iron and steel
furnaces and cement kilns, for example.
2. Machines and equipment with a high salvage value and a high value-
to-weight ratio were prime targets for removal. Thus machine tools
of all types, textile, papermaking, and food processing machinery, instru-
ments from all industries, and electrical equipment received first priority.
Such equipment can be easily removed, easily prepared for shipment,
and easily crated and loaded, and it withstands transportation relatively
well.
3. The first two observations are modified in one important way: choice
of removals was selective in terms of obsolescence. This came out
clearly in Manchuria, where the older machines were almost always
left and the more modem machines always removed.
4. Selective removals were supplemented by items in short supply in the
U.S.S.R., particularly rubber conveyer belts (used for shoe repair),
electric motors of all types and sizes, hand tools, laboratory equipment,
and hospital equipment.
24
U.S. House of Representatives, Annual Report for the Year 1965. House CommiUee on Un·
American Activities, 89th Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1966).
~$ R. H. Jones, The Roads to Russia (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press. !969). p. 222.
World War II Reparations for the Soviet Union 23
Sometimes the Soviets made it more difficult for later repair work, e.g., by
bending over hold-down bolts; such effort is Unlikely to be expended in a hasty
operation.
Photographs of the crates and the crating process in Germany suggest careful
work under Soviet supervision. 28 Crates were marked for Stankoimport, an
organization with extensive experience in importing foreign equipment. There
is no reason to suppose these shipments would not be handled like any other
Soviet imports of machinery. It also must be borne in mind that Soviet practice
is to place complete responsibility on the individual in charge, with harsh penalties
for failure, and there is no reason to believe that any other procedure was
followed in the reparations removals. There was certainly pressure on the 70,000
or so individual Gennan and Chinese laborers recruited to assist in removals.
Another factor to be considered is whether damaged equipment could have
been restored to its former usefulness; and there is evidence that Soviet engineers
have exerted great ingenuity in such efforts. 27 A practical view of the possibility
of this type of recovery was seen in a 1946 German exhibition in the British
sector of Berlin with the theme "Value from under the Ruins.·· Exhibits included
lathes, stamping dies, presses, gears, and even more delicate apparatus such
as electrical equipment, typewriters, sewing machines, and printing machines
retrieved from under debris (where they had Jain for two ycurs or more) and
returned to original working order. Acid baths and abrasives were used to remove
rust, high-penetration oils freed interior working parts, and badly damaged parts
were replaced. Precision bearings were brought back by electrodeposition of
chromium, and sandblasting was used on larger metal parts. 28 This, then. is
a practical example of recovery of delicate equipment subjected to far greater
abuse and more adverse conditions than any equipment removed from Germany
to the Soviet Union. There is no reason why Soviet technicians could not have
performed as well on weatherbeaten equipment or on equipment damaged in
transit.
Support for this argument may be derived from reports on German equipment
moved during World War II across national frontiers and sometimes underground
to avoid bombing damage. For example, in a claims letter from Bussing NAG
F!ugmotorenwerke to Reichsluftfahrtministerium in July 1944 the company-ob-
viously for claims purposes putting on the worst front-stressed that moving
caused a lot of wear and tear. but "this damage was done chiefly when the
machines were being moved into the salt mines." Further explanations suggest
that chemical action in the salt mines and operation by unskilled labor did
26 A Year of Potsdam (n.p.: Office of Military Government for Germany (U.S. Zone), Economks
Division, 1946).
17
Seep. 30 below.
28 "Recovery of Machinery from Ruins," British Zone Review (Hamburg), April 26, 1946 p.
IS.
World War II Reparations for the Soviet Union 25
more damage to the equipment than lowering it into the mines, although many
pieces had to be up-ended for this purpose. 29
In general, it is suggested that pessimistic interpretations of Soviet ability
to make good use of reparations equipment are not founded on all the available
evidence. In fact, reparations equipment was a valuable addition to the Soviet
economy.
H U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey ,Bussing-NAG Flugmotoremverke, Number 89, GmBH (Bruns-
wick, Germany, January 1947), pp. 9-10.
26
""''"" ; ~'~"" ""' M><" ''"""'"" ~\m'"'. >W> '%>
lent value of food, coal, potash, zinc, timber, clay produds, petroleum
products, and such other commodities as may be agreed upon.
(b) 10 percent of such industrial equipment as is unnecessary for the German
peace economy and should be removed from the Western Zones, to be
transferred to the Soviet Government on reparation account without payment
or e;~~;change of any kind in return.
Removals of equipment as provided in (a) and (b) above shall be made simul·
taneously. 30
Source: lnter·AIIIed Reparation Agency, Report of Secretary-General for the Year 1946
(Brussels, 1946), annex X, pp. 61-62; Germany, Office· of Military Government (U.S. Zone).
Economics Division, A Year of Potsdam: The German Economy Since the Surrender (n.p.:
OMGUS, 1946).
In return for equipment dismantled under Section 4(a) the Soviets agreed
to make reciprocal deliveries of raw materials valued at 60 percent of the equip·
ment received from the Western zones. In October 1947 the U.S.S.R. presented
a first list of reciprocal commodities, which was accepted, and deliveries were
duly made. 31 In May 1948 the U.S.S.R. presented a second list of commodities,
also accepted by the Western Allies. A dispute then arose over delivery points
and the Soviets made no further deliveries.
Therefore, the Soviets delivered a total of 5,967 &85 RM (1938: about
$1.5 million) against a commitment of the 50 million Rr,·; which would represent
60 percent of the value of industrial equipment received by the Soviet Union
under Section 4(a). In other words, the Soviets paid oro~::·' 12 percent of their
commitment for reparations received under Section 4(a).
30 lnler-AIIied Reparalion Agency, Report of Secretary-General for the Year 1949 (Brussels,
1950), p. 3.
31
For a lisl of Sovie1 reciprocal deliveries see ibid., p. 17.
World War /1 Reparations for the So\•iet Union 27
and dismantling of these plants was expedited on a priority basis. The Soviet
allocation status as of November 30, 1948, is given in Table 2-3.
29 10
Source: Germany, Office of the Military Government (U.S. Zone), Report of the Military
Governor, November 1948, p. 25.
Probably the most important single plant dismantled for the Soviet Union
was the Bandeisenwalzwerk Dinslaken A.G. in the British Zone. 32 This plant
was the largest and most efficient hot- and cold-rolled strip mill on the European
continent. The effect of the removal on German productive capacity was a
reduction of 15 to 30 percent in strip steel, 20 percent in sheet steel, and
50 percent in tinplate strip steel. 33 Another important steel plant removed to
the Soviet Union was Hiittenwerk Essen-Borbeck; dismantling required the ser-
vices of 3000 workers over a period of two years to prepare for shipment. 34
By August I, 1946, a total of !56 plants in the U .S.Zone had been confirmed
for reparations by the economic directorate of the Allied Control Council; of
these, 24 had been designated in October 1945 as "advance reparations" under
the swift appraisal plan known as Operation RAP. As described officially,
"this {designation] represented an attempt to make available in the shortest
time possible a number of reparations plants to the Soviet Union and the Western
Nations. " 35 The dismantling status of these "advance reparations" plants as
of September l, 1946, suggests that the Soviet Union indeed benefited. Inasmuch
32 Wilhelm Hasenack. Di.mwmli11K in the Ruhr V1d/ey (Cologne: Westdeutscher Verlag, 1949).
33
Ibid.
:11 1/Jid., p. 51. The Hlittenwerk Essen-Borbcck pL,mt wu~ still being dismantled in M<~y 1949;
see British Zone Review, M<~y 20, 1949, <1nd Neue Zuercher Zeiwng, December 10, 1947.
Note these are rolling mills, not bl<1st furnaces with low salvage value.
a~ A Year of Potsd(l!n. op. cit. n.26, p. 35. The New York Times reports on this question
<Ire not accur<1te. For example, see New York Times M11gvzine. December 7, 1947, p. 14:
"Also there was a short period when, for technical reasons, the American zonal authorities
gave priority to the shipment of a sm:~ll amount of equipment to the Soviet zone, a situation
that resulted in such misleading headlines as "Russia Obtains 95 percent of Reparations from
U.S. Zone." This statement is, of course, inconsistent with the evidence presented here. The
same issue :~lso reports (p. 56) that U.K. and U.S. reparations shipments to the U.S.S.R.
stopped in May 1946. However, shipments were continuing as late as February 1948 according
to Dept. of State Bulletin. February 22, 1948, p. 240. In May 1949 the Borbeck pl<1nt was
still being dismantled for the U.S.S.R.; British Zone Review, May 20, 1949.
28 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
36
A YearofPotsdam.op.cit.n.26,p.37.
37 New York Times, January 23, 1947, p. 13.
38 Report of the Military Governor, Office of lhe U.S. Military Governor (Germany), no. 45,
March 1949.
3
~ See Cornelius Ryan, The LtJst Battle (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1966). on the "drive
to Berlin" controversy. The official U.S. Government account of this controversy is soon
to be published under the tille The LtJst Offensive.
Table 2-4 STATUS ON ADVANCE REPARATIONS PLANTS FOR THE U.S.S.R. AT THE END OF 1946
Percent ~
PIWJt Dismantling dismantled
No. Name of plant Location Product started at end 1946
~
:;;:
1 Mar. 46 0
1 Kugelfischer Georg Schaefer Schweinfurt, Bav. Ball-bearings 97"
2 Bayerische Motorenwerke No. 1 Munich, Bav. Aircraft engines 1 Mar. 46 82 '
3 Deutsche Schiffs- & Maschinenbau Bremen (Werk Weser) Ship-building 1 Mar. 46 27
AG (Deschimag shipyards)
-"'
~
4 Grosskraftwerk AG Mannheim, W/B Power plant - - 0
5 Kloeckner-Humboldt-Deutz Oberursel, Gr. Hesse Diesel engines 15 Nov. 45 61 0'
9 Hensoldt & Soehne Herborn, Gr. Hesse Fire control 10 Oct. 45 100 '0'
10 Gendorf Gendorf, Bav. Power plant 16 Jan. 46 40 '
;;.
Hastedt Bremen Power plant 17 Oct. 45 ~
11 BB
12 Toeging AG lnnwerk Toeging, Bav. Power plant 11 Feb. 46 B c
13 Daimler-Benz (Goldfisch) Mosbach, W/B Aircraft engines 1 Mar. 46 eo "'~-
(underground)
14 Bayerische Motorenwerke No. 2 Munich, Bav. Aircraft engines 2 Oct. 45 100 s
15 Fabrik Hess. Lichtenau Hess. Lichtenau, Explosives 6 Feb. 46 24 ~-
Gr. Hesse
16 DeutscheSchiffs-& Maschinenbau AG Bremen-Valentin Ship-building 1 Jan. 46 100 "
17 C.F. Borgeward Bremen Torpedoes 22 Jan. 46 62
18 Norddeutsche Huette AG Bremen-Oslebshausen Steel manufacturing - 0
19 Hahn & Tessky lndexwerke Esslingen, W/B Automatic screw 25 Oct. 45 60
machines
20 Fabrik Kaulbeuren Kaufbeuren, Bav. Explosives 19 Oct. 45 100
21 Fabrik Aschau Muehldorf, Bav. Explosives 27 Oct. 45 30
22 Fabrik Ebenhausen Ebenhausen, Bav. Explosives 150ct.45 100
23 Wehrmacht ordnance plant Strass, Bav. Shell loading 1 Mar. 46 100
24 Wehrmacht ordnance plant Geretsried- Shell loading 1 May 46 2
Wolfratshausen, Bav.
25 Wehrmacht ordnance plant Deschnig, Bav. Shells 1 Mar. 46 100
N
Source: A Year of Potsdam, (n.p :Office of Military Government for Germany [U.S. Zone], Economics Division, 1947), p. 36. -o
• U.S.S.R. portion only.
30 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
V-1 and V-2 rocket plants. Thus the Allied drive to the :::oe gave the Soviets
the opportunity, willingly taken, to acquire the extensive Gen:1an electrical equip·
ment industry in Berlin 40 and find the German aircraft i:-::bstry waiting intact
when the zonal frontiers were rearranged a few weeks later ..o~J
At the end of 1944 a special committee was organized lOnder the Soviet
Council of Ministers and under the leadership of Malenkov Its twin tasks
were the dismantling of German industry and the expansion o;· Soviet industry
by the use of the equipment removed. 42 The commiUee's central headquarters
in Moscow was staffed by members of the Central Committee of the Communist
Party of the Soviet Union and divided into departments with staff drawn from
Soviet industry, given military ranks. As individual targets were located, instruc-
tions passed to military units for actual dismantling then were carried out by
German prisoners of war and local labor under Soviet officei-s . .o~a
Dismantling of East German industry began with the arrival of the second
wave of Soviet forces, first in Berlin (all zones) and then throughout the provinces
of Silesia, Brandenburg, Thuringia, and Saxony.
Although the facts of dismantling have been strictly censored by the Soviets
and no Allied observers were allowed into the Soviet Zone at the time, information
of reasonable accuracy has filtered through the Iron Curtain. In particular the
SPD (Sozialdemokratische Partei Deutschlands) in West Germany collected
dismantling information on a plant-by-plant basis and published this information
in 1951. 44 Further, reports by former Soviet officials add to our knowledge,
although some of these leave the impression of being more enthusiastic than
accurate.
Dismantling involved several thousand plants and included the best of industry
4
°
For a description see U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, reports by A. G. P. Sanders, Capt.
Nichols, and Col. Ames on electrical equipment targets in Berlin, July 1945.
41 In the interval of two months numerous U.S. and British intelligence, army. navy, air force,
and civilian teams ell.plored the technical side of Germany industry in the Soviet Zone. This
exploration was conducted in the following directions: (a) interviewing German technicians,
(b) acquiring papers and materials for reports on technological and economic structure, (c)
obtaining drawings, instruments, and samples, and (d) acquiring Y-1 and Y-2 samples and
engine samples. There were no equipment removals. The plants were left intact, and some
were even repaired for the Soviets. So the Soviets obtained the productive capacity inwct,
but did not obtain engineers or papers. The papers were acquired under the FIAT programs.
u Slusser, op. cit., n. 16, p. 18.
u Some 10,000 local Germans were assigned to dismantle the brown coal plants at Regis-Breitingen.
and another 5000 dismantled the Lauta works at Hoyersworda; 12,000 Germans were used
at the Giessches Erben works; and 20,000 were used at the large plant at Brona. LOwenthal,
op. cit. n. 14, pp. 182-85.
04 G. E. Harmssen. Ant Abend der Demontage; Sechs Jahre Reparationspofitik. (Bremen: F.
Triijen, 1951).
World War II Reparations for the Soviet Union 31
moved to East Germany during the war to avoid Allied bombing. All together,
a total of about 12,000 trainloads of equipment was removed to the U.S.S.R.
NertJ's percentage
estimate of Equivalent in
Industry 1936 Production capacity reduction tonnage terms
Sources: J.P. Nenl, The Eastern Zone and Soviet Policy in Germany, 1945-50 (London:
Oxford University Press. 1951 ), p. 202. Wolfgang F. Stolper, The Structure of the East
German Economy (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. 1960}, pp. 146. 180, 196,
207.
Details of this dismantling in the Soviet Zone have been included in the chapters
on industrial activities (chapters 8 through 24).
One significant aspect of the reparations transfer process was the deportation
of German scientists and technicians to the Soviet Union, on a mass scale
concentrated in the fall of 1946. The major program was completed during
the night of October 28, 1946, when trainloads of Germans from aircraft and
armaments plants were moved with their families and furniture to the Soviet
Union. 45
Deportations were concentrated among the staffs of key German plants.
According to Fritz LOwenthal, more than 300 scientists, technicians, and skilled
workers were deported from Zeiss; 26 chemists, seven engineers, and several
skilled mechanics were co-opted from the Leuna works; and technicians and
workers were drawn from the Junkers works at Dessau, the Oberspree cable
works in Niederschoenweida, the Schott glass works in Jena, the optical works
in Saalfeld and Poessneck, and the Gera workshops. 46 LOwenthal also cites
45
For descriptions of deportation, see LOwenthal. op. cir. n. 14, and V. L. Sokolov. Soviet
Use of German Science and Technology. !945-/946 (New York: Research Program on the
U.S.S.R .. 1955).
46
LOwenthal, op. cit. n. 14. pp. 203-4
32 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Deve!opmem, 1945-1965
a U.S. Navy report to Congress stating that 10,000 German scientists and
technical specialists had been absorbed into Soviet industry by May 1947. 47
These Gennan workers began to filter back home in the early 1950s together
with German, Austrian, and Italian prisoners of war and deportees. In January
1952 The Times (London) reported that there was a continuing flow of Germans
from the optical and precision instruments industries: "It seems to show that
Russia can now do without these craftsmen.''·48 The report particularly noted
the return of 310 highly skilled workers from the Zeiss works in Jena, after
five years in Russia. It is probable that all German deported workers were
returned by 1957-58.
H /bid.,pp.2Q5-6.
•8 The Times (London), January 29, 1952, p. 4g.
4~ Bartell C. Jensen, Tht Impact of Reparations on the Post-war Finnish Eccmomy (Homewood,
Ill: Richard D.lrwin, 1966). See also A. G. Mazour, Finland Betwttll Ea.rtand Wel"l (Princeton:
Van Nostrand, 1956), p. 173.
~0 Mazour, op. cit. n. 49.
51
Jensen, op. cit. n. 49, p. 18.
World War I I Reparations for the Soviet Union 33
Reparations as
Reparations as percentage of
Yew percentage of NNP state expenditures
The major deliveries under the program comprised about two-thirds of Fin-
land's prewar ship tonnage plus considerable new construction. Ships transferred
included 70 cargo vessels, one tanker, seven passenger ships, two icebreakers,
and 15 barges from the merchant marine. In addition, substantial new deliveries
of wooden and metal ships were required. During the first four years of the
reparations period Finland delivered 143 new ships and two floating docks
valued at $25.8 million, while the program for the second four years called
for 371 ships and two docks valued at $40.2 million.~ 2 In all, about 359,000
gross registered tons of shipping with a total valuation of $66 million in new
ships and $14 million in existing ships was delivered, requiring a significant
expansion and modernization of the Finnish shipbuilding industry. 53
The next largest category, comprising $70.7 million, was made up of indus-
trial equipment and a number of complete plants. Among other things, this
segment included 17 complete industrial plants to establish mills for the production
of prefabricated wooden houses. This is of particular interest because instead
of themselves supplying a plant specification, the Soviets requested that the
Finns supply it (the delays involved in this procedure subjected Finland to
a monthly fine of $45,000 payable in supplementary deliveries). The plants
delivered (Table 2-6) were complete with sawmills, lumber kilns, conveyers,
power plants, and repair shops. 5 ~
The remaining major categories included 2600 km of power cable, 34,375
tons of bright copper wire, and 1700 km of control cable ($12.9 million),
pulp and paper products ($34.9 million), and wood products ($28 million). 5 5
Number of
plants Description Capacity per plant, annually
Source: Urho Toivola, The Finland Year Book 1947 (Helsinki, 1947), pp. 84-85.
The 1946 Pauley Mission in Manchuria was organized in April 1946 under
the instructions of President Truman. The mission included qualified American
~8 Edwin W. Pauley, Report on Japanese Reparations to the President of the United States,
November 1945 to April 1946 (Washington, April I, 1946).
H Ibid., pp. 11·12.
u Lattimore's logic is elusive. Low developmem suggests a requirement for machine tools; further-
more, the Soviet Union also had a relatively low level of development.
~9 Pauley, op. cit. n. 56, p. 3.
Vorld War II Reparations for the Soviet U11ion 35
Cost of Cost of
installations Percentage installations Percentage
dismantled reduction dismantled reduction
Industry and removed in capacity and removed in capacity
of Japan caused disruption of production centers and trade channels and upset
the entire economic structure of the Far East; Soviet occupation further disrupted
the industrial structure.
The findings of the Pauley Commission were that the wrecked condition
of Manchurian industry evident between the time of the Japanese surrender
and the visit of the Pauley Mission was due directly to Soviet removals and
pillage, and to a lesser extent to indirect consequences of the Soviet occupation.
The Soviets had concentrated their efforts on certain categories of supplies,
machinery, and equipment: functioning power-generating and transforming
equipment, electric motors, experimental plants, laboratories and hospitals, and
the newest and best machine tools. The wrecked condition was due mainly
to Soviet removals and partly to Soviet failure to preserve order. 60 (See Table
2-7.)
At the Fushun power plant, four 50,000-kw steam-electric generators plus
the condensers, auxiliary equipment, stokers, and drums were removed. Thirty-
four lowwvoltage transformers for electric furnaces were taken from the aluminum
plant at Fushun (there were 36 transformers at the plant, but two outside on
skids were left behind), and the Sodeberg electrodes were removed.
All machine tools from the Fushun coal hydrogenation plant were removed.
From the Manchu iron works (Anshan) power house, one 25,000-kw Siemens
Halske turbogenerator and one 18,000-kw turbogenerator were removed, leaving
30,500 kw of capacity in place. From the plant's boiler house, four complete
boilers with equipment were removed plus equipment for two more boilers.
All rolling equipment was removed from the blooming mill. Ball mills and
motors were removed from the sponge iron plant. Magnetic separators were
removed from the iron ore treating plant; bearings on the roasting kiln were
removed; chargers, pushers, and valve mechanisms were taken from the coke
ovens; motors and trolleys from the blast furnace stockyard crane and skip
hoists, and blowers and auxiliaries for six of the nine blast furnaces were also
removed.
Practically all the machine tools and electrical equipment, seven cranes,
and all electric motors ~ere removed from the Mitsubishi machine plant in
Mukden. In addition, all equipment (except one large press) and three overhead
cranes were removed from the forging shop; cranes, machinery. and a large
electric furnace were taken from the foundry. All equipment from the welding
shop and all equipment for manufacturing steel tubes were taken from the seamless
tube mill at the Mitsubishi plant.
Equipment removed from the coal hydrogenation research institute included
high-pressure compressors. machine tools, and the distillation apparatus. All
Btl For example, one report states: "Mukden, the largest city in Manchuria, has been left without
power for light, water, and other utilities, endangering the health and lives of its two million
inhabitants." "Selected Photographs/rom Pauley Mission to Manchuri.a: June /946," Special
Collection in the Hoover Institution, Stanford University.
World War II Reparations for rhe Soviet Union 37
machinery (except lens polishers and some grinders) was removed from the
optical instrument plant at Mukden.
Boilers and heavy rubber processing equipment were taken from the belt-
making building of the Manchu Rubber Company (Liaoyang), as were tire
manufacturing equipment, hydraulic presses, rubber mills and collandars as well
as bicycle tires, power and transmission belt manufacturing equipment, and
machines for the manufacture of shoes and raincoats.
All tire-making machinery was removed from theToyo Rubber Tire Company
operation at Mukden, all cotton spinning equipment from the tire cord plant,
and four nitrators for picric acid removal together with four centrifuges from
Arsenal 383. 61
Under the Soviet Treaty of Peace 62 with Italy it was agreed that reparations
amounting to $100 million were to be paid during a period of seven years.
The reparations were to include part of Italy's "factory and tool equipment
designed for the manufacture of war material"; part of Italian assets in Rumania,
Bulgaria, and Hungary with certain exceptions; and part of Italian current produc-
tion together with one-third of the Italian naval fleet. 63
61
Ibid. Photos for this report were taken by U.S. Signal Corps during the inspection of Japanese
industries by American industrial engineers.
e: United Nations Treaty Series, vol. 49, no. 747 (1950), pp. 154 et seq.
63
For details see Giuseppe Yedovato,J/ Trattato di Pace con l'Jta/ia (Rome: Edizioni Leonardo,
1947), pp. 127-30,317-31,363,561.
38 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development. /945-1965
and Engerthstrasse, were partially dismantled by the Soviets. The Goertz Optical
Works, the leading manufacturer of optical lenses, was seized and removed
in 1946.
In transportation industries the plant of Weiner Lokomotiv Fabrik, a manufac-
turer of locomotives, was dismantled and one thousand of the twelve hundred
machine tools in the plant were shipped to Russia. The largest of Austria's
motor vehicle producers, Steyr-Daimler-Pusch A.G., suffered extensive equip-
ment removals (however, the largest agricultural machinery producer, Hofherr-
Schrandz, was left intact and operated under Soviet control). Numerous plants
in the clothing, fertilizer, and chemical industries also had extensive equipment
removals to the Soviet Union.
In addition to the dismantling and removal, major deliveries of goods to
the Soviet Union were required by the treaty under which Austria regained
her independence. The value of such deliveries, largely industrial and transporta-
tion equipment, totaled $150 million in six years (plus ten million metric tons
of crude oil valued at about $200 million in ten years). 64
Under the armistice signed September 12, 1944, Rumania agreed to provide
Russia with reparations valued at $300 million, in addition to acceding to Soviet
annexation of Bessarabia and Northern Bucovina. The Soviets then proceeded
to remove the entire Rumanian Navy plus 700 ships. barges, and tugs comprising
the major part of the Rumanian merchant marine, about one-half the country's
rolling stock, all automobiles, and large quantities of equipment from the Ruma-
nian oil fields.
Particular emphasis was placed on removal of oil refineries and equipment
owned by American and British companies. In November 1944, the following
was reported to the U.S. Secretary of State:
The Russians have been working with all possible speed. even at night, io remove
oil equipment of Astra Romana, Stela Romana, and another oil company in
which both British and American companies are interested. This equipment is
being taken to Russia.s$
In addition, 23,000 tons of tubes and casing was removed from oil company
warehouses. The Soviets claimed that this material was actually the property
of German companies sent to Rumania during the war and therefore was not
84 The Rehabilitation of Austria, 1945 to 1947 (Vienna: U.S. Allied Commission for Austria,
{1948?]; F. Nemschak, Ten Years of AllStrian Economic Development, 1945-1955, (Vienna:
Association of Austrian Industrialists, 1955), p. 8.
u U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Relations of the United States, vol. IV (1944), p. 253.
World War II Repamtions for the Soviet Union 39
owned by the American and British companies. In any event, Andrei Vyshinsky.
then the Soviet assistant people's commissar for foreign affairs, suggested it
comprised only a small amount of the equipment required for rehabilitation,
and "the amount of equipment was so small it might be written off as a minor
Lend Lease shipment. " 66
It was later reported that the Russians had occupied more than 700 factories
in Rumania, and that considerable amounts of industrial equipment and supplies
including oil drilling equipment, actually the property of British and American
oil companies, were being removed to Russia. 67
Diplomatic protests by the United States led to the establishment in 1945
of a Joint U.S .-Soviet Oil Commission to consider the problem. This commission
was dissolved in August 1947 without apparently arriving at any agreement.
It was then stated that the Soviets had removed 7000 tons of equipment at
the end of 1944 from Romana-Americana, a U.S. subsidiary of Standard Oil
of New Jersey. This equipment was valued at $1,000,000. 68
66
Ibid., p. 263.
67 Ibid .. vol. V (1945), pp. 542, 629.
us U.S. Dept. of State, Bulletin. August 3, 1947, p. 225.
CHAPTER THREE
The prime means for transfer of Western technology to the Soviet Union has
been through normal channels of commerce. Since 1918 Russian foreign trade
has been a state monopoly, and this monopoly power has been utilized in a
superbly efficient manner to direct the most advanced of Western technological
achievement to the Soviet economy. Its monopolistic position, of course, allows
the Soviet state to play one foreign country against other~ and individual Western
firms against firms in all other countries in the acquisbon process.
Table 3-1, based on United Nations data, presents tht- pc.rcentage of machinery
and equipment (U.N. category SITC 7) contained in total Soviet trade with
major Western countries between 1953 and 1961. The :::;st significant observ-
able feature is the consistently large percentage that :~i !C 7 forms of total
Soviet imports. Although the high point (97 .56 percent of 1959 Danish exports
to the U.S.S.R.) is today unusual, the percentage is u"ually in excess of 60
percent of Soviet imports from almost all major Westerr: ir.dustrialized nations,
and percentages in excess of 70 percent are not unusual.
Figure 3-1 presents data for the single year 1959 in s·;hematic form and
indicates at a glance the high proportion of machinery ar.j equipment from
all Western countries. Figure 4-2 illustrates the significant la(k of Soviet capital
goods exported to the West; only Greece imported Soviet ma,·:hinery and equip-
ment in 1959. The Soviet Union normally exports machinery and equipment
only to underdeveloped areas as part of barter deals; even foreign assistance
projects financed by the Soviets have a major foreign machinery component. 1
In the 1920s and 1930s over 90 percent of U.K. and German shipments
to the Soviet Union came within the SITC 7 category; since that period such
high percentages are less frequent, but they have remained sizable enough over
a period of almost 50 years to suggest the key relationship between trade and
Soviet industry. 2
See chapter 7.
Even well informed commentators have taken positions directly opposed to this factual presenta-
tion. For example, Senator Jacob Javits of New York comments: "Trade with the West as
a general matter, must necessarily be a marginal factor in the performance and potentialities
of the Soviet economy." Congressional Record, Senate, vol. 112, pt. 9 (89th Congress, 2d
session), May 24, 1966, p. 11233.
40
...,
;:
~
~
~
0
Table 3·1 PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL EXPORTS TO THE SOVIET UNION :;<
COMPRISING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT (SITC 7), FROM 1953 TO 1961 0
Average ~
~
Country 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1953-1961 ';;;
~
Switzerland - - - - - - 73.51 83.41 91.50 84.73' n
Sweden 46.90 62.62 61.02 70.40 55.04 54.47 58.28 39.93 49.21 54.17 ~
""
Finland - 48.14 58.25 53.43 50.23 47.89 60.38 61.74 46.25 53.29 ~-
Denmark 25.48 2.47 68.64 95.78 42.72 39.10 97.56 78.93 40.64 50.04 ~
Germany 58.13 75.80 64.03 54.24 37.40 69.29 35.86 44.32 56.52 49.87
United Kingdom 53.97 39.52 46.37 37.09 28.53 25.12 43.91 53.54 62.87 43.95
Austria 93.86 50.92 83.94 5.55 54.16 47.15 32.20 42.30 45.68 42.56
United States 17.65 0.93 2.89 59.49 12.71 19.95 60.81 46.82 36.78 41.86
Netherlands 12.32 44.27 63.76 60.08 69.36 2.72 9.87 44.39 36.58 39.50
France 2.56 9.95 23.27 52.98 21.45 25.80 41.97 48.69 52.24 38.16
Japan - - 15.96 84.43 14.20 15.81 43.33 29.01 39.12 32.53
Italy 16.09 31.05 15.36 2.10 13.58 10.94 11.08 21.90 32.46 20.42
NO<Way - 9.49 - 0.16 0.07 0.62 0.33 0.06 5.42 2.12
..
~"r'Un • ~....,, rYrnvnrru;;n • MI'OLI ~...,LI,. ,.,._.,. •, nv • ._,,....,._,. • ,.......,._ ....,, •...., • "'- • • ,,....,._,
''!:1..'"'"'"' N
FROM CAPITALIST COUNTRIES TO THE SOVIET UNION (1959)
Denmark .Switzer1and U.S.A. Finland Sweden U.K. Japan France Germany G'eece ~
§
Source: United Nations, Commodity Trade Statistics, Statistical Papers, series 0, vol. IX, no. 4 (January-December 1959). "-
~
~·
Figure 3·2 EXPORTS OF MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT, AS PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL TRADE.
TO CAPITALIST COUNTRIES FROM THE SOVIET UNION (1959) ~
c
Machinery and 100
~.
0,
equipment as
80 ~
percent of all
~
"
imports from the 60
Soviet Union 40 f
20
.08 4.96 .67 .08 .21
0
Denmark Switzerland U.S.A. Finland Sweden U.K. Japan France Germany Greece
-:e
~
Source: United Nations, Commodity Trade Statistics, Statistical Papers, series D. vo1. IX, no. 4 (January-December 1959). ~
Trade as a Trcmsjer Mechanism 43
The following selection of trade agreements made by the Soviets with Western
nations illustrates that Soviet exports consist almost entirely of raw materials:
Date and trade agreement Soviet exports under the trade agreement
1953 Denmark trade agreement "Wheat, oil cake, soya beans, cotton,
timber, pig iron, asbestos, apatite concen-
trate."
(U.N. Treaty Series, vol. 125. no. 2292, p.
10)
1956 Japan trade agreement "Lumber, coal, mineral ores, oil, metals,
fertilizer, asbestos and fibers."
(Japan Times [Tokyo], October 20, 1956)
1957 Denmark trade agreement "Grain, apatite concentrate, potash, pig
iron, coal, coke, petroleum products,
timber, cotton, chemicals, agricultural
equipment, 150 autos, 150 motorcycles."
(U.N. Treaty Series, vol. 271, no. 3912, p.
132)
1959 United Kingdom trade agreement "Grain, timber and timber products, wood
pulp, manganese ore, asbestos, ferro-
alloys, non-ferrous metals, minerals, fer-
tilizers, flax and other goods."
(U.N. Treaty Series, vol. 374, no. 5344, p.
305)
This pattern of Soviet foreign trade, a consistent pattern since about 1922, 3
may then be seen as essentially an exchange of raw materials for Western
technology.
More detailed examination of the impact pattern on a country-by-country
basis for the period after 1945 illustrates the manner in which the Soviet foreign
trade monopoly has been superbly used to induce a flow of modern technology
into the Soviet economy to fill numerous gaps and offset persistent shortfalls
in the planning process. Complementary to this process has been a propaganda
campaign, obviously very effective, to obscure the exchange pattern. This cam-
paign has succeeded to the extent of informing U.S. State Department statements
to Congress and the public. 4
The first postwar trade and payments agreement between the U.S.S.R. and
3
See chapter 21, Sutton 1: Western Technology . 1917 to 1930; cf. Sutton, "Soviet Export
Strategy." in Ordance. November·D!!cember 1969. A complete list of Soviet trade agreements
t~t June l, 1958, may be found in Spm1•ochnik po l'lleslmei wrgovle SSR (Moscow: Yneshtorgiz-
dat. 1958), pp. 91-92.
See, for example, testimony of former Secretary of State Dean Rusk, U.S. House of Representa-
tives, lm·estigmioll and Study of rhr Admini.Hratim!. Operation. Oil(/ Enforcement of the Expon
44 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Develop1:unt, /945-1965
the United Kingdom was signed at Moscow on December 27, 1947.' The
agreement included both short- and long-term arrangements. Under the short-term
arrangement the Soviet Union agreed to supply from its 1947 harvest 450,000
Item Item
Number Quantity Description Number Quantity Description
Source: Great Britain, Soviet Union No 1 (1948) Command 7297, (London: HMSO, 1948).
C0111rol Act of !949, ami Relmed Acts. 87th Congress, lst session. October and Decemher
1961, (Washington, 1962), and ibid., 2d session, Hearings, part. Ill, 1962.
Published as Great Britain, Soviet Union No. 1 (1948), Command 7297 (london: HMSO,
1948).
Trade as a Transfer Mechanism 45
tons of barley, 200,000 tons of maize, and 100,000 metric tons of oats. In
return the United Kingdom agreed to ensure the supply of 25,000 long tons
of light rails with fishplates, nuts, and bolts, with an additional 10,000 tons
to be supplied from U.K. military surpluses.
The long-term arrangement was more extensive. It included U.K. delivery
of materials listed in Schedules I and II (Table 3-2) and supplies of wheat,
pulses, pit props, cellulose, and canned goods from the Soviet Union in exchange
for oil well tubes and tinplate from the United Kingdom.
Schedules I and li consist entirely of equipment and machinery. Two separate
categories may be isolated: (I) sizable quantities of such equipment as narrow-
gauge locomotives, flat trucks, winches, auto timber carriers, locomobiles, and
generators--clearly intended for production purposes; and (2) four pile drivers,
sets of winding gear, two gyratory crushers, and three railway steam cranes-ma-
terials in much smaller quantities for which it is unlikely the Soviets had produc-
tion uses in mind. The spare parts and maintenance problem for a few equipment
items is too great to make such purchases worthwhile; these items were probably
intended for examination and technical information on British manufacturing
methods.
Two major agreements were made with British companies a few years later,
in 1954. In January of that year, 20 trawlers valued at $16.8 million were
ordered from Brooke-Marine, Ltd. The specifications for these trawlers included
the most advanced features available in the West (see chapter 21). In May
1954 a $19.6 million agreement was made with Platt Brothers for supplying
textile equipment (see chapter 15).
Another five-year trade agreement between the United Kingdom and the
Soviet Union came into force on May 24, 1959. 6 Again, in exchange for raw
materials 7 the Soviet Union agreed to place orders with British firms:
... for equipment for the manufacture of synthetic fibres, synthetic materials and
manufactures from them, and also other types of equipment for the chemical
industry; equipment for the pulp and paper industry; forging, stamping and casting
equipment; metalworking machine tools; equipment for the electro-technical and
cable industry; equipment and instruments for the automation of production proces-
ses; pumping, compression and refrigeration equipment; equipment for sugar beet
factories and other types of equipment for the food industry; equipment for the
building industry, light industry and other branches of industry as well as industrial
products and raw materials customarily bought from United Kingdom flrms. 8
There was also a comparatively small exchange of consumer goods in the agree-
ment, to the value of $2 million.
United Nations, Tret.ll\" s,•rics, vol. 374, no.~. 5323-5350 (1960), p. 306.
See page 43. ·
Op. cit. n. 6. p. 308.
46 Western Technology and Sovier Economic Developmenr, 1945-1965
The 1959 agreement was extended for anoth(:r five y(:ars in 1964, anJ tht.!
quotas for the ten years between 1959 and 1969 provided for a continuing
supply of United Kingdom technology to the U.S.S.R. This included machine
tools, earthmoving equipment, mechanical handling equipment, equipment for
the Soviet peat industry (there is no peat industry in the United Kingdom),
mining equipment, gas and arc welding equipment, chemical, refrigeration and
compressor equipment, and a wide range of scientific and optical instruments. 9
The use to which some of this equipment has been put may be gleaned
from a Soviet booklet published by NIIOMTP (Scientific Research Institute
for Organization, Mechanization, and Technical Assistance to the Construction
Industry) detailing the technical characteristics of British construction equip-
ment.10
For a complete statement of the quotas and the agreement see Peter Zentner, East-West Trade:
A Practical Guide to Selling in Eastern Europe(London: Max Parrish, 1967). pp. 152-57.
10 V. M. Kazarinov and S. N. Lamunin, Zarubezhnye mashiny dlia mekhanizatsii stroirel"nykh
robot, (Moscow: Niiomtp, 1959).
11 East-West Commerce (London), May 7, 1958, p. II.
Trade '1s a Transfer Mechanism 47
List B. (;Oillprising (;ommoJity quotus for imports from West Germany into
the U.S.S.R. for the years 1961 to 1963, consists almost entirely of goods
of a technical nature. Table 3-3 lists the machinery and equipment items included
Machine tools for metal cutting (turning lathes, grinding machines, 31,000,000
gear cutting machines, jig-boring machines, vertical lapping
machines, machines for the processing of piston rings, component
parts for passenger cars and tractors)
Machines for noncutting shaping (mechanical and automatic presses 10,000,000
for the metal powder industry, embossing machines, hydraulic
stamping presses, vacuum presses, forging manipulators, casting
machines)
Power equipment and apparatus for the electrical engineering indus- 10,000,000
try (water eddy brakes, furnaces, diesel power stations, silicon
rectifiers for electric locomotives, electric dynamometers)
Coal mining equipment, equipment for metallurgical and petroleum 110,000,000
industries (coal preparation plants, equipment for open-pit mining,
agglomeration plants, rolling mills for cold rolling of tubes, rapid-
working cable percussion drilling plants, loading machines)
Equipment for the food industry, including three complete sugar 126,000,000
factories
Refrigeration plants 52,000,000
Equipment for light industries 5,000,000
Equipment for the chemical industry, 11 complete
Complete plant for production of polypropylene plants
Crystallization of sodium sulfate (four plants)
Hydraulic refining of benzene (one plant)
Production of di-isozyanatene (one plant)
Production of phosphorus (one plant)
Production of simazine and atrazine (one plant)
Manufacture of toils from viniplast (two plants)
Equipment for the cellulose and paper industry (vacuum evaporating 26,000,000
plants, supercalenders)
Equipment for the building materials industry (veneer plants [Ueber- 21,000,000
furnieranlagen] for pressed boards made of wood fiber,
assembling machines, equipment for the production of mineral
wood)
Pumping and compressor plants (pumps and compressors of various 63,000,000
kinds, glassblowing machines, ventilators)
Equipment for the polygraphic industry 10,000,000
Equ lpment for the cable industry 15,000,000
Fittings and component parts for high-pressure pipelines 44,000,000
Main track electric locomotives 20
Ships 157,000,000
Miscellaneous apparatus, including precision instruments and opti- 16,000,000
cal apparatus
Miscellaneous equipment, including special-type automobiles 21,000,000
Source: U.S. Senate, East-Wesr Trade, Hearings Before the Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions, 88th Congress, 2d Session, March 13, 16, 23 and April 8, 9. 1964, p. 110.
48 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945~1965
in List B; these items, totaling 717 million DM, comprise machine tools and
advanced equipment for the mechanical, mining, chemical, paper, building mater-
ial, and electrical industries. The list also includes eleven. complete plants for
the chemical industry not included in the total ofDM 717 million. The remaining
OM 600 million of the agreement comprises specialized iron and steel pro-
ducts-rolled stock and tubes, for precisely those areas in which the Soviet
Union is backward.
Thus the 1960 German-Soviet agreement is an excellent example of the
nature of Soviet trade with industrialized countries. The Soviet Union imports
from Germany goods with a technological component or of unusually difficult
technical specification, and in return provides raw materials produced with equip-
ment formerly imported from Germany and other Western countries.
Italy has been a major supplier of industrial equipment to the Soviet Union
since the 1920s. The 1953 Italian-Soviet agreement, for example, required the
export of Italian machinery for manufacture of steel plate, textiles, foodstuffs,
electrical cables, and fibers. Also under this agreement Italy contracted to supply
cargo ships, refrigerated motor ships, tugs, cranes, and equipment for thermal
electric stations. 12
The Italian-Soviet trade agreement for 1958 required a far greater quantity
of Italian industrial equipment, including equipment for complete production
lines and plants. A partial list of the equipment supplied by Italian firms is
as follows: 13
Finland has been a major supplier of equipment to the Soviet Union since
1945. For example, no less than 95 percent of all ships manufactured in Finland
since World War II have been on Soviet account.
Major deliveries under the Finnish reparations agreements 1 ~ were continued
throughout the 1950s and 1960s by annual trade agreements. In exchange for
Soviet raw materials, Finland was committed to supply not only ships but power
plant equipment (including 25 boilers annually from 1956 to 1960), woodworking
and paper-making equipment including complete plants for manufacture of paper
and cardboard, plants for manufacture of cellulose, sawmills, veneer-making
plants, frame saws, and wood planers. Hoisting equipment, including large
bridge cranes, railway cranes, and freight elevators, comprise a significant portion
of Finnish supplies Y•
Sweden has been an important supplier of equipment for the Soviet chemical,
food, and building industries under annual trade agreements since 1946. For
example, the 1950 trade agreement between Sweden and the Soviet Union called
for Swedish delivery of the following equipment 16 :
14
See chapter 2.
1
~ United Nations, TrearySeries. vol. 240, no. 3403 (1956). pp. 198-204.
18
East-West Commerce, Y, 4 (April 8, 1958), 6.
50 Wesrern Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Four units of excavating machinery and spare parts for deep drilling
machinery (Sw. Kr. 1,300,000)
Spare parts for ships (Sw. Kr. 1,300,000)
Misce11aneous machinery and equipment (Sw. Kr. 3,250,000)
Cargo ships of 11,500 tons d.w. carrying capacity and with a minimum
speed of 17.5 knots
Refrigerator ships of 1500 tons d. w .t.
Ship's equipment and spare parts (3,500,000 D. Kr.)
Components and parts for ships' diesel motors (6,000,000 D. Kr.)
Machinery for chemical industry and equipment (26,000,000 D. Kr.)
Machinery and equipment for food industry (17,000,000 D. Kr.)
Machinery and equipment for manufacture of cement and other building
materials (3,500,000 D. Kr.)
Various machinery and equipment (3,500,000 D. Kr.)
Instruments and electronic apparatus (7,000,000 D. Kr.)
During the decade of the fifties, Japan, unlike the Soviet Union, developed
a first-rate capability to build and export complete plants using in a few cases
an indigenous Japanese technology (as in the case of Kanekalon) or more often
an adapted or licensed foreign technology. Although Japan at first lacked experi-
ence in certain areas (e.g., the ability to guarantee complete performance for
a plant in contrast to performance of individual items of equipment), this ability
was gained during the 1960s.
Thus the late 1950s saw the beginning of a considerable expon of advanced
Japanese equipment to the Soviet Union. The first postwar trade and payments
agreement between the Soviet Union and Japan was signed concurrently with
the joint declaration ending the state of war between the two countries on October
19, 1956."
The trade agreement provided for most-favored national treatment and
included a list of products to be exported by each country. Soviet exports were,
typically, raw materials, with a small quantity ($1 miilion) of metal cutting
equipment. On the other hand, Japanese exports to the Soviet Union were
almost completely in the form of machinery or equipment, with significant
proportions of specialized metal products. Marine equipment included two herring
packing ships, two tuna fishing boats, and two floating cranes, in addition
to marine diesels presumably for installation in Soviet vessels; also provided
were ten sets of canning facilities for crab~packing ships and ten for salmon
and trout. Moreover, provision was made for Soviet ship repairs in Japanese
yards. Other transportation equipment included 25 locomotives (diesel, electric,
and steam) with 25 passenger and freight cars in addition to 100,000 kw of
mercury rectifiers for Soviet electric locomotives.
Other general machinery included mobile cranes and textile machinery, com·
munications equipment, and various machine tools. Specialized metals included
rolled steel products, tin plates, steel wire, and uncoated copper wire and cable.
Various medical supplies and fiber yarns made up the balance.
A subsequent Japanese·Soviet trade agreement ( 1959) further demonstrated
the continuing Soviet interest in Japanese capital goods-for example, in paper
mills, cold storage plants, chemical plants. and related areas. About 60 percent
of the later agreement comprised export of Japanese plants and equipment in
exchange for Soviet raw materials.
Japanese exports may be described, then, as falling into two categories:
advanced machinery, particularly transportation equipment; and specialized
materials related to sectors where the Soviet Union has a very limited and
antiquated capacity. Some exports, such as mercury rectifiers for electric loco.
motives and marine diesels. reflect sectors in which the Soviets have known
weaknesses. 19
The communist countries of Eastern Europe have been consistent and major
suppliers of machinery and equipment to the Soviet Union since 1945. After
extensive dismantling in 1945·46, the SAGs and similar joint stock companies
were used to ensure a continuity of equipment to the Soviet Union. In the
1950s supply was placed under annual trade agreements.
In 1953 East Germany signed a trade agreement that had as its chief component
the provision to the Soviet Union of electrical equipment, chemicals, machinery
for the manufacture of building materials, and mining equipment. 20 The 1957
East German trade agreement with the Soviet Union called for the supply of
19
See below, p. 22!. A good description of the \960 exports i.~ in The Oriental Economist,
(Tokyo), October 1960, pp. 552-57.
z~ The Times (London), April29, 1953.
52 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
rolling mill equipment, hoisting equipment, forges, presses, raw stock, and
a large quantity of seagoing vessels and river craft. 21
Under the agreements for 1960~65 supply, signed on November 21, 1959,
East Germany was required to supply the Soviet Union with engineering products,
refrigerated vans and trains, main line passenger coaches, passenger ships, fishing
vessels, a number of complete cement plants, equipment for the chemical industry,
machine tools, and forge and pressing equipment. 22
Poland under its trade agreements with the Soviet Union has been a major
supplier of machine tools and equipment, rolling stock, and oceangoing
ships. 23 Czechoslovakia has probably been the most important East European
communist supplier of equipment. The Skoda Works in Pilsen has been a promi-
nent supplier of machine tools and diesel engines for marine and locomotive
use. Other Czechoslovak plants have sent electric locomotives, power plants,
and general industrial equipment. 24
During negotiations between the U.S.S.R. and Yugoslavia in the summer
of 1947 the Soviets agreed to grant Yugoslavia $135 million in capital goods,
including iron and steel plants, coking ovens, refineries, a zinc electrolysis
plant, a sulfuric acid plant, copper and aluminum rolling mills, and molybdenum
processing installation.u The resulting agreement (July 1947), which specified
in great detail the equipment to be provided by the U.S.S.R. to Yugoslavia,
included equipment of obvious Western origin, such as Dwight-Lloyd belts, Blake
and Symons crushers, Dorr concentrators, Dorko pumps, Abraham filter presses,
Sirocco ventilators, Sweetland filter presses, Dix hammer crushers, MacCully
crushers, Junkers saws arld Geller saws. 26 This was in addition to unnamed
equipment for which, from material presented elsewhere, we know that the
Soviets utilized a Western design-i.e., drill rigs, sulfuric acid and plant equip-
ment, furnaces, rolling mills. and so on. However, concerning this 1947 agree~
ment Vladimir Dedijer, a former member of the Yugoslav party central commit-
tee, comments: "The agreement was a mere ruse, for the Soviet Union had
no intention of honoring it .. _. Of the 135 million dollars promised, the Soviet
Union sent us installations valued at only $800,000." 27
Since the 1950s Yugoslavia has been a supplier of advance equipment to
the U.S.S.R., including numerous large and fast cargo ships and scarce copper
sections.
All electrical generating machinery (other than mobile generators of more than
5 mw); all electrical motors (except those specially designed for submarines);
all turbines; spectrographs, spectrometers {other than mass spectrographs and mass
spectrometers); X-ray diffraction and electron diffraction equipment; electron mic-
roscopes; radio valve making machinery (except cer1ain advanced types and those
designed specially for making embargoed types of valves); civilian vehicles and
aircraft; compressors and blowers; many types of machine tools; and ships (with
certain restrictions on speed). 28
The U.S. State Department for its part has never requested the President
to apply sanctions under Section 103(B) of the Battle Act, and scores of violations
have been made by Western countries without imposition of the sanctions required
by law. In fact, inasmuch as the Battle Act has been violated from its inception,
it has never provided an effective restraint to the export of strategic goods
28
Electrical Review (London), August 22, 1958. p. 342.
54 Western Technology and Soviet Ec01wmic Dt'l'elopmem. /945-1965
from the West to the Soviet Union. 211 It is arguable that the measure is simply
a badly conceived instrument, that it is for various reasons unenforceable. But
certainly lax administrative action and gross administrative ignorance concerning
Soviet technical capabilities and the use of Western processes and technologies
have been major contributory causes to its failure and to tl-ae decline of coordinated
export control.
The Export Control Act of 1949 as extended and aMended to 1969 (when
it was replaced by the Export Administration Act of 1969), provides for restric-
tions on materials whose export may have an adverse dfect on the national
security of the United States. Section 3(a) provides th;:t ·ules and regulations
shall be established for denial of exports, including techni,al data, to any nation
"threatening the national security of the United States" ir the President deter-
mines that such export "makes a s~gnificant contribu~:o:, to the military or
economic potential of such nation. " 30
This power is administered by the Department of Commerce for most exports,
by the Department of State for munitions, and by the Atomic Energy Commission
for nuclear materials.
2
~ For further material, see Baule Act repons to Congress and Gunnar Adler-Karlsson, Westem
Economic Warfare. 1947-67 (Stockholm: Almquist & Wiksell, 1968).
30
U.S. House of Representatives, op. cit. n. 4, 1st session, October and December 1961, Section
3(a).
31 Adler-Karlsson, op. cit. n. 29, pp. 83-139.
32
The State Dcpanment has pointed out that the Soviet vessels carry the armaments while leased
Western vessels carry the economic supplies.
Trade as c1 Transfer Mechanism 55
to Haiphong. The other 69, all tankers and cargo ships, were built outside
the U.S.S.R.
Of these 69 ships, only 13 were built before the Battle Act embargo of
1951-in other words 56 ~vere built after the embargo and outside ofthe U.S.S.R.
Six of the 13 built before 1951 are Lend Lease ships.
The most important component of a ship is its propulsion unit, i.e., its
main engine. None of the 84 identified ships on the Haiphong run has a main
engine designed and manufactured in the Soviet Union. (There is one possible
exception, where complete positive identification of a Sulzer steam turbine has
not been made.)
Small marine diesel engines (2000 hp and Jess) are made at the prerevolution-
ary Russky Diesel works in Leningrad, under a 1956 technical-assistance agree-
ment with the Skoda firm of Prague, Czechoslovakia. Larger and of course
more important marine diesel engines, up to 9000 bhp (the largest made in
the U.S.S.R.), are of Burmeister and Wain (Copenhagen) design. Although
Denmark is a member of NATO and presumably supports the NATO objective
of an embargo on war materials to the Soviet Union, the Burmeister and Wain
firm was allowed (in 1959) to make a technical-assistance agreement for manufac-
ture of the B & W series of marine diesel engines at the Bryansk plant in
the U.S.S.R. These diesels are massive units, each 60 feet long by 35 feet
high and almost 1000 tons in weight, with obvious strategic value.
Under such circumstances it may be asserted that attempts to control export
of strategic goods have not been successful. Indeed there has been a massive
and identifiable flow of military equipment to the Soviet Union from Western
countries through the CoCom control net. As each member of CoCom has
a veto over any shipment, it appears that the information utilized by the State
Department and comparable Allied government offices is grossly inadequate
and inaccurate. 33
Technical Assistance
and Foreign Prototypes
Formal technical-assistance agreements with the Soviet Union are far less pub-
licized today than they were in the early 1930s and therefore little public informa-
tion is forthcoming. This information scarcity is compounded by the refusal
of the U.S. Departments of State and Commerce to release precise information
concerning U.S. assistance to the U.S.S.R. It is estimated, however, that since
the 1930s the Soviets have had about 100 technical-assistance agreements in
force with Western companies at any given time. This assertion applied as
recently as late 1968, and it is unlikely the situation has changed since then
or will change in the foreseeable future. 1
Quite apart from formally contracted technical assistance there is a transfer
of assistance through the medium of equipment sales and installations. Sometimes
provision for such assistance is included in a formal agreement to supply an
installation. For example, the 1968 agreement whereby Olivetti of Italy (a sub-
sidiary of General Electric) undertook to build a $90 million plant at Oryol,
south of Moscow, for manufacture of automation equipment and office machines
was an outgrowth of a technical-assistance agreement in 1965. 2 Another such
agreement--one of many that could be cited-was that between the Soviets
and Fisher-Bendix of the United Kingdom in 1967, under which the British
firm agreed to provide technical doc~tmentation and know-how to produce the
Bendix automatic commercial washer in the Soviet Union. 3
However, in the final analysis, any sizable sale of plant or equipment entails
technical assistance. Such a sale usually includes not only equipment but also
assistance for preparation of the specification, installation, training, and start-up.
This was the case in the misnamed "Fiat deal" in which the supply of U.S.
equipment was supplemented by Italian technical assistance including the printing
of training manuals (in Russian) for Russian operatives in Italian printing plants.
Quite clearly, then, technical assistance need not be formalized into an agreement;
Busines.f Week, OctoberS, 1968, p. 124. According to this source, in 1968, ''100-odd
Western companies ... have technical accords with the Soviets."
Ibid.
~ East-We.ft Trade News (london), Ill, 7 (April t5, t967).
56
Technical Assistance and Foreign Prototypes 57
Value
These small-lot imports are almost certainly for design purposes. Indeed, there
never has been export of more than one or two items to the U.S.S.R. of agricultural
equipment of the types listed (beet harvesters, haying machines, potato planters,
and tractors) since the early 1930s (with .the exception of Lend Lease items
charged to the U.S. Treasury). Single imports of such equipment, when continued
U.S. Dept. of Commerce, £1port Control, Fifty-third Quarterly Report (Third Quarter 1960).
p. 10.
58 Western Technology and Soviet Economic,evelopmenr, 1945-/965
over a lengthy period and not followed by substantil orders, are clearly for
prototype use.
Ten years later we find a similar pattern of Soviet imports. In the second
quarter of 1969 the U.S.S.R. imported from the United States the following
items: 5
Value
Value in Estimated
rubles number of units
The tabulation shows that import of small batches or single units is followed
by a gap with no imports and then small-batch imports are resumed.
The manner in which such single items are analyzed in the Soviet Union
may be inferred from Soviet technical manuals. Such books fall into two basic
categories: (1) those that describe in a detailed, comparative manner individual
items of foreign equipment, and (2) those that describe the single item that
U.S. Depl. of Commerce. Export Control, Eighty·eighth Quarterly Report (Second Quarter
1969), p. 12.
8 Values taken from Vneshniaia torgovliaia SSSR; Staristicheskii sbornik, 1918·1966 (Moscow,
1967), pp. 146-47; units calculated at approximately 25,000 to 45,000 rubles per unit.
Technical Assistance and Foreign Prototypes 59
has been chosen as the Soviet standard, i.e., for duplication on a large scale.
Selected data from several such Soviet publications will make the argument
clear.
Soviet technical literature has always contained a sizable number of books
-usually paperbacks issued in editions of between 2000 and 10,000
copies-making comparative studies of foreign machines. The Soviet Academy
of Construction and Architecture, for example, issued in 1959 a 62-page paper-
back entitled Zarubezhnye mashiny dlia mekhanizatsii stroitel'nykh rabot, con-
sisting of a detailed examination of foreign mechanical equipment used in the
construction industry. On pages 19-20 a detailed table provides comparative
figures on capacity, load, type, and model of engine, speed (converted to kilome-
ters per hour), number of speeds, and total weight in kilograms for 38 foreign
models of mechanical dump cars. These models include Aveling-Barford (U.K.);
Road Machines (U.K.); Benoto (France); Bates (U.K.); Dart (U.S.A.); Koering
(U.S .A.); Orenstein Koppel (West Germany). In other words the Soviets acquired
one of virtually every foreign dump car and made a detailed comparative study
of characteristics. The booklet is complete with photographs and diagrammatic
blowups of the mechanical features. Several of the more interesting Western
models are examined in more detail by comparing such features as chassis
construction, brakes, and engine characteristics. Finally technicoeconomic effi-
ciency factors are calculated. It might be argued that such comparative studies
may be a prelude to Soviet purchase, except that this type of equipment has
not been imported in quantities larger than small batches of one to six since
the 1930s and (as will be indicated later) Soviet equipment is based with only
minor exceptions on such Western models.
A similar hard-cover publication (3400 copies) was a book issued in 1968,
authored by N. N. Kalmykov and entitled Burovaia tekhnika i tekhnologiia
za rubezhom. Pages 20 to 27 contain numerous photographs of United States
tri-cone drilling bits-supposedly denied export from the United States to the
U.S.S.R. under export control laws. Figure 7 illustrates the Globe Type S-3;
Figure 8 the Globe Type SS-2; Figure 9 the Hughes Type OWY; Figure IC
the Smith Type SV-2; Figure 11 the Globe Type MHY-3; Figure 12 two views
of the Type EM and two views of the Type EM-IC manufactured by Chicago·
Pneumatic; Figure 13 the Reed Type YS and Type YM; Figure 14 the Security
Type M4N; Figure 15 the Globe Type M-3; Figure 16 the Chicago Pneumatic
Type ER-l; Figure 17 the Chicago Pneumatic Type ER-2; Figure 18 Security
Types 54 and S-4T; Figure 19 the Reed Type YR; and so on. 7
The rest of the volume is a detailed discussion of American oil well drillinB
equipment. Some of the diagrams suggest that copying of the equipment i5
the objective: for example, the diagram on page 199 compares tooth profile!
The model letters were not transliterated from the original English to the Russian; therefore,
they have not been transliterated into English but are given as in the Russian text.
60 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmellf, }945-1965
Model of machine
Statt
stitching
uy,ht
(no osd)
Transfer
to new Shift
Full
operating
and firm operations stitching bobbin spools angle
Soviet utilization:
Number Russian As proto-
Date Foreign locomotive type imported imported class type for Date
1930 1930
1932 "S" Class 1932
General-Electric (U.S.A.) 29 Ss
Brown-Boverl (Italy) 7
s;~
1934 VL-19 1934
1936
1938
IVL-22
' 1936
1938
1940 VL-22 1940
(340 kw)
1942 1942
1944 Electric locomotive axles - - -
(VI-1-108) U.S. Lend Lease
t---- t - - - - - ,._! 1944
1946 VL-22m 1946
(400 kw)
1948 1948
1950
! 1950
-
1952 VL-8 (N-8) 1952
1954 "NO" Class 1954
I
Skoda (Czechoslovakia) mercury-
rectifiers N-60
silicon rectifiers N-62
Japanese (mercury rectifiers only) N-60 electric
mechanical
equipment- VL-23
1956 Skoda (Czechoslovakia) mercury 50 chSI 1956
1958 Schneider·Aisthom (France) F (T) 1958
1960
40
Schneider-Aisthom (France) FP (TP) 1960
Production
8
U.S. Dept. of Commerce, op. cit. n. 5, p. 7.
64 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
a ~w 550 VT 110
3000 1
1000
Alco iLe~-Leas~) M~et
• 8 07 43/6,10
1
1-1~1-1~1~1~1~1~1~1~1-1-1~1-
Source: Registr Soyuza SSR, Ragistrovayakniga morskikh sud;>v soyuza SSR 1964-1965
(Moscow, 1966).
and its initial production in the U.S.S.R. (The exception is produced under
joint technical~assistance agreements set up in COMECQJ'.:.) This lag is favorable
when compared to the alternative of developing a suitt-h 1 ~ technology inside
the U.S.S.R. without a background of research and devdopment experience
and without the guidance of the marketplace. There is little question that without
such imports the Soviet Union (unless it were to effec:'v~ly decentralize the
innovative function and adopt a market economy) would have great difficulty
in advancing from its present technological levels. It may be noted in this
regard that even Yugoslavia, a socialist country with a quasi-market influence
which supplies important technology to the U.S.S.R. (see ti~e Skoda example
cited in Figure 4-2), is itself still dependent on Western t'!chnology in the
marine diesel sector. 9
e More detailed information concerning marine diesels is given in chapters 6, 17, and 21.
Technical Assistance and Foreign Prororypes 65
We may infer from this brief discussion a point that will be further illustrated
later: the degree of indigenous technical innovation in an economy appears
to be directly related to the structure of the economy. The greater the influence
of market forces, including a demand·supply price system, the profit incentive,
and free entry and exit, the greater the degree of indigenous innovation. Con·
versely, the greater the degree of centralized technical decision·making and
lack of personal profit incentive and disciplinary marketplace forces, the less
the degree of indigenous innovation.
CHAPTER FIVE
Previous volumes of this study have only cursorily mentioned the financial
means by which technical transfers have been effected. These financial factors
are generally beyond the scope of this study, but a summary outline is perhaps
in order at this point. 1
The financing of technical assistance has not normally taken the form of
government-to-government transfers; until recently, it was usually accomplished
through private loans and credits guaranteed by a Western government, but
several large French and Gennan long-term loans in the late sixties may herald
a change. Although the role of Western governments has been obscure it has
also been fundamental: it is unlikely that individual Western firms, financial
institutions, and banks would have continued to provide long·tcrm credits or
loans without government guarantees. For example, in discussing British Govern·
ment support, Paul Einzig points out how the Soviets have reneged on payments.
Soviet arrears on United Nations payments, he writes, are a breach of the
"most solemn pledge imaginable," and "were it not for the guarantees given
by the official Export Credit Guarantees Department most industrial firms would
not dare to risk granting such credits and would find it difficult to finance
them. " 2
1 The relations between Western financial houses and the Soviet Union have been explored
in lhe literature of only one country-France. Henry Coston, a well·known French writer
of reference books, has also published detailed studies on French financiers and their financial
suppon of the U.S.S.R. The following in Coston's "Lectures Fran~aises" series are of interest:
Entre Rothschild et Moscou; Les Financiers appuint !'Axe Paris·Moscou; L'Alliance avec
Moscou; Les Allies capita/Jstes du communisme internationale; La Haute fincmce etles revolu-
tions. See also two longer studies by Coston: Les Financiers qui meneut le monde (Paris:
Librairie Fran~aise, 1958), and La Haute Banque et les trusts (Paris: Librairie Fran~aise,
1958).
A vast unexplored research field awaits some ambitious economist in the financial relations
between American, British, and German financial houses and the Soviet Union. There is a
great deal of raw archival material available for such a study or studies. The writer has been
unable to locate any full·length published studies on th~se topics, and the article literature
is limited to the subject of Western government financing of the Bolshevik Revolution·, see
for example George Katkov, "German Foreign Office Documents on Financial Support to
the Bolsheviks in 1917," International Affairs, April 19.56, pp. 181-89.
Commercial and Financial Chronicle (London), February 20, 1964, p. 14. In a later article
Einzig takes the British Government to task for favoring the Soviets over the Western countries;
66
Financial Aspects of Technical Transfers 67
he suggests that it is one thing to finance routine Soviet transactions but "it is a totally different
thing for the British Government to go out of its way to provide additional special facilities
for credits up to fifteen years to a ma,.imum of £ 100 million for the eJ;clusive benefit of
the U.S.S.R. and other Communist countries." Ibid., March 12, 1964, p. II. Unfortunately,
Einzig does not detail Soviet defaults; these are both numerous and substantial, although there
is a prevailing myth to the contrary.
3
Kuhlmann memorandum; see G. Katkov, "German Foreign Office Documents on Financial
Support to the Bolsheviks in 1917," International Affairs, 32 (April 1956), 181-89. These
"political funds" went through several routes to the Bolsheviks; one route was to the Nye
Banken in Sweden and then to the Siberian Bank in Petrograd. The Nya Banken was headed
by Olaf Aschberg, who was rewarded after the Revolution with the Russian Bank of Commerce
concession in Russia. See also the roles of A\eJ;ander Israel Helphand (Parvus) and Kuba
Furstenberg as reconstructed from German documents and other sources in z. A. B. Zeman
and W. B. Scharlau, The Merchant of Rn·olution (Oxford and New York, 1965). It should
be noted on Parvus that his considerable wealth was acquired suddenly, and that no record
exists as to its origins and no trace of it was found after his death.
Another flow of funds for revolution in Russia reportedly was from U.S. and European bankers
(Schiff, Warburg, Guggenheim); see A. Goulevitch, Czarism and Revolution (Hawthorne, Calif.:
Omni, 1962), pp. 230-34.
Katkov, op. cit. n. 3.
U.S. State Dept. Decimal File 316-126.50.
68 Western Technology and Soviet Economic C,··Je/opment, 1945·1965
finance of the Guaranty Trust Company of New York also began in 1919,
with a letter to the State Department inquiring about the legal status of Soviet
banJdng institutions. 6
In October 1921 the Soviet State Bank (Gosbank) was formed in Moscow
with branches in Petrograd, Kassan, and elsewhere. LatP.r in the same year
the Guaranty Trust Company of New York was approachec: by Olaf Aschberg,
a former director of the Nya Banken in Stockholm, 7 and t'1e New York bank
in turn went to the federal administration with a proposal to open exchange
relations with Gosbank. 8 The views of Secretary of Commerce Herbert Hoover
on this question were concisely stated: "This seems to m~~ to be entirely in
line with our general policy not to interfere with commercial relations that
our citizens may desire to set up at their own risk. " 9
However, Charles E. Hughes, then U.S. secretary of state, pointed out
that the Bolsheviks could acquire foreign credits by such an arrangement with
the Guaranty Trust Company; and (although the secretary did not place much
weight on this point) he suggested that the United States might not be able
to protect representatives of Guaranty Trust in the Soviet state. Hughes concluded
his memorandum: "Particularly I should like to know how it is proposed to
secure an effective control of the use by the Bolsheviks of the foreign credits
which would be made available in the new State Bank. " 10 It was Hoover's
subsequent recommendation that any such credits accruing to the State Bank
be used for the purchase (question mark "purpose" in original memorandum)
of civilian commodities in the United States, and thereby consistent with the
humanitarian objectives previously established by the United States with respect
to Bolshevik Russia.
In February 1922 overtures were also made to the Irving National Bank
of New York to enter into business relations with the State Bank of the U.S.S.R. 1 1
This does not appear to have been pursued; the State Department files contain
only a draft copy of an agreement between Guaranty Trust Company and Gos-
bank.12 Under this agreement the Guaranty Trust Company assisted Gosbank
in "establishing and maintaining an adequate system covering remittances from
the United States of America to the Republic of Russia and [agreed to act]
as its agent." The State Department took a noncommittal attitude and apparently
disappointed Guaranty Trust Company because "it did not help them very
much." 13
Ibid., 58. Directors of Guaranty Trust at this time included W. Averell Harriman ;~nd Thomas
W. Lamont; see Suuon 1: Western Technology ... 1917 to 1930.
U.S. State Dept. Decimal File 316·126·663.
8 Ibid., 136.
& Ibid.
10
Ibid .. 141.
II Ibid., 158.
u Ibid., 160·169.
u Ibid., 174.
Financial Aspects of Technical Transfers 69
This link with Guaranty Trust in the United States was followed in 1922
by the establishment of an international bank-the Russian Bank of Commerce
in Moscow-by a foreign syndicate including the Krupp and Stinnes interests
in Germany, and Danish, Dutch, Swedish, and American banks and banking
institutions including Guaranty Trust. The head of the Russian Bank of Com-
merce was Olaf Aschberg. 14 The board of the concession included A. D. Schle-
singer (formerly chief of Moscow Merchant Bank), Kalaschkin (chief of the
Junker Bank), V. V. Ternovsky (former chief of the Siberian Bank), and Max
May of the Guaranty Trust Company of New York. May was designated director
of the foreign division of the new hankY' A report on an interview with him
contains the following statement: "In his opinion, besides its purely banking
operations, it [the concession] will of course largely finance all lines of Russian
industries.'' 16
At that time Aschberg had severed his connection with Nya Banken and
was president of the Economic Bolaget bank in Stockholm, which acted as
the Swedish representative of the Russian Commercial Bank. In Germany the
Russian bank was represented by Garantie- und Credit Bank fiir den Osten
of Berlin. At the end of December 1922 the U.S. legation at Riga referred
to this Aschberg concession as the "only real effort made by a foreign group
of capitalists" to finance the Soviet Union. 17 It was also pointed out that a
group with German capital was working on a project-the Central Asiatic Finan-
cial Project-to finance German cxpon trade in Turkestan.
There is in the State Department files an excellent contemporary report
by A. Michelson entitled ""Private Banks in the Republic of Soviets.'' 18 Michel-
son points out that the Russian Bank of Commerce, i.e., the bank operated
by Aschberg and linked to Guaranty Trust in New York, was the largest such
private bank in the U.S .S .R. and the first bank that had succeeded in establishing
itself "partly through the assistance of foreign capital." Michelson adds the
interesting comment that ''there are, however, serious reasons to suppose that
the capital of the Russian Bank of Commerce constitutes the sums belonging
to the Bolsheviks themselves which are deposited with Swedish banks." This
report also refers to Aschberg as an "agent of Soviet power for all sorts of
its financial combinations." The Russian Bank of Commerce was clearly the
largest such bank in terms of balances-232 .6 million rubles in 1923 as compared
to 128.8 million rubles for the Industrial Bank (Prombank) and 80.9 million
for the Municipal Bank of Moscow. In March 1923, however, the Russian
Bank of Commerce failed. 19 The U.S. Legation in Stockholm reported in 1924
14
Ibid .• 209-211.
u Ibid .• 237; see Report 2437 from U.S. Legation in Stockholm. Sweden, October 23, 1922.
18 Ibid., 249.
17
Ibid .• 264.
lM Ibid., 432. Michelson was general secretary of the committee of representatives of Russian
banks in Paris.
19
Financial Times (london), March 3. 1924.
70 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
that Aschberg had been dismissed from his connection with the Russian Bank
of Commerce in Moscow and that .. a large portion" of Soviet funds had been
employed by Aschberg for investments on his personal account. 20
The Gosbank, established in 1922, also depended heavily on foreign consul-
tants for its establishment. Sweden's Professor Gustav Cassel, a leading European
authority on banking who was appointed advisor to Gosbank in 1922, provided
a public statement to the effect, ''I do not believe in a negative policy ....
To leave Russia to her own resources and to her own fate is simply folly. " 21
The creation of both Gosbank and the Russian Bank of Commerce was
made in close consultation with European and American bankers. For example,
in May 1922 Wittenberg, head of the National Bank of Germany, acted as
consultant in the Soviet Union, 22 and in October 1922 a group of bankers
including Aschberg, Wittenberg, and Scheinmann (chief of Gosbank) arrived
in Stockholm to conduct further negotiations with foreign banks.
Finally, an agreement between the Guaranty Trust Company of New York
and Gosbank was signed on August 1, 1923. It was agreed that all transactions
would be in dollars, with the Guaranty Trust Company acting as a clearing
house. 23 The Guaranty Trust Company so advised the Department of State
in a letter dated September 14, 1923. 24 Thus the Guaranty Trust was uniquely
connected with the establishment of banking in the U.S .S .R. and the financing
of trade with the West.
In January 1923 it was reported that the Soviet Union had acquired all
the shares of the Chinese Eastern Railway formerly held by the Russo-Asiatic
Bank; two French financial institutions, the Societe Generale and the Banque
de Paris et Pays Bas, were the main owners of the Russo-Asiatic Bank. 25
By June 1923 the Soviets had acquired 60 percent of the shares of the Russo-
Asiatic Bank while French holders retained the balance.
Negotiations between representatives of the Soviet Union and French banking
interests for the formation of a joint Franco-Soviet bank in France broke down
in May 1925. Thereupon the Soviets purchased a small bank in Paris, Banque
Commerciale pour les Pays du Nord, with a main office in Paris. This bank,
founded in 1920 by Russian banker A. Khaiss with a capital of one million
francs, was purchased in 1921 by the Wissotski interests, important prerevolution-
20
U.S. State Dept. Decimal File 316-126-534.
u Ibid .. 235-236.
n Ibid., 182.
n Ibid., 424.
24 Ibid., 459.
25
Ibid., 285.
Financial Aspects of Technical Transfers 71
ary Russian merchants. The reported purchase price paid by the Soviets to
the Wissotskis was £130,000 sterling. 26
After purchase of the bank the brothers D. V. Wissotski and F. Wissotski
continued to serve on the board temporarily, while two new directors, Volidsky
and Sharov, were appointed to represent Soviet interests; also appointed as
directors were Reisen and Iablokov, two former officers of the Azov Bank;
CoOn, formerly chairman of the Trade and Industry Bank; and Kempner, formerly
of the Central Mutual Credit Bank. The American Consulate in Paris reported
on August 20, 1925, that the Soviet intention was to issue new stock on the
French market and so indirectly secure foreign participation in the enterprise.
During the 1930s the Banque Commerciale was accused of financing Com-
munist Party activities in France. By 1964 there had been a slight name change
and assets had grown to $562 million. There were 268 employees, of whom
only three were Russian. A similar bank in London, also founded in the early
1920s, was the Moscow Narodny Bank, which had a remarkable growth from
only $24 million in assets in 1958 to $573 million in 1964; by the late 1960s
this bank was the fourth largest dealer among the London banks in the Eurodollar
market. Only the five directors were Russian, the balance of 200 employees
being British.
In 1966the Soviets opened the Woxchod Handelsbank in Zurich, Switzerland.
The Soviets also own an insurance company in Vienna (Garant Versicherung)
and have attempted to convert it into a full-fledged banking operation. The
Austrian Government has so far objected to such operations on the grounds
that Garant Versicherung has illegally bought into Western companies to influence
their commercial policies. 27
Thus although Western skills are still heavily utilized in banking, the scene
of operations has been transferred from the Soviet Union, where foreign banks
are forbidden to operate, to Europe and the United States, utilizing foreign
employees under Russian control. One of the key advantages to the Soviets
is that such penetration assists the task of influencing and directing the trade
policies of Western firms on sales Of Western technology to the Soviet Union.
In the 1930s the Chase National was one of four American banks and
financial houses to institute relations with the Soviets (in addition to Equitable
Trust, Guaranty Trust, and Kuhn, Loeb). Its role in the twenties and the thirties
te Ibid .. 803-804.
27 Forbes, February 15, 1967, p. 60.
28
Chase National merged with Bank of Manhattan (a former Kuhn, Loeb bank) March 31,
1955, to become Chase Manhattan Bank. Directors of the Chase Manhattan Bank (1968) are
David Rockefeller, Eugene R. Black, Roger M. Blough, John T. Connor. and C. Douglas
72 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
has been described. 211 There was a close connection between Chase and the
Soviets in the pre-World War II days; for example the advisor to Reeve Schley
(director and vice president of Chase National Bank) was Alexander Gumberg,
reportedly a Bolshevik agent. 30 The Chase Bank also acted as an agent for
the Soviets in the l930s, 31 and in 1930 Amtorg accounts, according to the
U.S. Treasury, were "all with the Chase Bank." 32 Today Chase Manhattan
(the merged Chase National and Manhattan banks) is Moscow Narodny's corres-
pondent in New York; hence the ties appear to continue.
The Chase Manhattan Bank is controlled by the Rockefeller interests. Nelson
A. Rockefeller, governor of the State of New York, is also the prime founder
of the International Basic Economy Corporation (IBEC), which in 1967 made
an agreement with Tower International, Inc., headed by Cyrus Eaton, Jr., of
Cleveland to further transfers of U.S. technology to the Soviet Union. As
this agreement was reported, "The joint effort contemplated by International
Basic Economy and Tower is seen as combining the investment skills and
resources of the Rockefellers and the special entree to Soviet-bloc officialdom
that Tower enjoys."33
While this study is limited chiefly to the technical and economic aspects
Dillon. Most if not all appear to be proponents of expanded trade with the U.S.S.R. For
John T. Connor see U.S. Senate, Export Expansion and R tgulation, Hearings before the Subcom-
mittee on International Finance, 9lst Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1969), pp. 183-85;
for Dillon (former Secretary of the Treasury), s«: U.S. Senate, Govtrnment Guarantees of
Cudit to Communist Countries, Hearings before the Committee on Banking and Currency,
88th Congress, 1st session, November 1963 (Washington, 1964), pp. 74-109.
111
See Sutton, I, pp. 90, 207-9, 226, 262, 277-78, 289-91. The links between Western financial
houses providing financial assistance 10 the Soviet Union might be worth exploring. For example,
Equitable Trust signed an agreement in London on March 7, 1923, to act for Gosbank (U.S.
State Dept. Decimal File 316-126--295); a director of Equitable Trust was Otto Kahn, who
was a director of Kuhn, Loeb. which has been prominent in financing of Russian business.
Directors of Guaranty Trust included Thomas W. Lamont (of Morgan interests) and W. Averell
Harriman, who also had other business connections with the U.S.S.R. The evidence appears
to suggest (although the author has not explored the topic) that a comparatively small group
of bankers and financiers has been consistently associated with Soviet financing. At least these
are the names that tum up in the fifty-year history; it may simply be that more information is
on record concerning their financial houses. (A study of the financial links between the West
and the Soviet Union would be a fascinating and worthwhile topic for a doctoral dissertation.)
30 Guide to the Manuscripts of the State Historical Sociery of Wisconsin (Madison: Wisconsin
State Historical Society, 19!57), p. 57. Oti Gumberg, see Robert Bruce Lockhar1, British Agent
(New York and London: G. Putnam's Sons, 1933), p. 220.
31 Congressional Record, House, vol. 77, pl. 6, 73d Congress, 1st session, June 15, 1933,
p. 6227.
32
U.S. Senate, Morgenthau Diary (China), Committee on the Judiciary, (Washington, 1965),
p. 70.
33 New York Times, January 16, 1967.
Financial Aspects of Technical Transfers 73
You should carefully emphasize that the credit has no political implications but
has been granted entirely on the basis of economic considerations, and within
the framework of our polky which you have repeatedly stressed to Finns t~.at
we do not propose to contribute directly or indirectly to reparations 'payment
by Finland; that the purpose of credit is to facilitate the resumption of U .S.-Finnish
trade. 36
Later in the year there was a series of communications from the State Depart-
ment to Finland advising that further loans could not be given or even considered.
In one telegram (August 9, 1946) Hamilton, U.S. minister in Finland, indicated
that the Finnish Government had been informed it would be a mistake for
a Finnish mission to go to the United States with too optimistic a feeling,
as the Export-Import Bank had many demands upon it. 37 This was followed
by an urgent telegram (Acheson to Hamilton): "Further credit Eximbank out
of question at this time" and "visit of mission to U.S. most undesirable and
should be indefinitely postponed, " 38 and by another (Hamilton to Acheson):
"[I have} strongly advised Finnish Government against mission to U.S.A. also
There is no question that the State Department was informed that these
credits would be used to modernize and expand the pulp industries. A Memoran-
dum of Conversation dated December 12, 1946, concerning the discussion
between the Finnish delegation headed by Graesbeck and two State Department
officials (Havlik and Cleveland) 42 raised a question about the low level of
Finnish exports of chemical pulp and commented, ''Mr. Graesbeck's explanation
of ... the run-down state of the machine equipment was not entirely satisfac-
tory. " 43 However, the meeting culminated in a suggestion that the Finns go
to the Export-Import Bank. The consensus of the U.S. participants, after the
departure of the Finnish delegation, was that a "small" loan of $20 to $25
million should be granted. One month later a $20 million loan was granted
for the purchase of industrial machinery and equipment for the lumber and
pulp and paper industries.
The U.S. export figures to Finland for the years 1945-48 reflect these credits
and their use to purchase equipment for the manufacture of Soviet reparations.
Sweden had provided credits for Finnish reconstruction in 1944 and 1945 to
the amount of Kr150 million; Sweden's share of total Finnish imports was
51.3 percent in 1945 and only 10.0 percent in 1946 as the credits ran out. 44
On the other hand, the U.S. share of total Finnish imports was zero in 1945
(when no financing was available) and 19.4 percent in 1946 as financing became
available under the Export-Import Bank credits. 45 Out of $59 million in 1947,
just under $11 million was U.S. machinery and just under $5 million steel
products-both categories required for the Finnish industrialization plan needed
3i U.S. State Depl. Decimal File 860d ..SI/8-1446: telegram. Hamilton to Acheson, August 14,
1946.
40
See Table .S-1.
41 New York Times, January 23, 1947, 13:3.
41 U.S. State Dept. Decimal File 860c:I.Sl/12-1246.
4
~ Ibid.
u Urho Toivola, The Finland Year Book !947 (Helsinki, 1947), p. 261.
45 Ibid.
Financial Aspects of Technical Tran!>fers 75
to meet Soviet reparations demands. In the following year (1948) U.S. exports
to Finland declined to $36 million but the proportion of machinery increased
by almost 40 percent to over $14 million, including $5.5 million of industrial
machinery. Thus American machinery, financed by the Export~Import Bank,
was acquired by Finland to manufacture reparations for the Soviet Union. 46
(See Table 5-1.)
Table 5-1 CREDITS GRANTED TO FINLAND BY THE UNITED STATES, 1945-47
Source: New York Times. December 1, 1945, 7:3; January 23, 1947, 13:3.
•e The large proportion of Finnish output accounted for by reparations in the lumber, pulp, and
paper fields, and in shipbuilding, may be found in Toivola, Ibid., pp. 187-209.
H Washington Post, March 14, 1970, pp. AI, Al5.
n Ibid. The interest rate is of some significance. This was an era of world investment opportunities
at 8 percent; previous French credits were granted at 5.95 percent and it was reported the
Soviets were pressing to bring even this low rate down. If Pompidou had granted lower rates
(or even 5.95 percent in the light of world conditions in 1970) there would indeed have been
widespread criticism. II does appear on the basis of the skimpy evidence publicly available,
however, that the French, British, German, and Italian (and perhaps the U.S.) governments
have been willing to grant more favorable terms to the U.S.S.R. than to their own citizens.
CHAPTER SIX
' COMECON is the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance. An e;o;cellent review of its
structure and function isM. Kaser, Comecon: Integration Problems ofrhe Planned Economies,
2d edition (London: Oxford University Press, 1967).
76
Patterns of l11direcr Technical Assistance 77
The Government of the Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia and the Govern-
ment of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall strive to develop scientific
and technical cooperation between the two countries by exchanging the experience
and technical achievements of the two Contracting States in industry, mining,
construction, transport, agriculture, and other fields of ewnomic activity, in the
interest of each Contracting State. 11
Article II usually specifies the manner by which the tr;?.r_:;fer shall be effected,
i.e., through the .. reciprocal communication of techn:;;.;.l documentation and
the exchange of relevant information, including pu~t.::1ts and licenses, in
accordance with the provisions in force in each of the Contracting States. " 12
The transfer in the Yugoslav case was to be conC.:.ned by the exchange
of experts, students, and researchers and by the provision of documents and
materials. The final articles in the treaty specify the technical details of funding,
location of commissions, and similar matters.
The basic agreement was established with the creatic n of COMECON
(Council for Mutual Economic Assistance, formed in Jan11ary 1949), but it
was not implemented for a number of years. Its purpose is to (,Xchange economic
experience, extend technical assistance, and generally rende: mutual economic
assistance among socialist countries; it also provides for the bilateral technical-
assistance agreements, or specialization agreements, among socialist countries
(Table 6-1 ). These agreements provide the organizational structure for transfer
of Western technology indirectly to the Soviet Union from Eastern Europe.
The specialization agreements made under COMECON and the resultant
bilateral agreements (as reported in Western sources) are surprising in that,
with the exception of agricultural and raw materials which comprise the bulk
of Soviet exports, the listed specializations for production by the Soviet Union
often are in sectors where this study has revealed a definite technical lag on
the part of the Soviet Union.
The listed specializations do include all technologies mastered by Soviet
engineers and those in which there has been a degree of indigenous progress,
i.e., blast furnaces, open-hearth steel, heavy-section rolling mills, steam turbines
over 100,000 kw,large generators, power plants, and heavy tractors. 13 Although
in greater part based on foreign technology, these are sectors where the Soviet
Union in the early 1960s was standing on its own feet.
On the other hand, the specialization agreements involve some technical
areas where the Soviets are decidedly weak and backward. For example, very
large long-distance pipe lines, synthetic rubber, large-capacity cement mills,
printing industry equipment, synthetic fiber production equipment, heavy diesel
and electric locomotives, passenger automobiles, and specialized ships all are
areas where the Soviet Union is backward and requires continuing dependence
on imported technology . 14
Production of both synthetic rubber and plastics is retarded in the Soviet
Union. The bulk of synthetic rubber capacity at 1960 was either the prewar
SK-B or the Dupont Nairit process; similarly, plastics were few in number,
poor in quality, and utilized a great deal of imported equipment or Soviet copies
of foreign equipment. In neither of these industrial processes has the Soviet
Union any new or worthwhile production equipment for export.
Ships are listed as a Soviet COMECON specialty, although three-quarters
of the Soviet mercantile fleet and four-fifths of its marine propulsion units
have been built in foreign yards. Large marine and locomotive diesels are also
listed, although the Soviets lag badly in both. Equipment for the printing industry
and synthetic fiber industries is currently imported, and Lavsan and Nitron
fibers use British equipment.
Forging equipment is a known area of Soviet backwardness. Cement factories
of large capacities are bought abroad. In 1970 steel sheet rolling mill and finishing
equipment was at the U.S. 1930 level. Passenger cars were the subject of
the so-called "Fiat agreement" in 1966.
13
Not all shown on Table 6-l; see Heinz Kohler, Economic Integration in the Soviet Bloc,
(New York: Praeger, 1965), pp. 138-40.
14
Ibid., pp. 138.40. For evidence see the following: long-distance pipelines, p. 130; synthetic
rubber, p. 153; cement mills, p. 170; printing equipment, p. 329; synthetic fiber equip-
ment, p. 178; locomotives, p. 248; passenger automobiles, p. 191; and specialized ships.
p. 282. Compare with Table 6-1.
Table 6-1 COMECON SPECIALIZATION FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
Oil refinety ~
equipment X X ~
Rollirtq mill Heavy section Heavy section Continuous and Wire-rod Light section ~
equ1pment iron rolling iron rolling semicontinuous mHI trains mHI trains,
"...,
mill trains, mill trains, wire-rod mill small rolling ~
n
heavy rolling wire-rod trains, leaf-metal mill trains
~
mill trains mill trains• and tube ""
rolling mills b ~
Coal industry Single-bucket Multi-bucket Coal combine
~
~
equipment excavators excavators, equipment, ~
and shovel stacll:ers, over- open-pit
excavators for burden trans- lignite, "
0
open-pit miningc porter bridges d coking plants "'<
§:
Lignite Multi-bucket
industry excavators for n
equipment open-pit mining, 0
~
briquene
"'
0
factories• ~
;;·
Cement Fumacecapaci~ Furnace capacity Furnace capacity Furnace capacity
factory over 1,000-2, up to 800 of 1,000-2,000 of 400-450 ~
Aluminum ~
production X "
equipment ~
';"
~
Forging_and
pressmg X Heavy Light Heavy "'"'
equipment "'
Heavy Specialized, such Specialized, Highly mechanized Specialized, Specialized, Specialized,
.,
~
machine as turret head for making automatic, such as open such as complete such as knee
tools lathes, long ball bearings, precision, such front vertical wheel set and column ~
planing machines' lathes, drills as duplicating drills machininr lathes, type milling
,'
milling machines9 horizonta pressesh machines "
Gas pipes Very large, large, long- Small, long- ""',
long-distance distance distance -
~
~
Marine large Large, 4,000- 4,000-5,000 hp Q
diesels 5,000 hp ship diesel
engines ;;'
0
It is interesting to note, therefore, that most ot" the categories claimed for
Soviet specialization fal1 into one or the other of the two extremes-that which
the Soviet Union has mastered and technically does reasonably well and that
where it is decidedly backward and behind other bloc members, who themselves
turn westward for technology.
The asserted existence of a COMECON category of Soviet specialization
in sectors where the Soviet Union is ill equipped for specialization is confirmed
by trade figures for the Soviet Union with East European countries. Table
6-2 expresses machinery and equipment as a percentage of total trade between
the U.S.S.R. and various East European communist countries; the category
of machinery and equipment of course comprises the most important category
of products included in specialization agreements. With all East European social-
ist countries taken as a group, just over 42 percent of their total exports to
the Soviet Union comprise machinery and equipment. On an overall basis,
only 13 percent of Soviet exports to these countries comprises machinery and
equipment; this 13 percent also includes exports to relatively backward countries,
such as Bulgaria. In other words, East European countries in general are three
times more important as shippers of machinery and equipment to the U.S.S.R.
than is the U.S.S.R. as a shipper of equipment to those countries. This certainly
suggests a relative technical backwardness in the Soviet Union in machinery
and equipment. This pattern is highlighted by exports of the most important
equipment producers: 62 percent of East German exports to the U.S.S.R. com-
prise machinery and equipment, over 58 percent of Hungarian exports are of
this nature, and almost 45 percent of Czech exports.
Although the COMECON specialization and technical-assistance features
relate to documentation and engineering assistance, not to physical movements
of machinery, these trade figures do support the assertion of Soviet backwardness,
as trade figures must broadly parallel relative technical capabilities. It would
be unlikely that the Soviet Union is a major importer of machinery and at
the same time provides extensive technical assistance for that machinery; such
might apply in one or two special cases (e.g., in the provision of documentation
for a specific machine), but not over the broad range of technology indicated.
In any event, we know from other sources that the listed Soviet technical speciali-
zations which are in fact East European technical specializations, involve areas
where these East European countries are receiving technical assistance from
Western firms. For example, ship equipment is the subject of "hundreds" of
technical-assistance agreements between Western fums and East European coun-
tries;u these firms are major builders on Soviet account although "specialized
ships" are listed as a Soviet category under COMECON.
This question will now be examined in more detail.
Source: P. Kumykin, ed., 50 Let sovetskoi vneshnel torgov/i (Moscow, 1967), pp.
108-38.
Over 100 Soviet ex.perts acquainled themselves in Czechoslovakia with the produc-
tion of sanitary equipment. Groups of ex.perts from 16 Union Republics visited
Czechoslovakia in order to study the manufacture of different kinds of footwear,
artificial fibers, building structures, pumps, compressors, etc. 16
In turn the Soviet Union passed over documentation for production of raw
rubber, aluminum, phenol, steel works, coke and chemical plants, an aluminum
wide-sheet mill, a plant for manufacture of penicillin and streptomycin, and
high-voltage cables. 17
In 1957 the Soviet Union assisted in the construction of an atomic reactor
18
Czechoslovak Economic Bulletin (Prague), February 1957, pp. 17-19.
17
Ibid., p. 18.
84 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
and a cyclotron and Czechoslovakia in turn passed to the Soviet Union documenta-
tion for mine, metallurgical, machine tool, and other equipment:
The Czechoslovak factories and research institutes will acquaint Soviet experts
with the technology of production, for example, of turbines for high heads, high-
pressure pumps, the production of heaHreated steel, diesel engines, equipment
for the manufacture of artificial leather and with the application of light ferroconcrete
constructional units. 18
18
Ibid .. p. 19.
1 ~ Seep. 123 below.
Pattems of Indirect Technical Assistance 85
machines, and roll and punch shaft grinders. 20 In 1961 an electronic computer
valued at $68,600 was exported to the Skoda Works in Pilsen in Czechoslovakia
for use in payroll processing and stock control.
Thus it may be seen that a prominent East European communist organization
supplying both armaments and specialized heavy equipment to the Soviet Union
is able to take direct advantage of the most advanced U.S. technology. Thus,
indirectly, advanced U.S. technology is made available to the Soviet Union.
The nature of Czechoslovak exports to the U.S.S.R. indicates the technical
assistance provided. In 1957 the Czechs installed a large turbocompressor
refrigerator plant at Stalingrad. The plant is one of the most modern in the
world with a capacity to supply 30 ice rinks. 21 In the same year the following
were shipped: several small rolling mills; two rotary cement kilns with a capacity
of 500 tons every 24 hours; Tesla BS 242 electron microscopes; and 40 cooling
plants. One of the most interesting contracts in 1958 was to supply the U.S.S.R.
with 55 complete automatic cement packing plants, each unit capable of filling
1000 bags of 50 kg every hour. 22 Between 1945 and 1960 Czechoslovakia
supplied the U.S.S.R. with equipment for 21 complete sugar mills. 23 In 1959,
20 pig slaughtering lines, 60 diesel electric shunting locomotives, seven vessels
for a pressure of 320 atmospheres, another 140 refrigerator units, and similar
equipment were sent. 2 "
Much of Yugoslav trade with the Soviet Union (Table 6-3) is in specialized
metal commodities and fabricated metal units, partly restricted under export
control laws for direct sale to the U.S.S.R. by Western countries. The most
prominent Yugoslav example is that of copper. During the decade of the fifties
copper was on export control lists for the U.S.S.R.; Yugoslavia, a one-time
exporter of copper to the United States, then became a net importer of U.S.
copper and channeled its own copper production to the Soviet Union in the
form of copper products and wire.
A letter to Congress from Frederick G. Dutton, an assistant secretary in
the Department of State (dated July 30, 1962), indicated that during 1957 and
1958 Yugoslavia made a number of exports to the Soviet Union of items prohibited
under the Battle Act, Title I. These shipments included semifinished copper
20
Thomas' Register, 59th edition (1969), vo!. VII, p. 988: the agreement is reported in European
League for Economic Cooperation, Economic Industrial, Scientific and Technical Cooperation
Between the Countries of Eastern and Western Europe (Brussels, \967), p. 43.
21
Czechoslovak Foreign Trade (Prague), no. 2, 1957.
21
Ibid .. no. 6, \958.
23
Ibid., no. I, \959.
2
~ Ibid., no. 4, \959.
86 Wesrern Technology and Sovier Economic Development, 1945~1965
2
~ U.S. House of Representatives, op. cit. n.3, 2d session, pt. 3 (Wa.~hington, 1962), p. 662.
18 See chapter 21 for Polish ships supplied to U.S.S.R.; see also U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings.
(Annapolis, Md.), January !970.
For example, " ... the Polish auxiliary industry which supplies equipment for shipbuilding,
actively participates in the works concerning unification and specialization of the production
shipbuilding equipment, which are carried out in the Engineering Commission of COMECON.··
Polish Technical Review (New York), no. 2, August 1964, p. 21.
Patterns of Indirect Technical Assistance 87
Marine Equipment Plant Burmeister & Wain Heat exchangers for marine
(at Rumia) (Denmark) power plants
Marine Equipment Plant Sulzer Silencers for main and
(at Rumia) (Switzerland) auxiliary engines
Marine Equipment Plant Fiat Oil, water, and air coolers
(at Rumia) (Italy) for Cegielski marine engines
ZAWO (at Slupsk) Gustav F. Gerdts Automatic steam traps for
(West Germany) marine boilers
Hydroster Works Baader Fish processing plants
(West Germany)
Gdynia Yards C. Plath Electronavigation equipment
(West Germany)
Gdyn"1a Yards AEC (U.K.) Gyropilots
Cegielski Sulzer Electric power generators
(Switzerland)
Zgoda Sulzer BH-22, BAH-22
(Switzerland)
IMO (Sweden) Vertical and horizontal
screw pumps
A/B Separator Oil separators
(Sweden)
Source: Polish Technical Review, no. 2, 1964, pp. 15-21; no. 3, 1967, pp. 9-11.
The first Polish oceangoing ship was built in 1948-the year of the takeover
by the Polish Workers' Party-and since then the industry has expanded at
a very rapid rate. In 1964, for example, there were no fewer than 90 plants
in Poland making shipbuilding equipment, and Poland has been the leading
foreign supplier of ships to the Soviet Union. It is, then, an important channel
for indirect technical transfer of Western technology to the U.S.S.R.
Polish shipyards are a major supplier of ships for the Soviet merchant marine;
in fact, three-quarters of Polish exports to the U.S.S.R. consist of rolling stock
and ships, 27 and the level of ship purchases has been maintained over a period
of many years. In general, Poland sells twice as much machinery to the U.S.S.R.
as she purchases from the U.S .S .R.
Main diesel engines produced by Polish marine engine builders in 1960
were of two types: Burmeister & Wain, produced by Cegielski, the largest
Polish engine builder, and Sulzer-type diesels produced by Zgoda. Referring
to the Sulzer RD engines, the Polish Technical Review states:
27
Alfred Zauberman,lndusrrial Progres.~ in Poland. C::,echoslovakia. and East Germany. 1937·
1962 (New York: Oxford University Press, \964), p. 301.
88 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945·1965
The machinery-building divisions of this industry are the mainstay of East Ger-
many's export trade. Heavy and general machinery, vehicles, and ships bulk
large in export to the Soviet Union and the bloc countries. 30
The Krupp concern of Essen has concluded seve,al agreements with East
European countries which significantly increase their abtH•y to produce machinery
for Soviet trade. One agreement with Hungary was for a $12 million plant
to produce machine tools and truck engines in Budapest; the output from this
plant is marketed throughout Eastern Europe. Another agreement provided for
manufacture of machines from semifinished iron and steel in Poland; Krupp
furnished the machinery but retained its ownership and sent technicians. Compen-
sation in this case is in the form of part of the plant's production. 31
The East European shipbuilding yards are major suppliers of ships to the
Soviet Union. These yards are also recipients of significant technical
assistance-in all major ships' components-from West European countries.
Thus indirectly the Soviet Union again is a recipient of European technical
assistance. Marine diesel engines may be taken as an example to illustrate
this process of transfer. 32 (See Figure 6-1.)
The Burmeister & Wain company of Copenhagen, manufacturer of marine
diesels, has a technical-assistance agreement with the U.S .S .R. to build B &
W marine diesels at Bryansk. 33 The company also has a technical-assistance
agreement with Polish shipbuilding organizations for Burmeister & Wain
engines. 34 Thus Stocznia Gdanska, most of whose output goes to the U.S.S.R.,
produces the B & W model 63-VT2BF-140 under license; a total of 355,000
hp was produced in 1968. 35 The two other Polish engine builders, Cegielski
and Z. U .T. Zgoda, have technical-assistance agreements with Sulzer of Switzer-
land to produce Swiss Sulzer diesels up to 15,000 bhp (Cegielski) and 3000
bhp (Zgoda). 36 These agreements, concluded in 1956, are for production of
the RSAD type, now the RD-76. 37 Cegielski also has a technical-assistance
agreement with Fiat of Italy. 3 S
Ships built in East Germany have marine diesels built either by VEB Diesel-
Motoren-Werke Restock or VEB Maschinenbau Halberstadt; both plants have
technical-assistance agreements with M.A.N. of West Germany 39 to produce
the M.A. N. model K6Z 57/80 marine diesel.
The four marine engine builders in Yugoslavia also have agreements with
~~ European League for Economic Cooperation. op. cit. n.21. pp. 44-45.
32 The Soviets provide the Poles with hard currency to purchase ship equipment of this type
on their behalf.
a3 East-West Commerce (London), VI. 2 (February 10. \959).
3
~ Ibid., VI, 9 (September 28, 1959).
35 lnternational Shipping and Shipbuilding Directory, \968, (80th edition: London: Benn Brothers).
p. 455.
36 Ibid.
37
Harbron, op. cit. n. \6, p. 112.
38 Ibid .. p. 109.
3
~ Ibid., p. 199.
90 Western Technology and Soviet Economic D~lopment, 1945-1965
Figure 6-1 INDIRECT TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO THE S.S.R. VIA EASTERN
EUROPE: THE CASE OF MARINE DIES ENGINES
POLAND
Zgoda-Sulzer
Switzerland Cegielski-Sulzer
Stocznla Gdanska-B & W
Denmark
EAST GERMANY
Kart Liebknecht-prewar
Buckau·Wolf Werke
VEB Diesei-Schiffsmotoren
-Junkers
Germany
VEB Diesei-Motoren-Werke
-M.A.N.
CZECHOSLOVAKIA
United States Skoda-Simmons
Sweden
YUGOSLAVIA
Jugoturbina-A.E.G. and
Italy Stai-Laval
3 Maj-5ulzer
Titovi-Fiat and B & W
Uljanik-B & W
Sources: John D. Harbron, Communist Ships and Shipping (london, 1962); International
Shipping and ShipbuHding Directory, 1968 {BOth edition; london: Benn Brothers).
Patterns of Indirect Technical Assistance 91
Western countries. Titovi Zavodi Litostroj manufactures B & Wand Fiat engines
under license; "Uljanik" Brodogradiliste I Tvornica Dizel Potora at Pula man-
ufactures B & W marine engines under license; the 3 Maj plant manufactures
Sulzer marine diesels under license; 40 and the Jugoturbina plant manufactures
Sulzer and A.E.G. turbines under license. These plants provide the total Yugoslav
marine-engine building capacity, and are the source of engines for Yugoslav
ships built on Soviet account.
It is particularly interesting that B & W (which provides technical assistance
for the Bryansk plant in the U.S.S.R. and in the Yugoslav, Polish, and Finnish
plants building engines on Soviet account) depends on U.S. technology for
its engine-designing facilities. In 1967 Burmeister & Wain installed extensive
computer facilities in its electronic data processing department for ''extensive
calculations for shipbuilding and design and construction of diesel engines." 41
This equipment comprised a Univac 1107 system with central processing and
two Univac 1004 computers. Thus diesel engines for Soviet ships are designed
with the aid of American computer equipment. 42
40
International Shipping and Shipbuilding ... , op. cit. n. 35, p. 458.
41 Shipping World and Shipbuilder (London), July 20, 1967, p. 1249.
42
Seep.318.
CHAPTER SEVEN
On the assumption that Soviet construction work abroad will throw light on
Soviet engineering and technology without the screen ;Jf censorship, attention
should now be given to the most important of Soviet f::;.~~ign aid projects-the
Bhilai steel plant in India and the Aswan Dam in Egypc Both projects were
heralded as triumphs of Soviet engineering, and without question each has been
a key factor in the economic development of the ret;.p:ent country. Indeed,
Aswan will have a fundamental influence on Egypt unparalleled in that country's
thousands of years of recorded history.
Both projects had higher priority than any but military rrojects. The Soviet
engineers and equipment utilized were the finest that coulc. be obtained in the
U.S.S.R.; in both cases the Soviets preferred to undertake construction using
only Soviet equipment, and in the case of Aswan this was written into the
first Soviet-Egyptian agreement. In Bhilai and Aswan, then. we have not only
two prominent examples of modern Soviet engineering but also reasonably free
access to uncensored information on Soviet construction methods and their re-
sults. 1
In January 1945 the Indian Government appointed a panel of iron and steel
industry experts to consider expansion of the Indian steel industry. The recommen-
dations of the panel included construction of a major integrated plant at Bhilai
in Madhya Pradesh. Construction started in 1955 with $130 million of financing
from the U.S.S.R. to be repaid by India in 12 annual installments at 2.5 percent
annual interest; capacity was planned as 1.3 million tons of ingot steel annually
with possible expansion to 2.5 million tons.
A significant feature of the Bhilai project was that 90 percent of the erection
work was done by Indians under the supervision of Soviet engineers. In June
1 The best available technical description is a special supplement of Indian Construction News
(Calcutta), VIII, 10 (October 1959).
2 Ibid., pp. 46-49.
92
Western Equipment and Soviet Foreign Aid 93
1959 about 60,000 Indians were employed under 700 Soviet engineers and
854 Indian engineers.
All civil engineering work at Bhilai was handled by private contractors,
the leading company being Hindustan Construction Co., Ltd., which had a
contract for more than 80 percent of the excavation and concrete work, in
addition to installation of underground communications. The company supplied
from its own equipment resources the central hatching plant, shovels, scrapers,
bulldozers, cranes, and dump trucks. Photographs in Indian Construction News 3
indicate clearly the American origins of this equipment-Le Tourneau-
Westinghouse, Northwest, Euclid division of General Motors, and so on.
An article by N. B. Lobotsky, Deputy Chief Engineer at Bhilai, comments:
"Civil work is of paramount importance in constructing a steel works, and
very often it is progress of civil work which determines a further success of
various kinds of erection and special work.· ' 4 Thus although Bhilai was designed
by Gipromez (and is therefore a typical American layout)/' Indian companies
undertook the basic civil engineering, including the massive excavation needed
for iron and steel works and the placement of 600,000 cubic meters of concrete
in foundations and construction of concrete buildings.
In short, the excavation and concrete work-those project phases which
later, at Aswan, were to cause the Soviets acute embarrassment-were under-
taken at Bhilai by private Indian contractors. Ultimately the problem was similarly
resolved at A swan; 93 percent of excavation was handled by Egyptian contractor
Osman Ahmed Osman, although originally it had been planned as 100 percent
Soviet work. H
The Bhilai installation consists of three large standard blast furnaces, six
large open hearths, and a merchant rolling mill. It utilizes the very simplest
of iron and steel manufacturing techniques, producing only a narrow range
of mild-carbon steel products. Its output may be described simply as production
of the maximum tonnage of a limited range of the simplest steel shapes. Capacity
is 770,000 tons of steel products annually comprising the following: 7
3 Ibid .. p. 40.
• Ibid .. pp. 42-43.
See above, p. 128 (below).
Supplement, Indian Construction News, op. cit. n.l, p. 26.
William A. Johnson, The Steel Industry of India (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
1966). p. 157. Johnson also points out that the ability to roll heavy sections for long rolling
periods means little downtime and reflects favorably in output figures. The actual capacity
94 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Dew!lopmem, 1945-1965
The plant produces mild-carbon steel shapes only-it does not produce flat-rolled
products, wire, or alloy or tool steels, all of which require extensive finishing
facilities including pickling, annealing, cold-rolling and other equipment,
facilities in which the Soviet Union is noticeably backward.
Furthermore, even for this limited product range there are numerous restric-
tions imposed by the equipment; one of the most far-reaching in terms of Indian
development is the small range of rolled sizes. The Bhilai mill can be compared
(Table 7-1) with the Monterrey mill in Mexico, a small plant producing only
240,000 tons of steel products a year, but roughly in the same categories,
and supplying a similar market in an underdeveloped country. Monterrey, how-
ever, produces a far greater range of sizes and offers a greater choice of products,
although its smaller mill is confined basically to the types of steel products
produced by Bhilai. The notable point is that although Bhilai has three times
greater capacity than Monterrey, the Mexican mill can supply a greater range
of sizes for every finished product, and this applies particularly to angles and
flats.
Table 7-1 COMPARISON OF PRODUCTS FROM BHILAI MILL (INDIA)
AND MONTERREY MILL (MEXICO)
BHILAI MONTERREY
Type of
steel No. of No. of
product sizes Range of sizes sizes Range of sizes
Sources: Bhilai mill: Hindustan Steel, Ltd., "List of Products from Bhilai Steel Plant,"
supplied by Bhllal Steel Plant, Public Relations Dept., January
1969.
Monterrey mill: Cia. Fundidora de Fierro y Acero de Monterrey, S.A., Manual
para constructores (Monterrey, Mexico, 1959).
of the plant is well in excess of rated capacily; i.e .• there is a built· in excess capacity, enabling
the plant to fulfill its targets wilh ease.
8 See Table 7 ·2.
~
•
;;;
"'
:;
~
"""'
-<;·
3
Table 7·2 LOCATION OF TRAINING FOR ENGINEERS AND SKILLED WORKERS FOR THE BHILAI PROJECT
~
~
Source: Indian Construction News (Calcutta), October 1959; based on table on page 114.
"'
"'
96 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Training of engineers and skilled workers for Bhilai was divided between
the U.S.S.R. (about 26 percent, mainly engineers), Bhilai itself (about 25 percent,
mainly operatives), and private and Indian Government firms (the remainder).\1
(See Table 7-2.)
Therefore, Bhilai may be described as a steel mill producing a very limited
range of the simplest of steel products, with a typical American layout. Further,
the civil engineering work and some of the training during construction were
handled by private Indian contractors.
Construction of the As wan High Dam was financed by the Soviet Union
between 1958 and 1963 to the extent of $552 million at 2.5 percent interest.
This loan was disbursed as follows: 10
December 27, 1958 $100 million repayable over ten years for construction
of the first stage of dam
August 27, 1960 $225 million repayable over ten years for the second
stage of dam construction
Summer 1962 $170 million for additional construction work
June 18, 1963 $57 million for the hydroelectric power equipment
Total $552 million
design. The main Soviet changes involved work methods and shifting the axis
of the dam about 600 yards south; in fact, the sluicing method of moving
sand suggested by the Soviets (and rejected by the international board) worked
well in practice.
The Soviet engineers insisted that Aswan should be an example of state
enterprise and therefore initially refused to subcontract to private Egyptian com-
panies. Also, rather than adhere to the ten-year schedule planned by Hochtief-
Dortmund, the Soviets reduced the construction schedule time to eight years.
The first years of work involved only the operational sequence of drill,
blast, dig, load, and dump. The equipment needed for this sequence included
drills, excavators, and dump trucks, and these items the Soviets supplied
immediately in quantity. 11 Equipment problems began almost at once; by mid-
1961 only 900,000 cubic yards of rock excavation was completed, instead of
a planned three million yards. Soviet trucks broke down, Soviet-made tires
were slashed by the granite rock, and while the old-fashioned Ulanshev excavators
held up (except for the bucket teeth) the Soviet drills did not-so the Aswan
Dam project headed into a major construction crisis. 12
After a great deal of government-level discussion the excavation and concrete
contracts were let to two private Egyptian companies: General Enterprises
Engineering Company, run by Osman Ahmed Osman, and the Misr group. 13
The Misr contract covered the concrete work on the tunnels and the power
station. The Osman contract, granted to Arab Contractors, Ltd., was of
fundamental importance. Only one million yards of the 14 million cubic yards
to be moved had been excavated by the Soviets; the Osman company handled
the other 13 million yards under this contract. In other words, 93 percent of the
Aswan Dam rock excavation was handled by a private Egyptian company, not
by the Soviet construction force. 14
Studies by Osman's Egyptian engineers pinpointed the Soviet dump trucks,
only 77 percent as efficient as Western models, as the key to the problem.
Subsequently, 54 British A veling-Barford 35-ton dump trucks were hastily
imported to supplement the l 00 Soviet 25-ton dump trucks already at work.
There was continual friction between Soviet and Egyptian engineers, 15 but the
11
Construction equipment supplied by the U.S.S.R. included 16 electric excavators (4 to 5 cubic
meters shovel capacity), 90 small excavators, 160 dump trucks of 25 to 30 tons capacity,
1600 drilling machines of various sizes, 75 bulldozers, 150 trucks, 140 passenger cars, 100
buses, 80 cranes of various capacities, 80 movable air compressors, 15 tugboats, 13 Hooper
barges of 200 to 500 tons' capacity, and II sets of equipment for hydraulic movement of
sand. The High Dam, Miracle of XXth Century (Ministry of the High Dam, Cairo Information
Department: January 9, 1964), pp. 16-17.
12 T. Little, High Dam at Aswan: The Subjugarion of the Nile (london: Methuen, 1965).
13 Arab Contractors, Ltd., wilh the Aswan Dam contract is a subsidiary of General Enterprises
Engineering; the latter is partially financed by the government but operates as a privately owned
company.
14 Little, op. cit. n.l2, pp. 100-4.
~~ /bid.,p.111.
98 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
It is notable that the Soviet Union has not undertaken to construct large-scale
industrial projects elsewhere. Such socialist-sponsored projects have been han·
died by East European nations, although sometimes the financing has been pro-
vided by the U.S.S.R. in a three-way arrangement.
In Syria, the largest communist project under way at the end of the 1950s
was a petroleum refinery constructed by Czechoslovakia at Horns. Built at
a cost of $15 million financed on long-tenn credits, and having a capacity
of one million tons, the plaDt has Czech equipment and supervision although
some Russian engineers supervised parts of the construction. 19 East Germans
and Bulgarians erected other projects in Syria in the 1950s while Soviet material
assistance appears to have been confined largely to armaments.
In the Far East, although large Soviet offers of assistance were made in
1958 to Indonesia, the only two completed bloc projects in 1958 were a Czecho-
slovak tire factory and an East German sugar plant. 20
16 Ibid.
n Ibid., p. 213.
11 "The violent overhaul that the project needed was led by an Egyptian, Osman Ahmed Osman,
forty-eight, the prime contractor and a master at getting big projects done under primitive
conditions. Over the objections of the Russians, Osman supplemented their faulty equipment
with better British and Swedish gear .. , Osman became the hero of Aswan." Fortune,
January 1967, p. 130.
IV U.S. Dept. of State, The Sino-Soviet Economic Offensive in the Less Developed Countries
(Washington, 1958), p. 55.
10 Ibid., p. 79.
Western Equipment and Soviet Foreign Aid 99
In general, at the end of the fifties there had been large Soviet offers, 21
but except for Aswan and Bhilai, actual assistance had been confined mainly
to milit3:_ry supplies.
Thus Soviet construction under its technical-assistance programs appears to
generate more propaganda than transfer of indigenous Soviet technology. Bhilai
had all civil engineering handled by Indian firms, and much training was handled
at Bhilai or by private Indian Government firms. The chief Soviet contribution
was in supplying equipment for a simple integrated facility with restricted rolling
capabilities, and that based on typical American layouts. At Aswan the Soviets
started excavation, but after 7 percent of the work was completed the civil
engineering was contracted to two private Egyptian companies utilizing imported
Swedish and British equipment.
These two large-scale projects, both of which received the highest nonmilitary
priority, confirm the general conclusions of this study concerning weaknesses
in Soviet engineering and technology.
21
Raymond F. Mikesell and Jack N. Behrman, Fitlwlcing Free World Trade with the Sino-Soviet
Bloc (Princeton: Princeton University Press. 1958), p. !58. See Appendi"' Table II for a list
of such offers from January \953 to 1958.
Part II
Four fields of mining and excavating activity have been selected for consideration
in this chapter: underground coal mining, the most important mining activity
in the Soviet Union; iron ore beneficiation, important because of the nature
of Russian iron ores; peat excavation, a typically Soviet industry; and the develop-
ment of earth excavating equipment.
At the end of the 1920s imported German mining machinery was largely
replaced by imported American machinery and still later by duplicates of this
American machinery, in some cases manufactured in the U.S.S.R. under
technical-assistance agreements with U.S. manufacturers. This practice has
extended historically and in terms of equipment beyond the four mining activities
considered in this chapter. A typical example, which also reflects the U.S.
origins after 1930, may be found in production of dredges. By July 1932,
some 22 new American Yuba-type dredges were sent to various placer gold
fields in the Soviet Union; 1 these included three of 13.5-foot capacity, twelve
of 7 .5-foot capacity, and seven of 3 .5-cubic foot capacity. The larger dredges
were capable of handling 566 tons of sand per hour and were used in the
Lena, Alden, and olher Siberian fields. Steam and electric thawing apparatus
was installed by American engineers hired from Alaskan gold mines, and five
American-design cyanide plants were built in Siberia. U.S. hydraulic nozzles,
steam shovels, cranes, scrapers, heated sluices, and other equipment also were
imported.
Beginning in 1930 attempts were made to manufacture such equipment in
the Soviet Union. In an earlier agreement with the Union Construction Company,
an American firm, drawings and specifications had been supplied for gold
dredges, and a similar agreement was made in 1932 with the Yuba Manufacturing
Company, also American, for platinum dredges. A section of the Krasnyi
Putilovets plant was set aside for the manufacture of the large Yuba dredge
and three or four ·smaller dredges a year were manufactured at Votkinsk and
Irkutsk. The production program of Soviet plants called only for duplication
1
Far Eastern Review (Manila, Shanghai) April 1933, p. 168.
103
104 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
of U.S. and German equipment. For example, the production program of the
Irkutsk plant in 1933 called not only for American-type dredges and power
excavators, but also for 60 Black model ore crushers, 20 Simons model ore
crushers, 2000 Koppel ore cars, and 2000 Anaconda ore cars.
These imports and Russian domestic copies were supplemented by heavy
equipment imports under the Lend Lease program (see Table 8-1) ·and the
October 1945 "pipeline" agreement.
Total exports
Lend Lease (arrived,
category no. Description after losses)
Total $60,000,000
Source: U.S. Dept. of State, Report on War Aid Furnished by the United States to the
U.S.SR. (Washington: Office of Foreign Liquidation, 1945).
In 1945 300 Russian coal mining engineers were sent to locate and dismantle
equipment in the German brown coal region. This equipment was transferred
to the Moscow brown coal mining basin. Some equipment went elsewhere;
for example, eight single-bucket excavators were sent to Tashkent. 2 Excavating
equipment totaling 200,000 to 220,000 cubic meters daily capacity was removed
to the U.S.S.R., as was coal mining equipment with a daily capacity of 40,000
to 45,000 tons and briquette-making capacity of 16,000 to 18,000 tons daily. 3
Major imports of mining equipment have continued since World War II.
One major U.S. mining equipment manufacturer, Joy Manufacturing Company
of Pittsburgh, received a Lend Lease contract from the U.S. Government in
1944 to supply 600 long wall coal cutters for the Donbas mines and has continued
to sell equipment for the coal and potash mining sectors since that time. 4 In
2 Robert Slusser, ed., Soviet Economic Policy in Postwar Germany (New York; Research Program
on the U.S.S.R., 1953) p. 84.
3
Ibid .. p. 85.
4
U.S. Senate, East-West Trade. A Compilation of Views of Businessmen, Bankers and Academic
Experts; Commiltee on Foreign Relations, 88th Congress, 2d session, November 1964
(Washington, 1964), p. 81. The company name is omitted in the testimony but the facts suggest
it was the Joy Manufacturing Company.
Mining and Excavating Equipment 105
The Russians have copied our machines, but apparently there is not high enough
priority on coal mining machinery in Russia to make a real effort in copying
even for their use within the U.S.S.R. We know this because they continue
to buy from us machines of which we know they have made copies. 7
The coal mining industry, by far the most important of all mining industries
in the Soviet Union, is mechanically almost completely based .J,l foreign technical
developments. Fortunately, we have a series of excellent reports by the National
Coal Board of the United Kingdom that describe this technical diffusion from
the West, 12 although this was not the prime purpose of the reporr'i. Furthermore,
in the words of one NCB report: .. It must be appreciated ... :.hat the Report
emphasizes what is best in Soviet mining technique and doe~. not elaborate
on much that was seen which was well below the standard of modern British
practice." 13
Of the 391 million tons of coal produced in the Soviet Union in 1955,
about 319 million tons was hard coal mined underground, only 7.5 million
tons was open-pit mined, and the balance was brown coal. A large number
of power-loading machines were in operation in the late 1950s, and Table 8-2
gives the total number of such machines, mostly face power loaders based
on the frame-jib design, held in stock and in use in Soviet coal mines in the
late 1950s with their Western prototypes. The in-use number is about twice
that utilized in British mines in 1956-57.
Underground mining equipment in the Soviet coal industry is based com-
pletely on foreign models. 14 The variations, described below, are essentially
either simplifications of foreign models or models which omit ancillary equipment
or functions forming part of the original foreign machine.
The most commonly seen coal face cutter loader in the Soviet Union is
the Donbass I. There were 1411 in stock in 1956, and according to Soviet
literature this model was widely used in the late 1960s. 15 There are six variants
of the Donbass, all manufactured at Gorlovka-the Donbass 1; a more powerful
version, the Donbass 2; the Donbass 6; a Donbass thick-seam machine; and
the Gornyak, the thin-seam version. The Donbass 7 variant has a picked drum
''rather similar to that recently developed for the Meco-Moore. '' ' 6 The Don bass
in all its variants is essentially the British Meco-Moore. The main difference
12 Report by the Technical Mission of the [U.K.] National Coal Board. The Coat Industry of
the U.S.S.R .. pt. I (London, 1957); pl. 2 of this report consists of appendices.
IJ Ibid .. pl. I, p. i.
1
~ This conclusion is confirmed under current conditions (1969) by Yasiliy Strishkov of the U.S.
Bureau of Mines, and is consistent with the National Coal Board reports: ''The mining equipment
and processes used in the Soviet mineral industry are standard-usually patterned on early
American and West European models"; and "Studying, copying, and extensive application
of Western technological progress and equipment in the Soviet mineral industry will be the
main trend in the improvement of mineral industry technology." Letter to writer. May 6,
1969, from U.S. Bureau of Mines.
1
$ V. N. Khorin et al., Ugol'nyi kombain ''Donbo.ss-JG'' (Moscow. 1969).
16 U.K. National Coal Board, op. cit. n. 12, p. 26.
Mining and Excavating Equipment 107
2 3 4 5
Number of Machines Percentage
Type of machine Held In use in use Western prototypes
Dirt loading:
Source: United Kingdom, National Coal Board, The Coal Industry of the U.S.S.R., Report
by the Technical Mission (London, 1957), p. 24. Column 5 added from text.
is that the Russian Donbass cuts one way only, and is then flitted back along
the coal face in a new track, while the original Meco-Moore machine is turned
at the end of each cut. The Meco-Moore was originally designed in 1930 by
Mining Engineering Co., Ltd., of the United Kingdom. It was developed through-
108 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945~1965
out the 1930s and received a stimulus in 1941 from increased wartime demand
for coal. As of September 1956 some 155 Meco~Moore cutter loaders were
in operation in the United Kingdom compared to 1224 Russian Donbass models
based on a prototype Meco-Moore. 17
In describing the less common coal face machines, the U.K. National Coal
Board team reported that the UKMG cutter loader was "basically similar to
our multijib design,'' with a slight difference in the cutter chains, and with
no separate loading mechanism .18 The same team reported with reference to
the UKT 1 and 2 cutter loaders that "the general design of the machine is
similar to the Colmol or Korfmann-and it loads coal in a similar manner-but
it is single ended and there are no proposals in hand for making it double~
ended." 19 Other cutter loaders under development were the K-26, described
as similar to the Dosco, 20 and the A-2 plow of the LObbehobel type with
a support system similar to the Dowty Roofmaster. 21 Vasiliy Strishkov, a U.S.
observer, comments on coal plows:
In !950, West Germany introduced a high-speed coal plough. But coal ploughs
were not introduced in the Soviet Donets basin mines until 1962. It took 12
years for the U.S.S.R. to study, copy. and produce coal plough.~. 22
Similar observations were made on other machines. The PK-2m brown coal
cutter loader is described as similar to the Joy Continuous Miner (supporting
the company's own observations) except that the cutter head swings horizontally,
not vertically. 23 The most popular loaders are the rocker-arm type corresponding
to the Eimco-21 and Eimco-40, with a smaller unit, the PPM-2, equivalent
to the Conway Shovel. Of the PMU-1 the report noted: "This is railmounted,
and the significant difference between it and British machines is that two con-
veyors are used. " 24
The winding systems in coal mine shafts use Ward-Leonard controls, the
most modern being at Gorlovka. but no automatic winders, except one Ward-
Leonard, have been seen. 25 A report of a French Cement Industry delegation
noted that Ward~Leonard 250- to 300-kw controls are made at the Urals plant. 26
' R. Shepherd and A. G. Withers, Muhanitt.'d Cuuing ami Loadi11K of Coal (london: Odh:~ms
7
of 1000 tons per day. For nonmagnetic ores, i.e., oxidized ores, the Soviets
have decided on reduction roasting followed by separation. For this purpose
two pilot Lurgi-type kilns served as pilot plants and it was planned in the
late 1950s to build 50 similar kilns in the Krivoi Rog basin alone, 35 thus stan-
dardizing on Lurgi kilns for both magnetic and nonmagnetic ores.
For sintering iron ores, the German Lurgi-type machine is used as the stan-
dard. It is based on drawings for a 537-square-foot machine purchased from
Lurgi and similar drawings for a 805-square-foot Lurgi machine from Czecho-
slovakia, the Czechs having passed on their purchased Lurgi drawings. 36
Crushers for iron ore are patterned after American models; the 60-inch primary
crushers, although strengthened, are .. definitely patterned after an American
model. " 37 Cone crushers are of the Symons type with both long and short
head varieties. 38 Most of the pumps for sand pumping "are patterned after
a well-known American sand pump." 38 Internal drum filters "look very much
like American types"; however in the late 1950s the Soviets intended to replace
these with magnetic-type vacuum filters developed in Scandinavia. 40 The standard
magnetic separator for wet work "is the American-type belr machine with a
55-inch belt. " 41 The delegation report comments that at one of the plants the
manager "took some pains" to point out the name plates on the machines
(i.e., "made in the U.S.S.R."), but the report noted that "very few original
developments in the concentrating equipment were seen. '' 42
15
Ibid., p. 58.
'~' 1
Ibid., p. 109-10. No essential differences between the Soviet :~nd the Lurgi sintcring pl;mt'
were seen. Sinter compri!>es about 60 percent of total furnace feed in tho: U.S.S.R. "In 1928
the Russians built a Swedish-type sintering plant equipped with movable pans (apparently wh:~t
is known as the Holmberg system), and in 1931 the first continuous Dwight-Lloyd type plant
was built in Kerch. Experimems showed that the continuous system had about 30 percenl
advantage over the Swedish system. Since that time all plants built in the Soviet Union were
of the continuous Dwight-Lloyd type." Ibid., p. 107.
:
11
Ibid .. p. 58.
ax Ibid.
3
~ Ibid.
H Ibid.
u Ibid., p. 59.
42 Ibid. It should be remembered that the delegation visited only a few ··:~dvanced'" pl;.~nts. The
position appears to have remained the same in 1963. Although the Indian Iron and Steel Delegation
did not specifically mention origin of Russian processes, those processes dcscrihed by th:~t
delegation are similar to those mentioned in the earlier Americ:~n report. See National Productivity
Council India, Iron and Stu! Industry in U.S.S.R. and Cuchoslovakiu (New Delhi: National
Productivity Council, 1963), pp. 44-45.
Other comments by the U.S. delegation include (at Magnitogorsk.): "Plant equipment observed
is based on original American models. The cone crusher is a 7-foot Nonlberg ... Wet magnetic
separators are all of the American Crockett belt type ... seldom used in new installation~
in the U.S.A.·· (p. 78). And (at the Kuznetsk concentrator): ''The group was shown an automatic
regulating and recording device for controlling the pulp density of the classifier. In design
it appeared to be similar to one developed by Maseo." "There are four magnetic separators
for each section, all of them being of a modified Crockett belt type." "There are two filters
per section. These are of the Dorrco internal drum type ... manufactured in East Germany."
Two Lurgi kilns were being installed. American Iron and Steel institute, op. cit. n. 32.
Mining and Excavating Equipment Ill
The Soviet Union has large deposits of peat and is the most important
industrial user of fuel peat in the world. Six methods of production are used:
elevator, scraper elevator, dredge-excavator, hydraulic (hydropeat), hydraulic-
elevator, and milling.
The elevator and scraper elevator methods account for a small percentage
of production. The dredge-excavator method was in use before the Revolution,
as was the hydropeat method, developed by two Russian engineers. The
hydraulic-elevator method combines the hydraulic method with an elevator instal-
lation. The milling method is undertaken with cultivators and milling machines
towed behind tractors. 43
Although the peat industry is primarily a Russian industry it has seen a
good deal of transfer of technology. (See Table 8-3.) In the 1920s unsuccessful
attempts were made to use foreign machines in bulk drying, and the Typermas
machine was developed on Caterpillar tracks. For machines used in excavating
large canals, foreign excavators and dredges manufactured by Marion, Weser-
Hutte, and other foreign firms were the basis of Soviet excavators P-075, LK-
0.5A, and E-505."
(tonnage expressed in
(given as percentage of total) 1000 gross tons)
1913 1930 1940 192Q
Method tons % tons "!o tons %
Source: G. Kazakov, The Soviet Peat Industry (New York: Praeger, 1956), pp. 217-18.
u George Kazakov, Sol'iet Peal R(•sourcei (New York: Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1953).
pp. 140-47.
44
George Kazakov, The Soviet Peatlndusrry (New York: Praeger, 1956).
112 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The standard lnstorf elevator installation has been used since 1927. The
Soviet SE-3 scraper-elevator installation, first built in 1938, consists of a dragline
excavator combined with parts and motors from the standard elevator machine.
Mechanization of the bagger operation was undertaken by use of Ekelund
excavators and other foreign machines, such as the Wieland. This was followed
by the development of Russian designs-the Pankartov and the Biryukov baggers
which in turn were replaced by the Instorf excavator, which is the standard
excavator.
After 1950 the TE.P-2 excavator was introduced. This is a single-row mul-
tibucket excavator mounted on Caterpillar tracks and with a processing unit
patterned on a Jeffrey crusher used in the Canadian peat industry.
The hydropeat method uses a water jet to flush out the peat and incorporates
equipment of foreign origin-for example, the Ludlow type water Valves, and
NF-14 pumps patterned after American pumps. 45
In peat loading, the UKL machine for loading peat onto rail cars is modeled
on the U.S. Joy loader. In milling peat, equipment of German origin is used
in addition to Randall-type harrows. 46
We know from the Gorton Papers at the Hoover Institution that in the
early 1930s Soviet planners consulted American engineers on the most suitable
types of Western excavators to be copied and then proceeded, with U.S.
assistance, to study, copy, and produce these machines in series .47
In 1931, for example, the Machine Building Trust collected data from those
organizations using draglines and finally settled on five models; specifications
of these models were then circulated to U.S. engineers for comments on suitability
and numbers needed for 1932 and 1933. By 1932 choice had settled on five
specifications: 48
Modell: 4-cu. yd. bucket {3 cu. meters); total weight 12-13 tons, boom length 26·36 (8-11
meters); dumping radius, 15-16 ft. {4.5 to 5 meters); 30-40 hp on crawlers.
Model It: 0.97-cu. yd. bucket (0.75 cu. meter); boom length, 21 ft. (6.5 meters); dumping
radius, 36 ft. (8 meters): weight, 35 tons.
Model Ill: Shovel dam shell bucket and crane; weight, about 65 tons; crawlers boom 25
rt. (7.6 meters); bucket 1.5 cu. yd. {1.15 meters).
Model IV: Shovel dam shell bucket and crane: weight, 120 tons crawlers; boom, 46 rt.
{14 meters); dumping radius, 53 ft. (10 meters).
CATERPILLAR
MODEL D-7
(first produced
in 1936)
I
CHELYABINSK
CHELYABlNSK
S-80
(1946- I S-100
I
I
MULTIBUCKET
MULTlBUCKET
EXCAVATORS
EXCAVATORS Models
Models ER-4, ER-5, ETR-152 ER-4A (2), ER-7AM (2),
ER-7E (2), ER-10 (2),
ETP-301 (2), UER-1 (2)
I
BULLDOZERS
BUSHCUTIER Models
Model D174B D-493; D-271;
D-290; D-259A
BORERS
I
Models
MZS-13 drill {1);
BS-4 drilling rig (1);
VVPS-20/11 pile-driver {1)
SKIDDING TRACTORS
CRANES
Models:
Lumber-loader KMZ-P2 (3)
Telescopic erecting mast (1)
Model IVa: Oragline for rocks, 3.2 cu. yd. (2.5 meters); weight, 120-130 tons; dumping
radius, 36ft. (11 meters).
These became the Soviet standard dragline excavators, and are based on the
U.S. Marion and various German machines.
The Caterpillar D-7 tractor, first produced in the United States in 1936,
became the Soviet S-80 in 1946 and the S-100 crawler tractor in the 1950s.
The S-80 and the S-100 were then used as base models for a wide range of
other Soviet equipment used in industries ranging from mining and lumber
to construction. Figure 8-1 illustrates the origins of this equipment in relation
to the Soviet S-80andS-100tractors. The ER-4, ER-5, and ETR-152 multi bucket
excavators were based on the S-80 tractor 49 and were replaced by another range
of multibucket rotary excavators, the ER-4A, the ER-7AM, the ER-7E, the
ER-10, the ETR-301, and the UER-1, all constructed on a C-100 tractor base.
The two remaining models of multibucket rotary excavators are based on the
T-74 tractor (the ETR-141) and the T-140 (the ETR-131)."
Bulldozers D-493, D-271, D-290 and D-259A-including most bulldozers
produced in the U.S .S .R.-are based on the S-100 tractor base. 51 The MZS-13
drill, the BS-4 drilling rig, and the VVPS-20/11 pile driver are mounted on
an S-100 tractor. 52 A telescopic erection mast is also mounted on a S-100
tractor chassis; and in the lumber industry numerous pieces of equipment, includ-
ing the KMZ-P2 lumber loader, are based on the S-100. 53
In sum, then, the range of mechanical handling equipment used in a wide
range of industries is based on a single tractor chassis, the S-100 (earlier the
S-80), derived from a prewar Caterpillar tractor model, the Caterpillar D-7.
Western Assistance
to the Nonferrous Metal Industries
The first Russian nickel plant started production in February 1934 at Ufa
in the South Urals with a capacity of 3000 tons annually. The Ufa plant, based
on oxide ores, uses methods similar to those in the nickel plants of New Caledonia
and Germany. It also processes oxidized nickel ores. The second Russian nickel
plant started operations in 1935 at Rezh, near Sverdlovsk; this plant is also
based on oxide ores and uses a similar process to produce nickel matte, which
is transferred to the Ufa plant.
A third nickel plant, also based on nickel oxide ores, began operating in
the 1930s in the Orsk and Aktyubinsk raions. The Orsk plant has a capacity
of 10,000 tons of nickel per year and utilizes four Dwight-Lloyd sinter strands, 1
with electrorefining "similar to Canadian and Norwegian practice. " 2
The Pechenga plant, formerly called Petsamo, processes one quarter of
Soviet nickel. This plant was developed and built by Petsamon Nikke\i Oy,
a subsidiary of International Nickel Company, and taken over by the Soviets;
it has three electric furnaces with a capacity of 1800 tons of concentrate per
day with electrorefining at Monchegorsk.
Norilsk (started in 1940) and Monchegorsk (started in 1950) are also based
on sulfide ores and Canadian practice, i.e., concentration by flotation, smelting
to matte in electric furnaces, converting, and separation by flotation and electrore-
fining. These plants refine about one half of Soviet nickel, using processes
based on International Nickel patents, while electrorefining at Monchegorsk
is similar to Canadian and Norwegian practice. 3
1
Germany. Wehrmacht, Oberkommando: Microfilm T 84-127-8116, Captured German Docu-
ments.
2
J. k. Boldt. Jr., Th~ Winning of Nickel (Princeton: D. Van Nostrand, 1967).
3 U.S. Patent 2,419,973 of 1947; U.S. Patent 2,425,760 of 1947; and U.S. Patent 2,432,456
of 1947. The flotation separation of copper nickel ores is attributed in Soviet literature to
I. N. Maslenitskii and L.A. Krichevskii, although it is clearly based on International Nickel
patents. Compare the flow sheet in Journal of Metals, XII, 3 (March 1960); K. Sproule.
eta/ .• "Treatment of Nickel-Copper Matte." and I. P. Bardin, Meta/lurgiya SSSR (19!7 -1957)
(Moscow, 1958; Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1961).
I IS
116 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
In contrast to the Free World practice of using only bauxite ores for the
production of aluminum, the Soviets use both bauxite and nonbauxite (nepheline,
alunite, and sillimanite) ores-probably because of geological conditions rather
than by technical choice. The nonbauxite deposits are low grade but can be
4
See Sutton II, chapter 4.
~ Confidential source.
8 U.S. Depl. of State, Report on War Aid Furnished by the United States to the U.S.S.R.
(Washington: Office of Foreign Liquidation, 1945).
1
Vneshniaia torgovlia SSSR: Statisticheskii sbornik, /9/8-1966 (Moscow. 1967).
Nonferrous Meral Indusrries 117
openpit mined and are near power sources; the major factor militating against
the use of nonbauxite deposits is the difficulty met in developing a usable
technology. About 30 percent of Soviet aluminum is probably derived from
nonbauxite ores which also yield byproducts for use in manufacture of cement
and caustic soda. (See Table 9-1.)
Annual plant
production
Type of Alumina Aluminum (1000
Mine ore plant plant metric tons)
Source: Confidential.
The conventional Western methods, i.e., Bayer and lime-soda sinter proces-
ses, are utilized for production of the 70 percent of alumina produced from
bauxite. Development work on a process for producing alumina from nepheline
goes back to at least 1929 8 but such a process was not in full use until the
mid 1950s~ up to 1955 all production of alumina was still from bauxite, in
spite of claims that Volkhov utilized the nepheline process in 1932. 9
The standard electrolytic method of reducting alumina to aluminum is used
in Soviet plants, although there has been some discussion of a new electrothermal
technique 10 at Irkutsk by which sillimanite is reduced directly to aluminum
and silumin. It is likely that a percentage of equipment now in general use
" The Leningrad Institute of Applied Chemistry was working on the problem in 1929, apparently
with help from American engineers. F. N. Stroikov, "Alumina from Nepheline" (mimeo-
graphed), is in the Stanford University Engineering Library. Presumably this translation was
made for use by American engineers. See also Bardin, op. cit. n. 3, on the metallurgy of
aluminum. A limited-edition review by Theodore Shabad, The Soviet Aluminum Industry (New
York: American Metal Market, 1958), also has useful information.
See Sutton II, pp. 57-60.
LG Izvestia, December 20, 1960.
118 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
is from Czechoslovakia; it was reported in the early sixties that the Czechs
had' 'financed construction'' of aluminum plants in the Soviet Union and received
aluminum in exchange. 11
In the production of more sophisticated aluminum metals, recourse is certainly
to Western technology. For example, in 1969 the Glacier Metal Company (a
During World War II almost all the German magnesium alloy industry was
concentrated around Bitterfeld, near Leipzig in the Soviet Zone of Germany,
where it was founded in the late nineteenth century by I. G. Farben. The
capacity of this industry in 1943 was 31,500 tons per year. 14 Most of the
magnesium smelting, casting, and rolling capacity was therefore in plants operated
by I. G. Farbenindustrie, and most of it was removed to the U.S.S.RY•
The industry was not damaged in World War II, and was visited by various
Combined Intelligence Objectives Subcommittee (CIOS) teams in June 1945;
their reports give an accurate indication of the technical state of the industry
as it was taken over by the Soviet forces. The Metallguss Gesellschaft at Leipzig,
partly removed to the Soviet Union, was a foundry casting light metal alloys
and producing high-grade magnesium-alloy castings for aircraft engines as a
licensee of l.G. Farben. Production averaged 400 metric tons per month of
aluminum castings and !50 tons per month of magnesium-alloy castings; four-
fifths of the output went to parts for Junkers engines and the balance for BMW
engines. 16
The Leipziger Leichtmetall-Werk GmbH at Rackwitz, near Leipzig, was
a fabricator of aluminum and magnesium alloys with a capability of producing
200 metric tons of magnesium-alloy sheet per month and 50 tons of magnesium-
alloy extrusions per month. The extrusion shop had four large presses and
the capability to draw duraluminum wire. Two I.G. Farben plants, one at Aken
and the other at Stassfurt, each had the capability to produce 12,000 tons of
12
Wall Street Journal, November I, 1969, 14:4.
13 G. E. Harmssen,Am Abend der Demontage: Sechs Jahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F. Triijen,
1951).
14
Great Britain, Ministry of Economic Warfare, Economic Survey of Germany (London: Foreign
Office, n.d.), p. 90.
1
~ Harmssen, op. cTt. n. 13, pp. 94-95.
18
Edward Johnson and Robert T. Wood, The Magnesium Alloy Industry of Eastern Germany,
CIOS Report no. XXXIII-21, p. 6.
120 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, !945-1965
magnesium per year; both plants contained presses and extrusion equipment
for aluminum tuhe.
The most important magnesium works was the I .G. Farben plant at Bit-
terfeld-also largely removed (80 percent) to the Soviet Union. The CIOS
team reported on this plant as follows:
'For many years in Germany the I.G. Farbenindustrie plant at Bitterfeld had been
the fountainhead of research and development work on magnesium alloys and
by far the most important producer. It can be said that these works is the birthplace
of the modern magnesium industry. Many of the techniques used in fabricating
magnesium alloy and much of the physical, chemical and engineering data on
magnesium and its alloys originated in BitterfeldY
17
Ibid., p. 41.
18Ibid.
u Ibid.
Nonferrous Metal Industries !21
Thus we may conclude that Soviet nickel and copper smelting and refining
processes are derived from Canadian, American, and Norwegian practices.
About 70 percent of Soviet alumina is produced by the Bayer and lime
soda processes, and about 30 percent by a Soviet process based on nepheline;
major difficulties have accompanied the use of the latter process. There were
extensive removals of aluminum rolling and magnesium rolling and fabricating
equipment from Germany at the end of World War II, and since that time
imports of equipment have originated in Czechoslovakia and in Free World
countries.
20 Ibid.
CHAPTER TEN
Western Assistance
'
to the Soviet Iron and Steel Industry
The U.S.S.R. relies heavily on blast furnaces to produce pig iron. Since
Soviet industry generates comparatively little scrap, steel plant input is predomi-
nantly liquid pig iron from blast furnaces; by contrast, the United States practice
1 uses pig iron and scrap in various proportions depending on location and relative
prices.
M. Gardner Clark has discussed the development of blast- furnace design
in the U.S.S.R., 1 where until 1955 there were three basic furnace designs.
The first, developed in about 1930 by the Freyn Company of Chicago, had
a capacity of 930 to 1000 cubic meters and a nominal daily output of 1000
tons of pig iron. The second (1935-36) basic design was by Gipromez, with
the earlier assistance of the McKee Corporation of Cleveland as consultants,
and had a capacity of 1100 cubic meters. The third basic design of 1300 cubic
meters came shortly thereafter and was worked out completely by Gipromez.
During World War II there was a temporary reversal to a 600-cubic-meter
design, and although a 1500-cubic-meter furnace was designed during that period
by Gipromez, postwar construction continued in the three basic designs of the
1930s.
According to P. A. Shiryaev, 2 only one operating furnace in 1951 had
a useful volume of 1370 cubic meters, i.e., the third, all-Gipromez, design.
In other words, up to 1951 aiJ Soviet blast furnaces except one were of the
basic 1930 design, for which the McKee and Freyn firms acted as consultants.
In the late 1950s there was considerable discussion in Soviet engineering
circles concerning larger furnaces with capacities of 1513, 1719, and 2286
cubic meters (the last designed by Giprostal), and Shiryaev has tables on the
technical and economic efficiency of such designs. 3 According to the calculations
1
M. Gardner Clark, The Economics of Soviet Steel (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press, 1956), p. 64-69.
1
P. A. Shiryaev, ''The Economic Advantages of Large Types of Blast Furnaces'' in Contemporary
Problems of Metallurgy, A. M. Samarin, ed .. (New York: Consultants Bureau, !960), p.
236.
3 Ibid.
122
Sovief Iron and Steel Industry 123
of Shiryaev and Ramm, there is little doubt that the large design (2286 cubic
meters) is efficient in terms of cosL However, as was pointed out by American
consultants in the 1930s, large-capacity blast furnaces have problems not reflected
in the theoretical calculations; in particular, there are raw-material feed problems
and physical problems connected with the ability of coke to withstand increased
stack pressures. The Russians have built seven of the larger design, each produc-
ing 3000 tons of pig iron per day 4 although designed to produce 4000 tons
per day.~
Metallurgists have known since 1871 that raising blast furnace gas pressures
substantially increases the rate of smelting. Application of top pressure began
in both the United States and the U.S .S .R. during World War II, and widespread
adoption of the technique came in both countries in the early 1950s. According
to data in an article by V. G. Voskoboinikov, adoption started in the United
States, but the U.S.S.R. quickly caught up, and by 1956, 51 furnaces with
high top pressure were operating in the U.S.S.R. against only 28 in the United
States. 6 Rapid adoption in the U.S.S.R. was undoubtedly due to the fact that
output could be increased 5 to 10 percent with a comparatively small investment
and simple equipment modifications; introduction was helped by a concentrated
research effort.
Early studies in Belgium and at the U.S. Bureau of Mines noted two offsetting
drawbacks to the use of oxygen in blast furnaces (as distinct from its use in
open-hearth furnaces)-the cost of oxygen, and the detrimental effect on furnace
linings. According to M. Gardner Clark, the Soviets repeated these tests in
the 1940s, came to the same conclusions, and dropped this line of development.
Later, in January 1963, the Voest Company of Austria received $10 million
in lieu of patent rights for use of the Linz-Donawitz oxygen refinement process.
Direct reduction can be achieved by a number of comparatively recent proces-
ses-there are more than 30 variants-that circumvent the blast furnace. Their
useful features are lower capital costs, lower minimum capacities, the ability
to use noncoke fuels, and the ability to use low-grade ores. Although Germany
had commercial direct-reduction operations before World War II, the process
did not make headway until the 1950s.
The early German plants were moved to the U.S.S.R. in 1945, and the
U.S.S.R. has since purchased further direct-reduction plants.
4
Wal/Streetlourna/, Aprill7, 1963,14:3.
~ N. G. Cordero, ed., Iron and Sreel Works of the World, 3d edition (London: Quin Press,
1962), p. 771.
6
V. G. Voskoboinikov and L. I. Slephushova, '"Blast Furnace Operation at Increased Gas
Pressures" in Samarin, op. cit. n. 2. p. 190.
124 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
Source: The Krupp-Renn Process, for Production of Iron Without Metallurgical Coke Using
FineiJr&ned Fuel and for the EconomicS Processing of Low-g.-..u'e High Silica Ores
(Essen, n.d.}.
7 In 1963, one source stated -only three plants were operating in the U.S .S .R. This is probably
conservative, but sec Wall Street Journal, April 17, 1963.
5 Institute of Metals Journal (London), March 19!58, p. 182; Metal Progress (Cleveland, 0.),
May 1959. p. /06.
Soviet Iron and Steel Industry 125
blooming mill. Capital costs are decidedly lower, especially in small plants;
both capital and operating costs for a blooming mill may be four times greater
than with continuous casting.
In the early 1950s Soviet weaknesses in certain areas of iron and steel
production became pressing. Rolled flat products (i.e., sheet and strip steel)
comprised 20 percent of total rolled products in 1940 9 and increased to only
25 percent by 1955. By comparison, in the United States the 1940 ratio was
over 45 percent, and in 1955 probably over 60 percent. A number of studies 10
have indicated that the percentage requirements of flat-rolled steel products
increases with industrialization. In other words, the relative demand for sections
(e.g., bars and structurals) declines, and the relative demand for sheet steel
(for use in automobiles, appliances, galvanizing, pipe, and tinplate) increases
as industrial development progresses. However, flat-rolled products require a
much greater investment in processing and finishing facilities (pickling, annea-
ling, cold rolling, skin pass mills, galvanizing, and tinning lines) than do section
products. Apart from the magnitude of the investment involved, there are indica-
tions that the Soviets have not fully appreciated the technological gap they
have to bridge between hot-rolled sections and flat cold-rolled products. 11
The prospect of having to make substantial investments in rolling mill equip-
ment and new techniques prompted a search for less expensive alternatives.
Continuous casting was one promising alternative, which was recognized by
Gipromez and other design bureaus; development work on the process began
at the Central Research Institute for Ferrous Metallurgy in Moscow in 193S.
The Krasny Oktyabr Works (1951), Novo Tu1a (1955), and Kirov (1956) con-
tinued this work. In 1956 continuous casting was presented to the Twentieth
Congress of the CPSU as a possible means of leap-frogging Western technology:
the lower capital costs would avoid heavy investment in blooming mills, sim-
R. H. Jones, The Roads to Russia (Norman: Univer-;ity of Oklahoma Press, 1969). p. 20.
Soviet production of steel was 20 million tons in 1940 and only 8.8 million tons in 1942;
2,589,766 tons of steel were sent between 1941 and \945 under Lend Lease. Although this
appears only a small fraction of Soviet output, Jones comments, "Appearances are deceiving.
Most of the Lend Lease steel comprised specialty steels 5uch as high-speed cold steel, cold-finished
bars, hot-rolled aircraft steel. tinplate, steel wire, pipe and tubing, and hot-rolled sheets and
plates. More than one-fifth of the Lend Lease steels included railroad rails and accessories.
In other words, Russia imported specialty steels, freeing her mills from the expense and time
involved in their production." Jones adds that the $!3.2 million worth of equipment for their
steel mills enabled the Soviets to increase the output of carbon steel ingots by 2.5 million
tons per year.
10
Various reports of the Economic Commission for Europe and Economic Commission for Latin
America (United Nations).
11
For example: "Of the cold-rolled sheets from rimming steel ingots at the Novosibirsk plant,
50 percent of the sheets were classified in the second grade due to small scabs
measuring 0.5-3 mm wide and 200-300 mm long with a thickness of up to 0.2 mm." G.
V. Gurskii, "The Continuous Casting of Steel" in Samarin, op. cit. n. 2, p. 285. No Western
mill would classify this defect as a "second"; laminations of this magnitude are classified
as scrap.
126 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
plified construction would reduce lead time required for development of more
powerful blooming mills, and excellent yield offered the promise of increasing
steel output per ruble of investment. 12 There is no doubt that by 1956 considerable
progress had been made in solving problems connected with continuous casting
of tonnage steels, but by Western engineering standards the process developed
was not suitable for application in large plants. Western engineers were in
general agreement that the process was then limited to alloy steels with a high
hot strength. Inland Steel, for example, considered the process, and Iron Age
reported: "In 1956 ... Inland decided in favor of conventional equipment and
against continuous casting ... there was not sufficient time available to master
all the problems." 13
In 1956, then, continuous casting was under consideration in both the West
and the U.S.S.R. for large-tonnage plants. Engineering opinion in the West
was against adoption; on the other hand, the process was adopted in the Soviet
Union.
Stal' reports that by 1961 ten installations had been brought into use, including
pilot plants and single-strand units with limited capacity. 14 A rough estimate
is that probably about one-half million tons was poured by continuous casting
in the U.S.S.R. in 1961, with an absolute maximum of one million tons; directives
of the party congress had called for 12 to 15 million tons to be poured by
this method in 1961. By 1962 no Soviet plant was entirely dependent on continu-
ous casting; i.e., the soaking-pit blooming-mill stage was retained in all steel
plants. The cost to the Soviets in trying to meet the goals set by the party
must have been considerable because of the investment in continuous casting
plants, the continued demand for blooming mills and soaking pits which neces-
sitated running two methods simultaneously in the same plant, and the lead
time lost in blooming-mill development. In particular, it was known in 1956
that continuous casting was not suitable for rimming steels, which are preferred
for reasons of quality in flat-roBed products, and for which Soviet production
capacity is notably weak. By 1962 the problems connected with rimming steels
had not been solved in either the U.S.S.R. or the United States.
12
"Capital investment for the construction of continuous pouring installations is repaid in le~s
than one year. With continuous pouring there is no need for blooming mills (or] the building
of such costly premises of open-hearth plants as the mold yards and shops for ingot stripping.
Continuous pouring of steel will become widespread in the sixth five year period. It was pointed
out at the 20th Congress of the CPSU that if 12-15 million tons of steel are poured by the
new method in 1960, which is fully feasible, this will yield an additional million tons of
rolled stock (by cutting down losses and waste) and a saving of 2,000 million rubles." Lazar
Roitburd, Soviet Iron and Steel Industry (Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House, 1956).
13 Iron Age, May 18, 1961.
14
S. K., "The Twenty-second Congress of the CPSU and the Soviet Iron and Steel Industry,"
Sta/' (English version), no. 7, July 1961.
Sovi£'1 and Steel Industry 127
Width,
MHI Type inches Origin
Source: Great Britain, Iron and Steel Institute, Production of Wide Steel Strip (london,
1960).
Note: There is also evidence of an old 50-inch German semicontinuous mill (from repara-
tions) at Nizhnl Tag II. A prototype Kramator reversing mill with furnace coilers is located
at Lipetsk.
The two basic techniques in pipe and tube manufacturing are the seamless
and welded tube processes. The earliest seamless techniques were variants of
10 M. Gardner Clark, "Report on the Nowa Huta Iron and Steel PlaTif Numed After Lenin,
Near Cracow, Poland" (Ithaca; School of industrial and Labor Relations, Cornell University,
September 1957), mimeographed.
21 Zaubennan, op. cit. n. 16, p. 193.
n Clark, op. cit. n. I.
Soviet/ron and Steel industry 129
the Mannesman skew rolling principle using a mandrel; present-day Stiefel mills,
plug mills, and continuous seamless mills are based on Mannesman rolling
principles and account for about 60 percent of Soviet tube production. The
push-bench techniques, now obsolete, and the extrusion process for small-
diameter special-alloy tubes are also of German origin.
The second main group of manufacturing techniques is a variant of the
welded seam process, and accounts for the remaining 40 percent of Soviet
tube output. The Fretz- Moon technique of continuous butt welding originated
in the United States in the early 1920s; submerged electric-arc welding for
large-diameter tubes and electric-resistance welding (ERW) were developed at
a later date, although ERW did not come into widespread use until after World
War II.
Most techniques in use in the world today conform to one of these two
basic Western methods, one German and one American. An examination of
Soviet methods indicates that all plants use one of these methods (except Lipetsk,
which uses a spun-cast process of unknown origin). Moreover in 1962 Soviet
pipe and tube plants not only were based on Western technology but to a great
extent were using Western equipment. The Soviet heavy-machinery-building
Table 10-3 PROCESS USED IN SOVIET PIPE AND TUBE MILLS IN 1963
Source: Economic Commission tor Europe, The European Steel Pipe and Tube Industry
(Geneva, 1955); M. Gardner Clark, The Economics of Soviet Steel (Cambridge, Harvard
University Press, 1956); M. G. Cordero. Iron and Steel Works of the World, 3d edition
(london: Ouin, 1962}.
130 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Dev,opment, /945-1965
plants do not appear to have completely mastered the art ofluilding tube-rolling
machinery, or else it has been found more advantageous to import Western
equipment. There has been a limited development of new techniques, in effect
modifications of the basic methods, by TsKBMM, and "authors' certificates"
have been awarded to some Soviet designers, but the scope of this work is
not extensive.
Table 10-3 indicates the process used in 15 Soviet tube and pipe plants.
In 1960 the Soviet Union apparently could not produce a tube mill of any
type capable of manufacturing steel tube greater than 400 mm in diameter. 23
This observation is confirmed by examination of the equipment contained in
the most important Soviet tube mills. The Chelyabinsk tube mill, the largest
in Europe with a production in excess of one million tons of tubes and pipes
per year, has equipment completely of Western origin. Chelyabinsk has four
Fretz-Moon mills for production of butt-welded tube between 3/8 and three
inches in diameter; the strip heating furnaces in the Fretz- Moon mill were built
from Salem Engineering drawings, and the leveling and uncoiling machines
were made by Aetna Standard Company. 24 The Stiefel mill shop produces
tubes between three and four inches in outside diameter using the standard
Stiefel mill. The Pilger mill shop produces large-diameter seamless tubes from
12 to 22 inches in outside diameter; the piercer is a rotary-type Mannesman
followed by two Pilger mills built by Eisenwerk Witkovice in Czechoslovakia.
The worn rolls are built up by welding with Krupp welding rod.Y; A newer
plant, completed in 1959, produces welded pipe up to !UO mm (32.3 inches)
in diameter by the U.S. submerged-arc process, and is the first plant of its
type in the Soviet Union. 28
Another important Soviet tube mill is at Rustavi (all Soviet seamless tube
capacity is located at either Nikopol or Rustavi). The report of the 1956 British
Iron and Steel Delegation indicated that the Rustavi mill was "orthodox in
design and layout and generally typical of works built about 30 years ago. " 27
The Nikopol mill was originally installed by a U.S. firm in the 1930s." In
1956 two Russian-built electric-resistance welding mills also were installed in
Nikopol; these have piercers of the Mannesman type followed by plug or Stiefel
mills.
23 V. L. Agre,Tekhnicheskii progress v chernoi metallurgii SSSR; Prokamoe i trubnoe proizvodstvo
(Moscow, 1962). This is an excellent compendium of technicoeconomic information.
24 Iron and Stt:el Making in the U.S.S.R .. with Special Reference to the Urals Region,A Report
to the British Iron and Steel Federation by a British Steel Delegation, (Rochester, Kent: Staples,
1956), p. 66.
n Ibid., p. 67.
u Ibid., p. 65.
H The Russian Iron and Steel Industry, A Report Prepared by a British Steel Mission to the
U.S.S.R., Special Report No. 57 (London: Iron and Steel Institute, April 1956), p. 19. The
reader should also see Yu. F. Shevakin, Stony kholodnoi prokatki trub (Moscow, 1966); and
L. I. Spivakovsldi, Ekonomika trubnoi promyshlennosti SSSR (Moscow, 1967).
n See Sutton II, p. 74.
Soviet/ron and Sree/Jndusrry 131
Westbrook then identifies three areas in which the Soviets have made unique
contributions in the field of materials processing, although a decade later there
is contradictory evidence as to whether the Soviets have been able to maintain
their position in these fields:
I. friction welding
2. electroslag melting (for ingots of special alloys)
3. powder rolling
Westbrook also notes that laboratories in the early sixties were well supplied
with equipment of foreign origin: .. . they have a considerable amount of
foreign-made equipment as well as Russian of foreign designs.· ' 31 After pointing
out that his delegation saw Russian-built copies of General Radio Variacs,
Simpson meters, Du Mont oscilloscopes, and L & N recorders, Westbrook
continues: ..... they appear to concentrate on one design, their own or that
of someone else, and then build and use large numbers of identical units. " 32
Soviet work in electroslag welding (where, unlike arc welding, the heat
is obtained by passage of electric current through a bath of molten slag) came
to fruition in about 1960 with the attainment of an ability to weld parts up
to a thickness of 2-% inches using one electrode. 33 The process was immediately
licensed to the Swedish firm Esab. 34 Russian work in friction welding by V.
I. Viii led to publication of his textbook Friction Welding of Metals by the
American Welding Society in 1962, although there is some question whether
the Soviets have maintained any significant advance over current U.S. knowledge
z~ J. H. Westbrook. ''High Temperature Materials in the Soviet Union,'' Metal Progress (Cleveland,
0.), February 1962.
30
Ibid.
31 Ibid.
a Ibid.
33 Welding Jourrwl (London), February 1959. pp. 132-34.
34
East-Wesr Commerce VI. 3 {March 31, 1959), 8.
132 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
and methods. 3 :s Continued Soviet imports of furnaces for heat treating of metals
from the 1930s through the 1960s also suggests that Russian work in metals
processing has been somewhat uneven. 38
Thus we may conclude, as have other observers, 37 that at the end of the
1960s Soviet technology in ferrous metallurgy industries is an adaptation of
Western technology, although much Soviet work and effort have been devoted
to developing this technology.
The classical blast furnace has been increased in volume and top pressure
has been introduced. Sintering strands are Dwight-Lloyd to Lurgi drawings;
coke ovens are modified Koppers-Becker38 ; and direct reduction is Krupp-Renn.
In steelmaking we find ex,pansion in the size of the classical open-hearth
furnaces with indigenous technological improvements. Oxygen convertor practice
is Austrian and continuous casting Junghans-Rossi; blooming mills are basically
United and Demag. Rolling techniques and finishing facilities in general are
backward (except where modernized by imported equipment) and approximate
the U.S. level of the 1930s.
ss Appreciation is due E. Strickland for this information; see U.S. Patent 3,460,734 of August
12, 1969.
se A number of controlled-atmosphere heat-treating furnaces have been supplied from the United
States and from Birlcc, Ltd., in England; sec East-West Commerce-. IV, 9 (September 30,
1957), 14, and V, II (November 29, 1958), 3.
3 7 Clark, op. cit. n. I, p. 272: "We can say that the spectacular technical progress of the Soviet
iron and steel industry in recent years has been almost exclusively in the realm of adoption,
modification and improvement of inventions and innovations pioneered by the Western world.''
31 See pp. 141-43.
CHAPTER ELEVEN
In the field of oil well drilling the turbodrill is a distinct Soviet innovation
and quite different in principle from the U.S. rotary drill. In the 1960s over
80 percent of Russian oil well drilling was undertaken by the turbodrill method,
which utilizes a hydraulic drive at the bottom of the drill hole in contrast to
mechanical transmission through a string of steel pipes used in the rotary process . 1
It appears, however, that the method has not proved completely satisfactory:
in 1960 it was recommended that development work be resumed on rotary
drilling, a recommendation no doubt dictated by overheating problems with
turbodrills as geological conditions necessitated ever deeper holes.
Russian turbodrills were tested by Dresser Industries of Texas specialists,
who concluded that the drills did not offer any advantage over prevailing U.S.
rotary techniques. Robert W. Campbell, whose work on the economics of the
turbodrill is by far the most exhaustive, concluded:
There is no denying that the turbodri\J did make a very great contribution to
the improvement of Soviet drilling performance, and the conclusion of our critique
is not that the turbodrill was a mistake. Rather it is that the turbodrill could
have made an even greater aid to improved drilling performance if the designers
of this technology had better understood the correct economic criteria for design
decisions.z
The interesting point is that while the Soviet Union was converted to the
rotary technique in the 1920s by American companies, 3 a decision was made
in the 1930s to convert to the indigenous turbodrill, and to a lesser extent
to the electrodrill 4 (rarely used outside the U.S.S.R.). This decision, defective
133
134 Western Techr~ology ar~d Soviet Economic Deve/opmem, 1945-1965
on economic grounds (vid. Campbell), left the Soviets with major technical
problems in the face of increasing deep-drilling requirements.
On the other hand, the work that has been done in the U.S.S.R. on rock
bits, both core and cone types, follows American practice. For example in
1940 the Carter Oil Company in the United States began work on cone bits,
first on a four-cone version and then on a three-cone version. Testing was
started by Carter in 1948 and the technology was licensed to The Hughes
Tool Company in 1956 although no tool based on the Carter principle has
been made commercially.~ The Soviets started experimenting with a two-cone
bit in 1950 that had a "striking resemblance" to Carter's tools and methods. 6
The first Soviet bit No. DV -5 had a diameter of ten and three-quarter inches
in working position and less than six inches collapsed, and "the Soviet method
of lowering, connecting, disconnecting, and raising the retractable bits closely
followed the Carter technique. " 7
Petroleum Wed: (Chicago). August 14, 1959. p. 25. Compara1i· o! dia~mm~ in the text of
this article.
6 Ibid.
7 Ibid., p. 29. For details of the continuing Soviet interest in U.~·· rotary drilling technology
and bits, seeN. N. Kalmykov. Burovaia tekhnika i tekhnologiiu zu ruhe:::.hom (Moscow, 1968).
Sutton I, pp. 35-40. and Sutton II, pp. 81-90, for data concerning pervasive U.S. assistance
in 1928-44.
~ U.S. Dept. of the Interior, A History of the Petroleum Administr11/ 1f!l1 for Wur. 1941-1945
(Washington, 1946), p. 269.
1° U.S. Dept. of State, Report on War Aid Furnished by rhe Unired Swres ro the U.S.S.R.
(Washington: Office of Foreign Liquidation, 1945), p. 16. The figure. of $41 million is too
low; final figures were probably closer to $100 million for refineries. See U.S. Dept. of the
Interior, op. cit. n. 8, p. 270, and add subsequent shipments under the "'pipeline agreement."
11 U.S. Dept. of the Interior. op. cit. n. 9, p. 270-71.
Petroleum and Allied f11dustries 135
the other two refineries. 12 In all, U.S. assistance was provided for seven refineries
between 1942 and 1946. Between $14 and $15 million worth of equipment
was shipped for refineries at Guriev, Orsk, Kuibyshev, and Krasnovodsk, with
an unknown amount of equipment for refineries at Syzran, Sterlitamak (Novo
Ufa), and Moscow . 13 These American acquisitions became the basis for Soviet
construction.
The Soviets have standardized the design of domestic-built refineries, and
new capacity comprises completely integrated units with attendant secondary
facilities. The Type A standard refinery has an annual crude oil charge of
about 2.8 million tons and the more common Type B has an annual crude
oil charge of 6.6 million tons; these are multiples of the smaller Type A unit.
(See Table 11-1.) One refinery, that at Omsk, consists of three Type B standard
units. Design also includes standardized process schemes dependent on the
specification of the available crude oil:
Type I: For crude oil under 1.9 percent sulfur, producing fuel and lubricating
oils-atmospheric and vacuum primary distillation, thermal cracking, catalytic
cracking, catlytic reforming, lubricating oil production, and asphalt production.
Type 11: For crude oil with less than 1.9 percent sulfur, producing fuel
only-atmospheric and vacuum primary distillation, thermal cracking, catalytic
cracking, and catalytic reforming.
Type Ill: For crude oil with over 2.0 percent sulfur-atmospheric distil-
lation.14
The 1960 U.S. Oil Delegation was able to acquire sufficient data to construct
flow diagrams and so isolate the standard process schemas described above.
The basic flow sheets are those of Lend Lease installations known to have
U.S. equipment, e.g., Novo Kuibyshev (Type A), Novo Ufa (Type A), Novo
Baku (Type B), and Syzran (Type B). Further, R.E. Ebel has described Novo
Ufa as "U.S. wartime design,"].~ and according to the Petroleum Administration
for War Kuibyshev and Syzran were destinations for U.S. Lend Lease instal-
12
Ibid., and U.S. Dept. of State, op. cit. n. 10. p. 16, appendixe~ A and B "Pipeline Agreement.··
There was a significant amount of other petroleum as>istancc hoth in export of petroleum
products and in oil field equipment.
13
U.S. Dept. of the Interior, op. cit. n.9, p. 270. The figures given in this source for Syzran.
Sterlitsmak. and Moscow are incomplete; they do not take account of shipments under the
"pipeline agreement" of October 1945. A rather interesting example of the anempt to imitate
American practice is the reprinting in book form of the ~tandards of the American Petroleum
Institute, particularly those relating to pumps, compressor~. tubes, and casing. See Rukovodsn•o
po trubwn neftiwwgo sol"lamenta i ikh soedineniiam. primeniaemym :;a n1be:;fwm (Spra\'ochnoe
posobie) (Moscow: Standardy Amerikanskogo Neftianogo lnstituta, 1969).
14
lmp"ct of Oil Exports from the Sol"iet Bloc. A Report of the National Petroleum Council.
vol. II, October 4, 1962 (Wa~hington, 1962), pp. 143-44. Also see Chemi:>che Teclwik (Berlin).
XIII. 7-8 (July·August 1961), 473-76.
1
~ Robert E. Ebel. The Pt•troleum Industry oftlu S01·it·t Union (New York: American Petroleum
Institute, June 1961), p. 118
136 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
lation. 16 Thus we can trace domestic Soviet refinery construction to U.S. design
and technology.
Table 11-1 MAJOR SOVIET REFINERIES BUILT BETWEEN 1945 AND 1960
Source: Impact of OH Exports from the Soviet Bloc; A Report of the National Petroleum
CouncU (Washington, D.C., 1962), vol. 2, p. 150.
capacity for several refineries, presumably for the standard Soviet Types A
and B. Until June 1957 Czechoslovakia had manufactured and shipped the
following units: 20
Moves to upgrade early U.S. technology were made in the first part of
the 1960s. In 1963 Harold Wilson, the British prime minister, reported that
the U.S.S.R. wanted to purchase a complete oil refinery in the United Kingdom
and was prepared to pay $280 million for the installation. 21 In 1966 a contract
was let to a French company, Societe Gexa, for a gasoline plant; no further
data were given except that the contract was valued at $13 million. 22 Presumably
this acquisition will become the basis for further domestic construction in the
refinery sector.
The Soviet Union has rich resources of natural gas located some distance
from consuming centers; this focuses attention on the development of a transmis-
sion system to move gas to the larger cities, and particularly to the industrial
areas. Although writers do not agree on the exact figures, it is apparent that
the length of pipelines in operation increased from about 4000 kilometers in
the mid 1950s to about 40,000 by 1966. 23 Campbell has said: "In the Soviet
Union the length of the city distribution network is only about two-thirds of
the transmission system, whereas in the United States it is about double the
length of the transmission system. " 24 This implies, as Campbell points out,
a low domestic utilization of natural gas.
Two factors of interest for this study are the diameter of the pipeline, as
2
° Czechoslovak Foreign Trade (Prague), June 1957.
u Wall Street Journal, June 14, 1963, 2:3.
12
Wall Street Journal, June 27. 1966, 9:3.
tl There is a discussion of this question in Campbell. op. cit. n. I, chapters 7 and 10. Also
see, J. Chapelle and S. Ketchian, URSS, seconde producteur de petrole du monde (Paris:
Publications de l'lnstitut Fran~ais du Pttrole Collection, Science et Technique du Pttrole No.
4, 1963), pp. 258-63, for details on pipelines, maps, and listing of gas deposits. An incisive
first-hand description of the situation in 1961 is contained in American Gas Association, Inc.,
"U.S.S.R. Natural Gas Industry," the report of the 1961 U.S. delegation to the Soviet natural
gas industry. There is more information on city distribution methods in National District Heating
Association, District Heating in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (Pittsburgh, 1967).
14
Campbell, op. cit. n. I, p. 208.
138 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Dr\';-·{opment, 1945·1965
the Soviets have definite restrictions on size of pipe rolk:d, 2 :' and the use of
compressors. The longest lines have been built with irr;:>rlrted pipe. The first
line, Saratov·Moscow (843 kilometers), completed in 1946, had U.S. Lend
Lease assistance; the 1951 Dachava·Kiev·Moscow line Wa" built with 20·inch
(720-mm) pipe supplied by A. 0. Smith in the United Staks" and as of 1962
it was the only pressure·welded line in the Soviet Union. The ivtoscow·Stavropol
line (1020 mm) utilized pipe purchased from Phoenix·Rhein:-ohr in West Ger·
many, 27 and Swedish welding rods.
The inability to produce requisite sizes of compressors !1as been a major
drawback and has forced reliance on either imported comp.essors or the use
of field pressure, thus reducing the effectiveness of transmission systems. The
first line, Saratov-Moscow, with daily capacity of 80 million cubic feet, was
equipped with 24 U.S. compressors of 1000 hp installed in six booster stations. 28
Campbell points out that lines have operated without compressors and cites
the intention to install seven million kilowatts of compressor capacity on 26,000
km of line built between 1959 and 1965 (actually there was only one million
kilowatts of compressors in the 28,500·kilometer system as of January I, 1964). 21 '
The problems facing the Soviets in the field of compressors, and particularly
in securing the desired mix of compressor types, are described by Campbell;
suffice to note for our purpose that the original standard compressor 1OGK· I
is a copy of the U.S. unit supplied for the Saratov·Moscow line, 30 and other
mechanical units appear to be based on American types. For example, the
1961 American Gas Association Delegation reported a turbine unit in one new
station: "The machine is very similar, except for its combustion system, to
our Westinghouse W·52 PM- 5000 hp units"; and then the report adds the
comparative data for the two unlts. 31 Further, while commenting on possible
use of gas turbines, one Russian reportedly stated
... he would like to obtain information on gas turbine experience from a mainte·
nance and operating standpoint in the United States. The only gas turbine with
which they have had any extensive experience was a Brown·Boveri. 32
Soviet removals from the German petroleum industry after World War II
were concentrated on a relatively few German plants for the production of
liquid fuels and lubricating oils by the hydrogenation of brown coal. In general,
liquid fuel plants were only partly removed.
The largest unit, a hydrogenation plant near Szczecin, Poland, with a capacity
of 600,000 tons per year, was removed to the U.S.S.RY' The only unit in
Germany reported as completely removed was the Brabag (Braunkohle-Benzin
A.G.) at Magdeburg-Rothensee, 36 with a capacity of 220,000 tons per year
including 120,000 tons of aviation fueJ.=17 A smaller plant, Minera!Oiwerk
Lutzkendorf (Wintershall A.G.), was 80 percent removed; 311 this plant was
a producer of primary products from petroleum residues and tars, with a capacity
of less than 50,000 tons per year.~!' The dozen or so other synthetic plants,
although not greatly damaged by Allied bombing, 40 were only partially
removed. 41
In Austria the oil fields were not dismantled, but they were operated on
Soviet account until the 1950s. a
Germany has large deposits of brown coal which requires drying and briquett-
ing before use. The raw material is disintegrated by rollers, pressed to remove
water, and passed through driers into briquetting machines. Since the coal itself
1937
Number production
in (000
German owner Location of plant Harmssen metric tons)
u U.S. Department of War, CtXJI Mining Industry of Germany, W.O. Pamphlet no. 31-204
(Washington, September 7, 1944), pp. 155-57.
-u A.G. Slichsische Werke (SPD # 15, Espenhain); Deutsche ErdOI A.G. (SPO # 19, Zipsendorf);
Deutsche Erdijl A.G. (SPD # 20,Gross-Zossen);A.G. Slchsische Werke (SPD # 21, Hirschfel-
de); Werchen-Weiszenfelser Braunkohlen A.G. (SPD # 40, Zeitz); Riebecksche Montanwerke
(SPD # 42, Kupferhammer, Oberroblingen); Mineldeutscher Stahlwerke (SPD #43, Lauchham-
mer); Deutsche Grube A.G. (SPD # 44, Binerfeld); Michel-Werke (SPD # 46, Witznitz);
Senftenberger Kohlenwerke A.G. (SPD # 62, Meurostolln).
Petroleum and Allied Industries 141
in 1946-48 and partly exchanged for reparations equipment for the Soviet Union.
Other plants with similar processes in Poland, i.e., Oberschlesesche Hydrier-
werke A.G. at Blachownia, I.G. Farben Heydebreck works at Kedzierzynia,
and Anorgana (New Rokita) at Brzeg Dolny, also were partly dismantled and
shipped to the U.S.S.R."
A typical Lurgi standard low-temperature carbonization plant was that of
A. G. Sachsische Werke at Espenhain,46 where bomb damage was relatively
light. Operations were easily restored, including the brown coal plant that was
equipped to recover 5-6000 bbl/day of liquid hydrocarbons from coking brown
coal. Built in 1936-40 and completely modern, the plant processed about six
million tons a year of brown coal in a briquetting plant with 37 plunger-type
presses-the largest in Germany. Briquets were then charged into a typical
Lurgi "Schwelerie" (low-temperature carbonization plant), from which about
1.4 million tons of coke was produced annually.
The 1944 output of this plant was as follows:
It can readily be seen that these plants were effective units for converting low-
grade brown coal, first into useful fuels and then by subsequent processing
into various chemicals.
0
Zauberman, op. cit. n. 35, p. 232.
~e CIOS XXVlll-23. A.G. Sachsische Werke, Espenhain.
41
Readers interested in coke oven accessory equipment should compare the excellent detail in
I. L. Nepomniashchii. Koksovye mashinv, ikh konstrukrsii i raschety (Moscow, 1963), with
any standard Western book on coke ove0 practice or, for a quick comparison, United States
Steel Corp., The Making. Shaping and TreCJting of Steel (Pittsburgh. 1957). chapter 4.
~8 Described in Sulton II, pp. 115-19.
142 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
since 1933; Soviet efforts have been concentrated on duplicating the best of
foreign technology, particularly the Koppers-Becker system developed by Kop-
pers Company, Inc., and its foreign licensees.
Soviet design organizations-particularly Giprokoks-have undertaken con-
siderable work to improve Western coke oven systems. Giprokoks has been
constantly at work since the early 1930s modifying and improving the original
Koppers-Becker designs, and this work forms a distinct pattern based on the
Koppers-Becker system with cross-over flues.
Coal charge in
Coking_ chamber dimensions, in mm metric tons or
Width chamber volume
Period (average) Height Length in cubic meters
Source: Walter Farr, "Development of Coke-Oven Techniques in the U.S.S.R.,' Gas Journal
(London), September 12, 1962, p·. 313.
The first standardization of the Koppers-Becker system was the PKI, which
was followed by a second standardization, the PK-2, again followed in 1942-47
by modifications and improvements of Koppers-Becker and Disticoque designs
of the early 1930s. These comprised first the PK-42 produced in 1942, the
PK-45 produced in 1945, and the PK-47 produced in 1947. The disadvantages
of the Koppers-Becker design were isolated and analyzed, and from this work
and ensuing modifications came the PK-2K system. The new system was first
built on a large scale at Choku in 1947, and with recirculating flues at Krivorozhye
in 1949; essentially, the PK·2K improved Koppers· Becker system is equipped
with cross-over flues and double-rich gas flues, with recirculation of heating
gases. This design turned out to be satisfactory and was adopted for widespread
application in coke-oven batteries built in the 1950s and later. In 1955 the
design, further modernized, resulted in the type PV R-46, of which the first
operating battery was erected in 1959 at Dneprodzerzhinsk.
One of the major changes resulted from an evaluation of the dimensions
of coke-oven chambers. World practice has been to accept an average width
of about 18 inches (457 mm); the Soviet Union early adopted a standard of
16 inches (407 mm). (See Table 11-3.) The first battery of type PK-2K coke
Petroleum and Allied Industries 143
ovens at Khoku was built with 17-%-inch wide (450 mm) chambers, and during
1950-51 three further batteries were built with widths of 16 inc.:hes (407 mm),
17'!4 inches (450 mm) and 20 inches (510 mm)'' By the early 1960s Giprokoks
was investigating the possibility of designing very large coke batteries, i.e.,
eight batteries with a capacity of up to seven million metric tons of coke per
year.
Thus in coke oven practice we find the Soviets in the early 1930s obtained
a cross section of Western technology which was installed in the Soviet Union
by Western companies with Western equipment, and then proceeded to improve
this Western technology. Improvements took the form of a consistent series
of detailed experiments with coke ovens and analysis of operating results, and
changes in oven design were developed on the basis of these results. However,
the basic technology remains that of Koppers-Becker, with modifications to
suit Soviet conditions.
49
''Development of Coke Oven Techniques in the U.S.S.R.,'' Gas Journal (london), Septemher
12, 196Z,p.311.
CHAPTER TWEL YE
Western Assistance
to the Basic Chemical and Fertilizer Industry
The Soviet chemical industry in 1960 reflected a very rapid growth in production
of basic chemicals. Outside these basic chemicals, however-i.e. in such products
as resins, herbicides, mixed fertilizers, plastics, general organics and petro-
chemicals--the overall production range was relatively small and the industry's
progress had been insignificant.
Sulfuric acid is the most important of inorganic acids and probably the most
important of all industrial chemicals; it enters into almost all industries. Its
production in Russia increased from 121,000 tons in 1913 to just under 3,000,000
tons in 1953, 4,804,000 tons in 1958, and 8,518,000 tons in 1965. As has
been indicated in an earlier volume, 1 the Soviets have utilized basic Western
or Tsarist processes for the manufacture of sulfuric acid and have duplicated
these processes in their own machine·building plants.
A recent Russian paper on sulfuric acid manufacture indicates that in the
mid·l960s, 63 percent of sulfuric acid production was based on pyrites and
carried out according to a standardized version of Western processes. 2 The
Soviet process (utilizing fluidized bed roaster, electric precipitator, towers, and
contact apparatus) is similar to contact processes in use in the West. No claim
is made for Soviet innovation; rather the claim is made for the "intensification
of operating units" based on Western processes. For example, "in 1930 the
Soviet Union bought a small unit design (24 wns a day) for sulfuric acid
production by the contact process. During the exploitation of the unit, Soviet
specialists made some improvements, as a result of which its capacity was
increased to 46 tons per day.'' 3 This scaling up of a process, similar to that
noted in other industries, has been the sole form of Soviet innovation in sulfuric
acid manufacture.
On the other hand, there is no indication that any great quantity of Western
equipment has been imported for the Soviet chemical industry since World
War II. In 1965 Nordac Limited of Uxbridge in the United Kingdom sold
144
Basic Chemical and Fertilizer Industry 145
G. Warren Nutter, The Growth of Industrial Production in the Soviet Union (Princeton: Princeton
University Press, 1962), p. 423.
5
Compare 50 [Piar' desiat] ler soverskaya khimicheskaya nauka i promyshlennosr' (Moscow,
1967), p. 168; and Charles L. Mantell, Industrial Electro-Chemistry (New York: McGraw
Hill, 1940), p. 419.
Samuel Pisar, A New Look at Trade Policy Toward the Communist Bloc, (Washington: Subcom-
mittee on Foreign Economic Policy of the Joint Economic Committee, 1961).
Chemical Week (New York), September 3, 1960, p. 42.
' CIOS XXXIII-31, Investigation of Chemical Factories in the Leiplig Area; and G. E.
Harmssen, Am Abend der Demontage; Sechs Jahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F. Triijen.
1951).
e Chemistry and Industry (London), February 13, 1960.
146 Western Technology and Sot·iet Economic Det·ellne/11, /945-1965
WESTERN PURCHASE
FOR KRUSHCHEV'S CHEMICAL PLAN
In the late 1950s, as we have seen, the Soviets lagged in all areas of chemical
production outside the basics previously described. This lag inspired a massive
purchasing campaign in the West between 1958 and 1967. In the three years
1959 to 1961 alone, the Soviet Union purchased at least 50 complete chemical
plants or equipment for these plants from non-Soviet sources. 12 Indeed the
American trade journal Chemical Week commented, with perhaps more accuracy
than we then realized, that the Soviet Union "behaves as if it had no chemical
industry at all.'' 13 Not only was the U.S.S.R.'s industry producing little beyond
basic heavy chemicals but, of greater consequence, it did not have the technical
means of achieving substantial technical modernization and expansion of product
range.
According to the general pattern of this "turn-key" purchase program, the
Soviets supplied buildings-largely of prestressed concrete of a standard design
-and associated power stations, together with unskilled labor and Russian
engineer-trainees. The Western firm supplied designs and specifications accord-
ing to exacting Soviet requirements, and process technology, engineering capabil-
ity, equipment, and startup and training programs. These contracts were package
deals that provided even more than the typical Western "turn-key" contract.
Such contracts, unusual in the West except perhaps in underdeveloped areas
10
Pisar. op. cit. n. 6.
11 The reader should consult 50 let .... op. cit. n. S, the official Soviet summary of SO years
of chemical production in the U.S.S.R., with two factors in mind: (a) the extraordinary degree
of omission, i.e., nonstatement of simple facts, and (b) mentally insert the factor of unstated
Western assistance.
12 Chemical Week, March II, 1961, p. 53. For a list see Chemical Week. September 3, 1960,
pp. 42-44.
13
Chemical Week. March II, 1961, p. 54.
Btlsic Chemical and Ferriker Industry 147
lacking elementary skills and facilities, were very attractive and highly profitable
to Western firms: although the Russians are hard bargainers, their plight was
well known in Western business circles.
The overall extent of equipment acquisition for the chemical industry may
be judged from the following figures relating to Soviet purchases of chemical
equipment from West European countries between 1960 and 1963, three key
years in the campaign:
In the first stage of this program the Soviets placed sizable orders in West
Germany under the 1958 trade agreement for plants to be constructed between
1958 and 1960. The larger plants underthis program included an agglomerating
plant from Lurgi A.G. with a hearth area of 75 square meters for sintering
lead concentrates~ a plant with a capacity of 6000 metric tons per year and
valued at about $5 million, for the production of paraxylol and dimethyl-
terelphtalate; three plants by Lurgi for the manufacture of detergents from pe-
troleum products; and three plants for whale oil extraction. 15 Between 1961
and 1963 additional plants were supplied for the manufacture of polypropylene,
di-isocyanates, and phosphorus 16 and sodium sulfate; plants for the hydraulic
refining of benzene, dimazine, and atrazine; and two plants for the manufacture
of foils from viniplant. 17 Further plants included an acetylene-from-natural-gas
factory using the BASF process, with a capacity of 35,000 tons per year; a
plant to manufacture phthalic anhydride; and a 5000-ton-per-year plant for the
manufacture of highly dispersed Aerosil. 18
Between 1961 and 1963ltalian companies, in particular Montecatini, supplied
plants for the manufacture of acetylene and ethylene from natural gas. They
also supplied plants for titanium oxide (20,000 tons per year) and maleic anhydride
ammonia, and probably other units. 1 H
Complete chemical plants supplied from the United Kingdom included numer-
ous units apart from those in textiles, synthetic fibers, rubber, plastics, and
fertilizers discussed elsewhere. 20
A particular lag filled by British companies may be noted in pesticides.
'
4
Chemical Week. March 2!, !964, p. 27.
>.\ British Chemical Engineering (london), Augu~t 1958, p. 452.
16
Economist (london). April I, 1961, p. 54.
17
Seep. 163.
'~ Chemical Week. September 3, 1960, p 42.
u Economist (london). April I, !961, p. 54.
2
" For Western plants for these industries, see relevant chapters.
148 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
activity in the Soviet Union; see Sutton II, pp. 103.288, 369.
u British Chemical Engineering, December 1958, p. 690.
111 Chemistry and lndJutry, February 7, 1959, p. 202.
3 °Chemistry and Industry, May 12, 1962, p. 869.
Basic Chemical and Fertilizer Industry 149
Products, Ltd., designed, equipped, and started up two plants for the manufacture
of raw materials for detergents under a $15 million contract. 31
Numerous complete plants have been supplied from other European countries.
Belgium has provided a plant for the production of acetylene from natural gas
and another for ammonia synthesis. 32 France has supplied numerous plants,
including one for the production of acetic anhydride (20,000 tons per year),
one for the production of phosphoric acid (60,000 tons per year), one for the
production of titanium dioxide (20,000 tons per year), and another for the produc-
tion of detergents. 33
A number of plants have come from unknown origins (i.e., reported but
without data concerning Western origins). In 1960 for example, a plant was
supplied for the production of synthetic glycerin (20,000 tons per year); another
for ethyl urea ( IOOO tons per year); one for the production of synthetic fatty
acids (5000 tons per year); one for the production of sodium tripolyphosphate;
one for the production of carbon black (in addition to another supplied by
Japan); and two for the production of germanium. 34
The United States has not been a major supplier of chemical plants; however,
it has supplied several for fertilizer and phosphoric acid productionY' It was
reported in 1965, for example, that the Food Machinery Corporation of San
Jose, California, was to build, maintain, repair, and operate a carbon disulfide
plant in the U.S.S.R. This chemical is used for the manufacture of viscose
rayon, ammonium thiocyanate, formaldehyde resins, xanthates, and carbon tet-
rachloride. 36
The Soviet Union appears to be backward in both the development and
the utilization of pharmaceutical drugs. The U.S. Delegation on Hospital Systems
Planning, which visited the Soviet Union between June 26 and July 16, 1965,
recorded the impression: ''Although the important pharmaceutical agents are
available for the treatment of patients, hospital pharmacy is not nearly as signifi-
cant an endeavor as it is in the United States. " 37
An earlier visitor to the Soviet Union had reported to the State Department
as follows: "Most of the antibiotics research is applied rather than fundamental
... development (or redevelopment) of products already produced by the
West. " 38 George Brown of the Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Re-
search in New York also commented that "it was Soviet practice to get the
31
Chemistry and Industry, October 15, 1960, p. 13\0.
32
Chemical Week, September 3, 1960, p. 42.
33 Ibid.
34
Ibid.
3
~ Ibid.
3
e Los Angeles Times, January 18, 23, and 30, 1965.
37 U.S. Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, Hospital Services in the U.S.S.R., Report
of the U.S. Delegation on Hospital Systems Planning, Public Health Service, June 26.July
16, 1965 (Washington, November 1966), p. 36.
38 Chemical Week, October 3, 1959.
150 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmellt, 1945-1965
production facts concerning pharmaceutical drugs from U.S. patents and lit-
erature and then to develop these same drugs through experimentation."
The Austrian company Grill & Grossman supplied a $154,000 penicillin
production plant in 1960, 39 and there has been continuing import of medical
instruments and supplies.
3
~ Chemical Week. September 3, 1960, p. 42.
0
' The only removal of a fertilizer plant from Germany to the U.S.S.R. in 1945-46 was the
Pieneritz phosphate plant reported dismantled in 1945; see Germany, /945./954 (Cologne:
Boas International Publishing Company, [1954?)), p. 376.
1
' See chapter 8.
42
Wai/Srreetlournal, November7, 1963,1:6.
'3 Chemistry and Industry, June 3, 1961, p. 754. These processes turn up in Soviet technical
literature; see for example, D.S. Petrenko, Proi~vodstvo sul'jata ammoniia (Moscow, 1966).
The Simon-Carves vacuum evaporator is described on p. 43, the Power-Gas ''Krystal" crystal-
lizator on p. 44. Another aspect of the Soviet response is current publication of technical
material on foreign mixed-feed apparatus; for example, see A .S. Danilin, Proizvodstvo kombikor-
mov za rubezhom (Moscow, 1968).
Basic Chemical and Fertilizer Industry 151
Sources: Chemical Week, October 24 and November 14, 1964; New York Times, September
27, 1964; Wall Street Journal, October 18, 1963.
be supplied by another Belgian firm. 44 Under the 1960 trade agreement with
Italy several plants were supplied for the production of ammonia. 4 ·5
Then in 1964 a contract was awarded to Union Chimique-Chemische Bedrij-
ven of Brussels for a 620,500 ton per year plant for the production of phosphoric
acid, and another plant to be built near Kuibyshev with an annual capacity
of 365,000 tons of sodium tripoly phosphate. 46
A joint development with a Soviet "satellite" was reported in the Kingisepp
area, under which the mining and production equipment was provided by the
satellite in return for fertilizer; this program had a starting capacity of 850,000
tons per year and projected expansion to 1.7 million tons per year. 47 Other
such plants were built by Mitsui of Japan and Montecatini of Italy, although
the largest was an announced series of ten fertilizer plants arranged by the
Occidental Petroleum Corporation~R and built by Woodali-Duckham Construc-
tion Company, Ltd., and Newton Chambers & Company, Ltd., of the United
Kingdom. 411
The chemical sector provides an excellent illustration of the link between
40
Chemical Week. October 24, 1964.
4
$ Ibid.
o~e Ibid.
H Ibid.
48
Ibid.
~u Ibid.
152 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Soviet planning and Western technology and equipment. In 1960 the Soviets
had achieved considerable rates of increase in chemical production by the duplica-
tion of standard Western equipment and processes in· a few basic chemicals-par-
ticularly sulfuric acid and caustic soda. Figures reflecting these impressive
increases tended to obscure the extremely limited range of chemical products.
When practical demand forced manufacture of a wider range of chemicals the
Soviets turned to the West for proCess technology, complete plants, and equip-
ment.
In 1959-60 orders for more than 50 complete chemical plants were placed
in the West and the trade journals catalogued these acquisitions;$ 0 this process
continued throughout the 1960s with the expenditure of several billions on West-
ern chemical equipment to provide everything from penicillin to germanium
processing for transistors and to fulfill a massive program for the production
of mixed and concentrated fertilizers.
The interesting phase of the acquisition has yet to come. Many of the processes
acquired during the 1960s are complex units requiring a great deal of highly
sophisticated technical skill in construction and operation. While automation
will solve the operating problem it may not be easy to duplicate the plants
as has been done with the Solvay process in caustic soda and the Herreshoff-Bauer
system in the manufacture of sulfuric acid. 51
Western Assistance
to the Rubber and Plastics Industries
It was demonstrated in the second volume of this series that although the
Soviets had an early start in synthetic rubber production with the Russian-
developed, sodium-polymerized SK-8 butadiene, this lead was not maintained,
and during World War II U.S. plants and technology were imported under
the Lend Lease program to supplement the low-quality and limited-use SK-B . 1
Apart from a small production of Thiokol, the only Soviet synthetic rubber
until the import of Lend Lease plants and technology was a butadiene type
polymerized by sodium.
There was a significant change in the structure of Soviet synthetic rubber
production in the 15 years between the end of the war and 1960. By 1959
only 55 percent of synthetic rubber was polymerized with sodium from alcohol
(SK-B), while chloroprene-using Lend Lease technology and equipment (Dupont-
Neoprene) constituted only about 7 percent of the total; the bulk of the remaining
38 percent came from the introduction of copolymers or styrene-butadiene types
(SK-S), and a small production of nitrile (SK-N) with pilot production of other
types. There was no commercial production in the Soviet Union of butyl and
polyisobutylene types in 1960. 2
In terms of tonnage, the Soviet Union produced about 323,000 tons of
synthetic rubber in 1960. Of this total, 177,327 tons was the original SK-B
type based on alcohol, of very low quality and providing products of low wearing
abilities; 104,975 tons was of styrene-butadiene copolymer including the oil-
extended types; 23,256 tons was Dupont-Neoprene (now called Nairit); and
the balance comprised small-scale pilot production of 8075 tons of nitrile (SK-N)
and 8798 tons of other types. By contrast, 99,000 tons of butyl and 38,000
tons of nitrile rubber alone were produced in the United States in 1960.
In brief, the increment in Soviet production of synthetic rubber between
153
154 Westem Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
1945 and 1960 consisted almost completely of copolymers; i.e., it was of the
styrene-butadiene type, in the amount of 104,975 tons. This copolymer was
developed by l.G. Farbenindustrie A.G., and was produced ln Germany from
1935 onward as Buna-S. Buna-S accounted for 90 percent of German synthetic
rubber production in World War II and was introduced into the United States
under the government construction program of 1942. It was not produced in
the U.S.S.R. during the war.
At the end of World War II the Soviets removed as reparations two large
l.G. Farben synthetic rubber plants from Germany-the Buna-Werke-Schkopau
A.G. and the Chemische Werke HUls GmbH. The combined capacity of these
plants was just over 100,000 tons of styrene-butadiene copolymers; so a reason-
able presumption is that the Soviet copolymer capacity came from the Schkopau
and Hiils plants. Sumgait and Yaroslavl seem the logical relocation sites in
the U.S.S.R. on both technical grounds (the raw material base is butane from
oil) and intelligence grounds (these are sites known to have received such plants
in the early postwar period .) 3
The remaining increment in production came from the Dupont chloroprene
type. (See Table 13-l.) Part of the chloroprene capacity came from Manchurian
removals. A new plant opened in 1944 to produce 750 tons per year-the
Manchurian Synthetic Rubber Company at Kirin-was largely removed under
the supervision of two Soviet officials, Major Sherishetsky and Major Diement.
Removals were concentrated on the gas generators; the reaction equipment;
the distillation, polymerization, and catalyst preparation equipment; and the
rolling equipment. 4
Thus in the period 1945 to 1960 the increment in Soviet synthetic rubber
capacity came from Buna-S plants transferred from Germany under reparations,
from Lend Lease capacity, or to a small extent from Manchuria. No new Soviet
types were developed and placed in full production, although a close watch
was kept and research work undertaken on new Western developments.:>
Given this inability to produce modern synthetic rubbers, reliance :-"as placed
both on import of Western synthetics and on plants to produce new types.
3
CIOS no. XXII-22, Synthetic Rubber Plant. Buna Werke-Schkopau A .G .. and compare to
50 [Pial' desiat] let sovet.slwya khimicMslwya nauka i promyshlennost' (Moscow, 1967), p.
346. Also sec CIOS no. XXII-21 Synthetic Rubber Plant, Chemische Werke-H U/s; and Germany,
/945·1954 (Cologne: Boas International Publishing Company), p. 37: "HUls suffered much
more than other companies from dismantling." Further, sec Chemistry and Industry (London).
May 16, 1959, p. 628, for an article of Russian origin that states that the chief type produced
after World War II was the butadiene-styrene by continuous emulsion polymerization.
4 Edwin W. Pauley, Report on Japanese Assets in Manchuria to the President of the United
States, July 1946 (Washington, 1946), p. 188.
The general impression of Soviet backwardness in the rubber industry is confirmed by Edward
Lane, Chairman of Seiberling Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio, who, after a trip to the U.S.S.R.,
stated he found industrial methods "very backward and far below ours." Los Angeles Times.
July 20, 1964.
•"'
Table 13-1 SYNTHETIC RUBBER PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY IN THE SOVIET UNION IN 1960 ~
(BY TYPE OF RUBBER AND PLAND
e'
Butyl and Others "-
Sodium polymerized Styrene-butadiene Nitrile Chloroprene Polyiso- (including
Plant butadiene (SK-B) copolymers (SK-S) (SK-N) (neoprene) butyfene silicones) ~
Kazan Yes
~·
Krasnoyarsk Yes ::-
Sumgait - Yes Yes §-
~
Voronezh Yes Yes
Yaroslavl Yes Yes Yes
5.
~
~
Yerefremov Yes
Yerevan - - - Yes
Process used 1. Original Soviet SK-B J.G. Farbenindustrie Pilot Dupont (Neoprene - Pilot
2. U.S. wartime standard (Buna) production or NAIRID production
Percent produced by type 54.9 32.5 2.5 7.2 0.0 2.6
Quanti,. produced by type 177,327 104,975 8,075 23,256 0.0 8,798
(metnc ons)
Source: G. F. Borisovich, Ekonomika promyshfennosti sinteticheskogo kauchuka (Moscow: Khimiya, 1968), p. 37, for distribution by type.
Tonnage calculated by author. For process and plants, see text.
u.
u.
156 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Butyl rubber was deleted from U.S. export control in 1959, 6 allowing exports
to the U.S.S.R., and a butyl plant utilizing Western equipment 7 came into
pilot production in the 1965-66 period. 8
In 1960 the Glasgow firm of John Dalglish & Sons, Ltd., implemented
a "package deal" under which the firm supplied and erected in a new synthetic
rubber plant in Siberia a series of machines for de-watering, drying, baling,
wrapping, and packaging of synthetic rubber. This plant had a capacity of
70,000 tons of synthetic rubber per year. 9
In 1961 the new synthetic rubber plants at Kursk and Ryzan received equip-
ment installed and supplied by Von Kohorn International of White Plains, New
York. 10
In 1964 a Japanese consortium supplied a plant valued at $5.6 million to
produce 8000 metric tons annually of rubber antioxidants; the consortium included
the Fujinagata Shipbuilding Company, Kansai Catalyst, and Japan Chemical
Machine Manufacturing Company . 11
The Pirelli Company of Italy signed two contracts in 1968 with the Soviet
organization Tekhmashimport of Moscow. The first contract with the Soviet
organization was for supplying a plant, valued at over 800 million lire, for
the manufacture of rubber latex thread. The second contract was to supply
Russia with two complete plants for the manufacture of rubber latex gloves
for surgical and industrial use; the amount of the transaction was about 750
million lire. 12 Pirelli was building about a dozen other plants in Eastern Europe
and the Soviet Union in the late 1960s for such products as rubber tires, elastic
yarns, and synthetic leather. In addition, a contract was concluded in 1967
for a $50 million plant to produce rubber parts for the Fiat 124 to be produced
in the U.S.S.R., and negotiations were in progress for another plant to make
tires for Soviet-Fiats. 13
14
See Sutton II, p. 156.
1
~
CIOS no. XXVlll-13, Synthetic Rubber Plant, Buna Werke·Schkopau A.G.
18
BIOS, The Acetylene Industry and Acetylene Chemistry in Germany during the period 193945,
Survey Report no. 30, pp. 10-11.
17 G.E. Harmssen, Am Abend der Demontage; SechsJahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F. Tri.ijen,
Acetylene has in more recent times been made from hydrocarbons rather
than calcium carbide; in the United States in 1958 some 40 percent of acetylene
was made from hydrocarbons and other Western countries were moving toward
this ratio. For example, in 1958 Italy produced 35 percent from hydrocarbons;
France and West Germany, 34 percent; and Japan, 20 percent. 26 The Soviet
Union and East Germany continued to produce 100 percent of their acetylene
from calcium carbide, reflecting relative technical backwardness compared to
the more advanced capitalist nations. (See Table 13-2.)
Source: O.W.F. Hardie, Acetylene, Manufacture and Uses {London: Oxford University
Press, 1965), p. 46.
28
D. W. F. Hardie, Acetylene, Manufacture and Uses (london: OxfC'rC University Press, 1965),
p. 46.
27 Chemical and Engineering News, November 28, 1960, p. 26.
2~ Ibid., quoting U.S. Dept. of Commerce repon.
Rubber and Pla.Hics Industries !59
Evidently a pilot plant built in 1958 using the Russian Grinenko process 2 !1
was unsuccessful, because in 1964 three plants were under construction by
Western firms, all using Western processes, One of these plants, with a 35,000-ton
capacity for the production of acetylene from hydrocarbons, was using the BASF
process (formerly known as the Sachsse method); another in Angarsh, Siberia,
was to use the SBA process of Societe Beige de I' Azote; and the third plant,
also with a capacity of 35,000 tons, was built in the Urals by the Italian
firm Montecatini and using the Montecatini process, 30
Consequently, by briefly examining the interlocking nature of chemical pro-
cesses-even in only one field of organic chemistry, Le,, synthetic rubbers
and one of its inputs-we can perceive two weaknesses in the Soviet system,
First there is a technical weakness, i ,e,, an inability to convert promising research
into practical working commercial systems; second, there is an economic weak-
ness, Le,, the lack of economic forces or pressures to bring about technical
change.
It is unlikely that these weaknesses stem from lack of effort or ability in
research. In October 1963 a group from the Confederation of British Industry
visited the Synthetic Rubber Institute in Leningrad. 31 The group concluded
that it was an institute of "high calibre," the staff was competent, and the
research was "well organized"; further, "the equipment is modern and lavish
with clean and well planned laboratories."
The Institute has an interesting history. Founded in the 1920s by S. V.
Lebedev, 32 it handled the original successful research and pilot production of
sodium-butadiene synthetic rubber. Its function has expanded over the years
and by 1961 the institute was housed in a new building of 5500 square meters
and had established several pilot plants, some able to supply several hundred
tons of rubber for large-scale evaluation. A total of 940 persons worked at
the institute itself and another 900 at the pilot plants. It was noted that there
was a ''wealth of standard equipment'· including, for example, five spectrometers
-one of which was British (Hilger) and one German.
The main purpose of the institute in 1963 was (a) to find synthetic rubbers
to replace natural rubbers in all applications and (b) to produce rubbers with
special properties. The materials under investigation in 1963 included stereorub-
bers, ethylene, propylene copolymers, butadiene acrylonitrile, silicone, and
2
~ S. A. Miller, vp. cit. n. 25, p. 474.
30
Ibid. Also see Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology (New York: Wiley, 1968),
vol. I, pp. 186-88. The SBA process is reponed as the SBA·Kellogg process, but the Kellogg
company (in the U.S.) denies having built a plant in Siberia in 1964; letter to writer, April
17, 1969. The process referred to is probably one developed by SociCtC Beige de !'Azote
et des Produits Chimiques du Marly of Lii:ge, Belgium.
3
' Confederation of British Industry, "Synthetic Rubber Institute, Leningrad, 18th October 1963";
typescript of manuscript sent to writer.
32
Sutton I, p. 122.
160 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The manufacture of almost all motor vehicle tire production can be traced
directly to equipment of Western origin and, if we take account of the Soviet
practice of working plants on a three-shift continuous basis, it is possible that
all rubber tires in the Soviet Union have been produced on Western-origin
equipment. As of 1960 the tire production capacity of equipment known to
have been supplied by Western firms was about 24 million tires annually. Soviet
civilian production in 1960 was about 16 million tires; closing of obsolete capacity
and production of tires for military use constituted the difference.
Table 13-3 provides an approximate statement of equipment origins for tire
production. A more precise statement relating foreign equipment to individual
Table 13-3 SOVIET TIRE OUTPUT IN RELATION TO WESTERN
EQUIPMENT SUPPLY
Sources: •Sutton 1: Westem Technology ... 1917 to 1930; bSutton II Western Technology
. . . 1930 to 1945;cSee p. 31; <~calculated as 75 percent of the Manchu plant
capacity; •Anglo-Soviet Trade, supplement to Manchester Guardian, December 7, 1960,
p. 12; 1Mechanlcsl HandUng (London), January 1964; QBusiness Week, July 13, 1968
p. 62.
plants cannot be made, as Soviet censorship has carefully eliminated from pub-
lished reports data concerning tire sizes produced at each plant (an indicator
by which equipment could be traced back to its Western origins) or any statement
concerning location of foreign-purchased equipment.
The first Russian rubber tire plant was installed by the Seiberling Rubber
Company at YaroslavJ3 4 and a second plant was installed by Francis Shaw
& Company, Ltd., of the United Kingdom in the early 1930s. 3 :> During World
War II a Ford Motor Company tire plant was transferred to the U.S.S.R.
and became the Moscow rubber tire plant. 36 Bought by Lend Lease for $10
million in 1942, it included a power plant for steam and electricity, and was
capable of producing one million military tires per year; most of the plant
had been shipped by autumn 1944. Some American engineers went to Russia
in February 1944 to give technical advice, but in October 1945 the plant still
lacked necessary utilities-water, steam, electricity, and compressed air. 37 The
Deka-Werke, a producer of truck tires, was transferred to the U.S.S.R. from
Germany under the reparations agreements, 38 and the adjustable-size tire-forming
machines-about 75 percent of capacity-with autoclaves and calendars were
removed from the Manchu Rubber Company in Manchuria and transferred to
the U.S.S.R. in 1946. 39
Soviet tire output in 1949 was 5,680,000 automobile and truck tires-about
the capacity of the above-named plants.
In the mid to late 1950s several major contracts were let to foreign firms
to supply complete, highly advanced tire manufacturing plants. The largest
of these contracts was to a consortium of six British firms, known as Rustyfa, 40
and involved a total contract of $40 million.
The first inquiries to British firms for a new, modern tire factory came
in April 1956; concurrent approaches were also made to firms in France, Ger-
many, and the United States. A five-man British mission from the Rustyfa
consortium flew to Moscow in March 1957 to complete negotiations. (One
firm in the consortium, Francis Shaw and Company of Manchester, had already
equipped a Russian tire factory in the thirties.) Dunlop Advisory Service acted
as consulting engineers, and undertook the engineering survey and plans for
the factory. 41
34 Sutton I, p. 223.
35
Economist(London), April 13,1957,p. 171.
36 Sutton II, p. 184.
37 Robert H. Jones, The Roads to Russia (Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1969,) p.
223.
38 Harmssen, op. cit. n. 17.
3~ Pauley, op. cit. n. 4, appendix 10, Plant Inspection Report 2-C.-2.
•0 Other members were Crompton Parkinson, Lancashire Dynamo Holdings, David Bridge, Ltd.,
Mather & Platt, Francis Shaw, Ltd., Simon Handling. George King and Heenan & Froude
were subcontractors; see Peter Zentner, East-West Trade: A Practical Guide to Selling in
Eastern Europe (London: Max Parrish, 1967), p. 80.
" Economist (London), April 13, 1957, p. 171.
!62 Westem Technology and Soviet Economic Deve/lment, 1945-1965
The Russian plastics and resins industry is even more b.ckward than the
synthetic rubber industry, It was reported in 1960 by Russi-.1n engineers that
the Soviet Union did not have, "and badly needed high-speed, c<1ntinuous process
production equipment, 43 that there was no production of pvlyvinyl chlorides
and foam plastics (among other types), and that there was only small-scale
pilot production of such products as plastic laminates and glass fiber products. 44
This admission by a Soviet plastics delegation to the United States confirmed
reports from an earlier American delegation to the U.S.S.R. While avoiding
overt criticism of the plants visited and indeed any overall conclusions concerning
technical capacity in the plastics industry, individual observations and comments
in the U.S. report suggest that the Soviets were noticeably backward in all
areas except thermosetting plastics for industrial use. The report stated that
the U.S. delegates were "surprised" that there apparently was no production
of such plastics as polyethylene and noted particularly the considerable number
of "plants they were not able to see," such as a caprolactum-nylon plant, 45
a butanol plant,u or "any petrochemical operations." 47
Equipment in the plastics products plants visited constituted a mixture of
imported machines (the polyvinyl chloride-PVC-compounding equipment at
Vladimir Chemical, the compression molding shop at Karacharovo, the urea
Western Assistance
to the Glass and Cement Industries
The glass industry provides one of the earliest examples of Soviet duplication
of Western equipment after significant import of similar equipment. In 1929
the Lissitchansk glass factory installed 80 Fourcault sheet glassmaking machines. 1
The following April, in 1930, the Gusev glass plant in Moscow, with a capacity
of 10,000 tons of window glass per year, installed ten new Fourcault sheet
glassmaking machines, of which two were imported from Belgium but eight
were Soviet-made copies of earlier imports. 2
Fourcault machines were built from 1929 onward at the Moscow machine
building plant, and an attempt was made to supply the equipment demands
of the glass industry completely from domestic production. 3 However, the Soviet
glass industry appears to have had more than the normal share of problems,
whether equipped with foreign or domestic machinery. The Dagestanskii Ogni
plant, equipped by a U.K. firm with Fourcault machines and with four Owens
bottle-making machines capable of producing 20 million bottles per year, was
able to produce only one and one-half million bottles per year, and this production
was at a cost 11 times greater than estimated with 60 to 70 percent rejects. 4
In 1930, to help overcome technical problems, Steklostroi employed an American
mechanical engineer, C. E. Adler, a specialist in the design of machinery for
glass factories. 5
Even as late as 1957, however, the industry journal Steklo i keramika (New
York) was reporting numerous problems in the glass and ceramic industries.
In the late 1950s the industry was reported to be greatly in arrears and with
little innovative ability. These observations were coupled with recommendations
that Western technology be adopted. One report specifically mentioned the Dages-
tanskii Ogni works and indicated that there the only design change from the
Die Chemische Fabrik (Weinheim, Ger.), II, 52 (December 25, 1929), 541. See also Sutton
I, p. 222, for equipment in the Bely Bychok Plate Glass Works built in 1927.
~ Economic Review of the Soviet Union (New York), V, 8 (April 15. 1930). 162.
3 Glass and Ceramics (Washington, D.C.), 1957, p. 379.
Society of Glass Technology Journal (London), 1928, p. 198.
Amtorg, Economic Review of the Soviet Union (New York), V, 3-4 (February 15, 1930),
57.
I66
Glass and Cement Industries 167
original machines had been a change in the bearings and belt drive-this being
presented as ''modern technology."
After World War II major plant facilities from the German glass industry,
particularly the optical grinding and optical instrument industries, were transferred
to the Soviet Union. These transfers included the famous optical plants at Jena
with subsidiary plants at Berlin and Perna in Saxony. These plants were essentially
the only optical glass and instrument manufacturers in Germany and in the
year October 1943 to October 1944 produced a total of 1700 metric tons of
clear transparent optical glass and 28 metric tons of colored filter glass.
The Karl Zeiss plant at Jena, 94 percent transported to the U.S.S.R., 6
was modern and particularly well equipped, with over 100 diamond saws;
two of these were 420 mm in diameter and capable of running at 900 rpm,
giving a surface speed of 20 meters per second. 7 Zeiss manufactured many
lines of optical and scientific instruments including optical comparators and
projectors, micrometers, and lenses and prisms. 8 The main plant was reassembled
at Monino, near Moscow, 9 and utilized Zeiss experts Eitzenberger, Buschbeck,
and Faulstich to develop detector, remote control, and recording gear. Other
optical glass and optical instrument finns removed to the U.S.S.R. included
the Zeiss-Ikon A.G. works at Dresden; Elektro-Optik GmbH at Teltow, Berlin
(100 percent removal); and a number of camera manufacturers. 10
However, the transfer of the Zeiss and similar works did not guarantee
transfer of German technical expertise. In 1930 the Moscow planetarium had
been equippped by Zeiss, 11 and in 1965, twenty years after the Zeiss plants
had been removed to Moscow, the rebuilt Zeiss plant in Jena provided a two-
meter-diameter mirror for solar, planetary, and satellite observations at the
Shemakinskaya observatory . 12 The backwardness in optical, and particularly
spectroscopic, instruments was confirmed by Soviet academician S. L. Man-
del'shtam: "The design and production of these important instruments lags
behind our needs and world quality standards. We are forced to buy abroad,
and these are among the most expensive instruments." 13
Laboratory glass exemplifies this technical backwardness. Up to about 1930
only one type of laboratory glass was used: type "No. 23" developed by V.
Ye. Tishchenko in 1899 and used continuously from 1900 to the present day.
Although having certain disadvantages as well as advantages over standard foreign
laboratory glasses (Jena 1920 and Pyrex). its chemical endurance is such as
to merit its continued use. After 1930 manufacture of four other types was
added to No.23; these types were Pyrex. No.846, Neutral, and Improved White. 14
These five varieties provided enough flexibility for laboratory requirements
until the 1950s, when a few additional standard types were manufactured; how-
ever, the varieties manufactured in 1968 mainly consist of the old, established
types including the original No. 23, Jena 20 (German), and Pyrex and Superpyrex
(U.S.), plus imported glass from Czechoslovakia (Simax., Sial, Neutral, and
Palex.). 15
In 1963 a British research delegation that was able to visit the three-year-old
Glass Research Institute in Moscow particularly noted one laboratory that' 'carries
out pilot plant work on glass manufacture on a scale that is equaled by only
two or three laboratories in the whole of the Western world." This laboratory
contained four small glass-melting tanks, but the major equipment was a large
furnace capable of melting 70 tons of glass per day for a new experimental
centrifugal spinner for the production of cone or back section of a cathode-ray
tube for television receivers. The delegation concluded that this machine had
many novel features and ''seems to be an advance on other machines of this
type in use in the Western world;" 16 apparently, however, it never reached
development stage.
Manufacture of window glass, the largest tonnage glass product, exemplifies
the present pervasive utilization of Western technology. The Fourcault process,
imported in the U.S.S.R. in the 1920s soon after it was developed in Belgium,
is the basis for standard Soviet glassmaking equipment. In this process the
glass is drawn vertically in a continuous manner through a partially submerged
"boat" with a narrow slot in the center over asbestos-covered rolls. The Soviet
VVS machine is a replica of the Fourcault process (Figures 14-1 and 14-2),
even utilizing direct translations of the integral parts of the process-for example,
the "boat" is termed lodochka (a literal translation). Although the Colburn
glassmaking process is known and described in Soviet texts, J7 it is not known
whether the process has been utilized in practice. 111
In early 1967 the Soviet Union concluded uliccnsing agreement with Pilking-
ton Brothers, Ltd., of Lancashire, England, to produce float glass in the Soviet
Union. This is a new and revolutionary method of producing flat glass with
a surface that does not need grinding after solidifying. By floating molten glass
on a bed of liquid tin and making use of the solidification at different temperatures
there is no requirement for rollers (as in the Fourcault process), which create
imperfections requiring grinding. The agreement included supply of equipment
by the Pilkington firm to a value of $4.2 million, sufficient to equip a plant
to produce 50 million square feet of flat glass per year. 111
9
' Wall Street Journal, Man;h 30, 1967. 16:3.
170 Western Technology a11d Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
By and large the Soviets did not attempt to transport cement kilns to the
Soviet Union under reparations, except for removals from Manchuria. (See
Table 14-1.) The reduction in Manchurian cement capacity due to Soviet removals
was approximately 890,0<X> metric tons with a replacement value of $17.8 million.
Glass and Cemenr lndusrries 171
Soviet Metric
removal or tons
Name destruction capacity Notes
The Pauley Mission commented on the removals from six plants in the Fall
of 1945 as follows:
The six plant!- whkh suffered major removals by the Soviets were the most recently
constructed and equipped with the newest machinery. The equipment which seemed
to be partkularly desired was the cru!-ohing, grinding, and pulverizing equipment,
electric motors, generators, laboratory and testing equipment, and inter-plant haul·
age equipment. In one plant (Kirin) an attempt was made to cut the rotary kilns
into sections and remove them. Fabricated fixtures were not ordinarily removed
but they were usually badly damaged. Severe and wholly unnecessary damage
to auxiliary equipment and buildings was characteristic of almost all stripped
plants inspected by the Pauley Mission. There was a general appearance of complete
devastation, probably due to the haste with which the Soviets were compelled
to operate .... The nature of the removals has been such that restoration to former
capacity of the plants affected will require almost complete rebuilding of the
entire facilities. 20
2u Edwin W. Pauley, Report on Japanese Assets in Manchuria to the President of the United
States, July /946 (Washington, \946), pp. 217-18.
172 Western Technology and Soviet Ecmwmic Development, 1945-1965
the largest cement plant in the world was built in Siberia by the French company
Societe Fives-Lille-Cail of Paris. The company provided a complete cement
manufacturing installation including two 19-by-575-foot kilns. Construction of
the plant was supervised by French engineers with startup and performance
tests conducted by the Fives-Lille-Cail company. The production capacity is
33,000 barrels of Type I portland cement per day from an unusual mixture
of limestone and nepheline residues. The technology in this plant was certainly
the most advanced in the world at the time the plant was built. For example,
the grinding department, the largest in the world, produced two grades of portland
cement in mills 10 feet 5 inches in diameter and 46 feet long, each unit weighing
260 tons, loaded with upwards of 170 tons of grinding media and designed
to run at 19 rpm through 2500-hp helical reducers. The storage and bagging
facilities reflected the plant's size and included 20 silos with a total storage
capacity of 80,000 tons, i.e., 16 days kiln production. 23
In general, a large number of Soviet cement kilns have been manufactured
abroad, although there is domestic production of standard designs. 24 The extent
of internal use of foreign designs may be broadly gauged from a report of
the French cement industry delegation to the U.S.S.R. in 1960. 2 ~
The description of cement plants visited by that delegation suggests they
contain a considerable quantity of Western-manufactured equipment and Western
equipment copied in the Soviet Union. It was reported that the Yorovskoi plant,
built in 1911 and modernized in 1930 and 1945, with a current production
of 325,000 tons, uses four Smidth (Copenhagen) furnaces; the crusher equipment
was Krupp and Smidth with one crusher from the "Urals plant" (probably
Ural mash).
At the Sebriakov plant near Stalingrad, with its annual production of one
million tons of cement considered one of the most modern plants in the Soviet
Union, it was noted that the crushing plant used 12 Wiltley-type pumps, with
furnaces by Tellman in East Germany; the power station equipment was from
Tempella in West Germany, and three turbo-alternators came from Skoda in
Czechoslovakia. The crushing equipment was built in the Urals.
At the Novorossisk plant, founded in 1880 and expanded over the years,
the delegation noted a considerable quantity of equipment of Western origin.
The Novorossisk combinat comprises four plants: the October, with a capacity
of one million tons per year; the Proletariat, with a capacity of 1,150,000
tons per year; the October Victory, with a capacity of 300,000 tons; and the
First of May, also with a capacity of 350,000 tons. The Proletariat plant was
not visited by the delegation, but it reported concentrators with Smidth Folax
23 Rock Produc/.1 (Louisville. Ky.), May !959. pp. 128-31. See also E. I. Khodorov. Pechi
tsememnoi promyshlennosri (Leningr<ld, 1968), p. 90.
24 E. I. Khodorov. op. cit. n. 23. pp. 82-83.
a L'lndustrie cimentitre en U.R.S.S., Compte rendu de mission 9-28 avril 1960 (Paris, !960).
174 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
equipment. The October Victory plant was not visited. Equipment at the October
was reported to be five Krupp crushers, five crushers manufactured in the Urals,
and five Dorr-type silos of 500 cubic meters; the furnaces were identified as
Tell man (Magdeburg). The First of May plant had four Lepol-type firing units,
two standard Polysius (East Germany) granulators, and one large Polysius
granulator; the plant uses a dry process of the Lepol type with equipment furnished
by Polysius at Dessau and Magdeburg; the bagging machinery is from Smidth.
In the Soviet glass industry, the large-tonnage window glass sector is based
on the Belgian Fourcault process with recent addition, with British equipment
and technical assistance, of a Pilkington Brothers, Ltd., float glass unit. Glass
tubing manufacture uses the Danner process, and laboratory glass production
appears to consist of a limited range of types including a number of U.S.
and Czechoslovakian glasses, and, notably, the Russian No.23 Tishchenko for-
mula developed in 1899. Optical glassmaking is technically backward.
The cement industry utilizes a significant proportion of foreign equipment.
The most advanced mills (for example, in Siberia and Sebriakov) utilize extensive
foreign equipment in the kiln and crusher sections. Soviet domestic production
of cement plants is of the standard type with no observable departures from
world practice.
CHAPTER FIFTEEN
Western assistance to the textile industry in the 1920s has been described
in the first volume of this series. 1 In addition to the technical assistance in
the period 1929-1931 provided by Lockwood Greene, a U.S. firm, and French
technical assistance for the manufacture of viscose, there was a large supply
ofU .S., British, and German machinery for textile plants. The Kirovsky combine
received textile equipment from the United States valued at $800,000 in 1930, 2
the Krasnayu Sheik textile plant received U.S. equipment in 1928, 3 and the
large textile combine at lvanovo-Voznesensk received 100,000 spindles, mostly
from the U.K. firm of Tweedales and Smalley of Manchester, with warping
machines from Schlafhorst of Mi.inchen Gladbach in Germany. 4 The Schlafhorst
company also supplied warping machines for the Shuya Melange textile mill
in 1932.
Some textile mills were also directed by foreign engineers. For example,
in 1930 Samuel Fox was hired as a mechanic at $510.00 per month with a
group of other American mechanics and sent to Baku to erect and start operation
of a textile plant equipped with machinery from the United States. Fox directed
the installation of equipment and later became director of the mill. 5
Textile plants from East Germany were removed to the Soviet Union in
1945-46. Two large artificial silk spinning operations in Saxony (the Pirna
and Sehma plants of Fr. Kiittner A.G.) were completely removed to the
U.S.S.R., 6 and two Brandenburg units, the Premnitz plant of Agea and the
Kurmiirkische Zellwoll-AG plant at Wittenberge, both artificial silk producers,
were removed, the former about 50 percent and the latter about 80 percent.
Regular spinning mills appear to have been only partly dismantled; eight plants
175
176 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Dev:·!r:pmellf, 1945-1965
fiber (probably rayon) plants to the U.S.S.R. was headed by Von Kohorn
International Corporation of New York. Under this arrangement equipment was
supplied by the U.K. firms of Baker Perkins and the A.P .Y. Company, while
Von Kohorn was' 'responsible for technical advice connected with the engineering
and machinery part of the contract." 18
Over $30 million worth of machinery was acquired in the United States
in 1960 from a consortium of 40 U.S. textile equipment manufacturers. This,
the largest single order received from the U.S .S .R. since the end of World
War II, provided equipment for a 50,000-spindle mill at Kalinin, to spin, weave,
and finish cotton, worsted, and man-made-fiber fabrics. This order was in addition
to $6-7 million worth of similar equipment previously shipped by Intertex Corpo-
ration, a trading firm representing the 40 U.S. textile machinery manufacturers.
Of the total $30 million, $20 million was paid in cash. 19
Some of the principal equipment-to give an idea of the magnitude of the
arrangements-included the following 20 :
The 1962 report of an Indian textile delegation 21 covered nine of the larger
textile mills with spinning departments. These were reported as old instal-
lations-"some of them !50 years and a few about 30 years old." They clearly
represented the two eras of textile mill construction, the first under the Tsars
and the second in the late 1920s and early 1930s by British and German com-
panies. This imported equipment was supplemented by domestic duplicates of
foreign equipment; neither the Indian nor the U.S. delegation noted indigenous
innovation.
In the late 1920s the Soviets started to copy Western textile equipment,
and by 1928 the Shunsk mechanical plant at Ivanovo- Voznesensk produced
its one thousandth automatic loom of the "Northrup type." 22
1
~ Chemistry and Indusrry. June 21, 1958. p. 763.
1
~ American Machinist (New York), January!!, !960. p. 84.
20 Textile World (New York), February 1960, p. 4.
21
Textile Industry in rhe U.S.S.R. (I!Jd C:echos/o..-ukia (New Delhi: National Productivity Council,
November 1962), Report no. 19.
22 Amtorg, Economic Review of the Soviet U11ion, Ill, 9 (April 15, 1928), 161.
178 Western Technology ond Soviet Economic Develme/11, /945-1965
~3 U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Cotton in the Soviet Union, Reporl of a Technical Study Group.
Foreign Agricultural Service (Washington: U.S.G.P.O., June 1959), p. 5.
~4 Ibid.
n Ibid., p. 58.
~ 6 Ibid., p. 59.
27 Encyclopedia ofTe.ttiles (Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1960). p. 242.
~ 8 U.S. Dept. of Agriculture. op. cit. n. 23, p. 6. See Russian literature for more detail; for
example see A.M. Liberman,Organizatsiia i planirovanie predpriiatii teksti/'noi
promyshfennosti (Moscow, 1969), p. 167, for manufacture of Barber-Coleman winders.
u U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, op. cit. n. 23, p. 10.
Textile, Synthetic Fiber, and Pulp and Paper Industries 179
was viscose fiber, which accounted for just under 75 percent of all chemical
and synthetic fiber production in 1965. :w
Although no breakdown by type of synthetic fiber has been traced in Soviet
literature, it is estimated that the Soviets produced the following quantities of
synthetic fibers in 1965:
au The Soviets have not always distinguished between synthetics and chemical fibers: a distinction
has been maintained where possible throughout this section.
31
These figures were calculated as follows (the Soviets have not published production figures
for e:ach synthetic): total for all "chemical'' fibers (including synthetics) is given in Narodnoe
kho~iaisrvo SSSR, v 1968g.: Statisticheskii ezhegodnik (Moscow, 1969), p. 253; the percentage
of each type is given in 50 [Piat'desiat] fer sovetsknya khimicheskaya naukn i promvshlennosr'
(Moscow, 1967), p. 366.
32 Industrial and Engineering Chemistry (Washington, D.C.), February 1960, pp. 44A-48A.
33
Chemical and Engineering News, July 31, 1961, p. 134.
34
Ibid., August 7, !961, p. 83.
3
~ Ibid.
180 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
A possible threat from Soviet textile research lies, not in the development of
slightly improved counterparts of nylon, Orion, etc., but in the possibility of
a real breakthrough emanating from extensive work in this field of new and
unusual fibers. 37
The synthetic fiber nylon, made from benzene, hydrogen, and oxygen with
no vegetable or animal fibers, originated with basic work in the 1920s at Dupont
in the United States. Nylon 6 was developed and patented by Paul Schlack
in Germany 40 and is known in Germany as "Perlon," while Nylon 66 was
selected from among many possible nylons and established on a commercial
scale in the United States in 1938; this nylon requires commercial quantities
of two intermediates, hexarnethylene diamine and adipic acid, the latter-as
we shall see later-proving a problem for the Soviets.
Although considerable progress was made in the United States before World
War II and in Germany during the war, the Soviet Union had no capacity
for producing synthetic fibers (i.e., completely man-made fibers) at the end
of World War II. The first Soviet synthetic fiber plant was brought into production
aft R. C. Laible and L. I. Weiner, "Russian and Satellite Research and Development in the
Field of Synthetic F1bers," T~xtil~ Res~arch Journal (New York), 30, 4 (April 1960).
37 Ibid., p. 247.
JH Ibid.
Jw This contrast has been noted in Western trade journals. For example, an editorial entitled
"The Soviet Puzzle," Skinners Silk and Rayon Ruord (London), 37, 7 (July 1962), asks,
"But why is there apparently such a gap between research and commercial development?"
~0 U.S. Patent No. 2,242,321 of May 6, 1941 (assigned to I. G. Farbenindustrie A. G.). The
Soviets make a claim for Nylon 6 (Kapron) as a Soviet development in 1944; see Bol'shaia
Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia, 2d edition (Moscow, 1949), vol. 9, p. 14.
Textile, Synthetic Fiber, and Pulp and Paper Industries 181
Much of the work on the production and spinning of synthetic polymers was
done in Eastern Germany, in works which were either not seen at all or which
could be only very supcrfkially examined before they were taken over by the
Russian forces. This may explain the scantiness of the available information about
the spinning of polyurethane fibres .. vinylidene chloride copolymer~ [and]
acrylonitrile polymers.~~
Two other plants at Kiev and Riga (in former Latvia), both producing Kapron,
were brought into production in the 1950s, and in 1956 Soviet production of
Nylon 6 was 25 million pounds-which may be compared with U.S. production
of 265 million pounds of all synthetic fibers in 1954. In 1960 Nylon 6 was
the only synthetic fiber in full-scale production in the Soviet Union.
During the 1950s and 1960s a number of plants were built using the Schlack
process of melt spinning and cold drawing the fiber from the condensation
polymer of f -caprolactum; these included Chernigov in the Ukraine, Mogilev
in Soviet Armenia, the Engel plant in Saratov, Darnitsa in Kiev, and the Kalinin
plant.
Kapron production was stressed over other synthetics for two reasons, accord-
ing to A. L. Borisov: 45 first, there was an improvement in caprolactum production
(the raw material for nylon), and second, the Kapron plants required relatively
lower capital investment. In the fifties there was criticism in the techniculliteraturc
concerning the substandard caprolactum supplied by Soviet plants; this quality
problem was overcome by the supply of equipment from Germany for two
Between 1958 and 1961, under a $14 million contract, Krupp of West Ger-
many built a polyester fiber (polyethylene terephthalate) complex of three plants
in the Soviet Union. 48 The fiber produced by this complex is known in the
U.S.S.R. as Lavsan. Its patents are held by Imperial Chemical Industries, and
it is known as Terylene in the United Kingdom and Dacron in the United
·~ Ibid.
47
New York Times, September 13, 1964. In 1967 it was reported that the Soviets were seeking
six additional caprolactum plants in Germany; Waf/ Street Journal, April 14, 1967, 4:4.
46 Easr-West Commerce. V. 6 (June 16, 19S8), 3; Chemical and Engineering News. July 31,
1961, p. 132. It was reported in 1967 that the Soviets were purchasing six polyester plants,
with total capacity of 60,000 tons per year, in Czechoslovakia; Wall Street Journal. April
14, 1967,4:4.
Textile, Synthetic Fiber, and Pulp and Paper Industries 183
States. The first unit built by Krupp was at Novo Kuibyshev to convert petroleum
stock intop-xylol, which is shipped to a second Krupp- built plant at Stalinogorsk
for conversion into dimethyl terephthalate. This s10ck in turn is shipped to
the third Krupp- built plant at Kursk, where the raw material is spun into Lavsan
polyester fiber. The project has capacity to produce six million pounds of Lavsan
annually. 49
In 1930 the Soviet Union had a shortage of paper and wood pulp and both
were imported in substantial quantities; pulp and papermaking machinery was
not produced in the Soviet Union until after 1932. 57 The large pulp and paper
plants built in the Soviet Union before 1930 were with complete American
equipment and technical assistance. The Balakhna plant, with a capacity of
88,200 tons of pulp and 145,000 tons of paper including 133,000 tons of news-
print, started operation in 1928; a second section was activated in 1930. All
equipment-General Electric control units and Bagley Sewall papermaking
Source: Pulp, Paper and Board Bills: Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, (New York:
American Paper and Pulp Association, April 1959), p. 6.
Note: Excludes East German reparations and Lend Lease equipment.
Although these mills provided sizable additions to Russian pulp and paper capac-
ity before and during World War II, the extraordinary increment of capacity
came after Soviet occupation of Finland, the Baltic States, and Karafuto (South
Sakhalin). with lesser increments provided by equipment removals from
Manchuria and East Germany. In 1958 Soviet sulfite, sulfate, and mechanical
pulp capacity totaled 4,262,750 metric tons, of which 91,000 metric tons was
prerevolutionary capacity and 894,750 metric tons built in the Soviet period.
The balance, i.e., 75 percent of capacity, was from Finnish, Baltic, and Karafuto
mills.
A total of 252,000 metric tons of pulp capacity and 110,500 metric tons
of paper capacity was added by mills in Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia. In
Lithuania the Soviets gained the 70,000-ton sulfite pulp mill at Kiaipeda; in
Latvia the Sloka mill, founded in 1886, provides a capacity of 60,000 tons
of sulfite pulp and 50,000 tons of paper. Two smaller pulp mills have contributed
another 25,000 tons to Soviet capacity. In Estonia the Soviets have the use
of four mills: the Tallin mill, founded in 1890, with an annual capacity for
3000 tons of paper and 77,000 tons of mechanical and sulfite pulp; the Kero
mill, another large mill with a capacity for 40,000 tons of sulfate pulp and
16,000 tons of paper; and the Turi and Koil mills, each with a capacity for
8000 tons of paper (the Turi mill also has a 5000-ton sulfite pulp capacity).
Former Finnish mills are the Enso (30,000 tons board and 80,000 tons
sulfite pulp capacity), and the Kexholm, on Lake Ladoga, with a capacity
of 100,000 tons of bleached and unbleached pulp; the Sovietskii, Vyborg, Lyas-
kelya, Pitkyaranta, Kharlu, and Souyarvi also are former Finnish mills making
Finland's contribution to Soviet pulp and paper capacity 417,000 and 119,700
metric tons, respectively. The Souyarvi mill has a 15 ,000-ton board capacity,
making a total of 45,000 tons (with the Enso board capacity) obtained from
Finland.
Over one-half ot the total Japanese production of pr· 1p wood between 1935
and 1945 was from Karafuto, the Japanese half of th,~ Sakhalin peninsula. 60
These wood pulp facilities, mainly chemical pulp processes-sulfite pulp and
kraft pulp-were ceded to the Soviet Union at the end ,:.<World War II and
included nearly all Japanese productive facilities in these =yoes. The significant
contribution of these former Japanese facilities to Soviet pulr and paper capacity
is indicated in Table 15-2. No less than 1.40 million tons capacity of sulfite
pulp, 1.09 million tons of mechanical pulp, and 1.27 r.-i:lion tons of paper
capacity were transferred to the Soviet Union.
The Manchurian pulp and paper industry was removed on a selective basis
to the Soviet Union. One plant, the Manchurian soya bea11 stem pulp mill,
was removed completely, and according to T. A. Rendrick ~. a U.S. Army
inspection officer, "This plant was more completely stripped than any I have
seen to date. " 81 The mill produced a high-grade pulp from reeds growing on
the banks of the Liao, Yalu, and Sungari rivers as well as a !'taple fiber from
soya bean stalks by a company-developed process. Capacity was 15,000 tons
of kraft pulp and 10,000 tons of paper per year, and equipment consisted of
shredders, cooking and reagents tanks, separators, mixers, and storage tanks. 62
''Absolutely everything was removed by the Soviets except built-in installations,
namely cooking tanks, reagent tanks, drying furnaces, separation tanks, and
60 Based on R. Seidl, The Wood Pulp Industry of Japan (Tokyo; SCAP [Supreme Command
Allied FOrces in Pacific] General Headquaners, Natural Resources Section, September 1946),
Report no. S6.
61 Edwin W. Pauley, Report on Japanese Assets in Manchuria tq the Presidem of the United
States. (Washington, July 1946).
ftZ Ibid.
Textile, Synthetic Fiber, and Pulp and Paper Industries 187
PULP MECHANICAL
Mill Location Built Sulfite Sulfate Mechanical Paper Board
Korsakov Otomari 1914 140,000
Yuzhno
Sakhalinsk Toyohara 1917 280,000 25.000
kraft
Dolinsk Ochiai 1917 280,000 264,000
kraft
Kholmsk Maoka 1919 240,000
Tomari Tomarioru 1915 140,000 140,000 20,000
(rayon)
Chekhov Noda 1922 140,000 59,000
Uglegorsk Esutoru 1925 140,000 268,000 388,000
Makarov Shirutoru 1927 280,000 204,000 281,000
Poronaisk Shikuka 1935 200,000 280,000
{rayon)
Source: Pulp, Paper and Board Mills: Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, American
Paper and Pulp Association, April 1959; Note: Excludes East German reparations and
Lend Lease equipment.
~3 Ibid.
~~ lbid.,p.231.
~~ Ibid., p. 231.
~~ Ibid., p. 227.
67
Ibid., p. 231.
"~ Ibid.
188 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-/965
A/B Defibrator, Stockholm, has obtained an order from the Soviet Union for
Kr32 million ( £. 2,200,000) worth of machinery and equipment for making hard-
board. Delivery is to take place by the end of 1958. The company has previously
sold fiberboard machinery to the Soviet Union. 71
In board-making capacity, about one-third had been built in the Soviet Union,
primarily with Western technical assistance, and 10.2 percent was inherited
by the Soviets from prerevolutionary mills. Over one-half, i.e., 56.5 percent,
of board-making capacity came from Soviet acquisitions in Finland and the
Baltic States.
Therefore it may be seen that as of 1960 a relatively small portion of Soviet
capacity in this industry had been built in the U.S.S.R. during the Soviet era-and
even this with extensive foreign technical assistance.
The 1960s saw the beginning of the construction of a gigantic wood-processing
combine at Bratsk in Siberia. The capacity of this combine increased by a
factor of two Soviet rayon pulp output, and by 300,000 tons (or six times)
the amount of paper-board production. The combine has associated sawmills,
a furniture plant, a hard-board mill and various wood chemistry plants. 73 The
rayon cellulose plant utilizes equipment from the EMW firm of Karlstadt,
Sweden; the carton manufacturing equipment was installed by Tampella of Fin-
land.74 The central instrumentation for the pulp plant was provided byA/B Max
Sievert of Stockholm, Sweden; this company supplied installations as built by
Leeds and Northrup and the Foxboro Company (Sievert is the manufacturing
licensee and agent in Sweden for the Leeds and Northrup Company). 75 The
wood pulp plant near Irkutsk has equipment from Rauma Repola Oy of Finland. 76
Thus it can be seen that the Soviet pulp and paper industry and the textile
industry utilize large proportions of imported machinery. No innovation was
noted in textile production in the fifties and sixties by expert delegations from
the United States and India, and Russian-made equipment then consisted of
duplicates of Western equipment-primarily U.S., U.K., and German. This
duplication apparently was not altogether successful, as large new installations
were made in the 1960s by Italian and American companies.
13
Metsalehti (Helsinki), March 3, 1959.
H Chemical Week, (New York), September 24, \966, p. 39.
H Letter to author from Leeds and Northrup Company, Philadelphia, August 14, 1967.
76
Chemical Week, September 24. 1966, p. 39.
190 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Develcpment, 1945-1965
It seems clear that all developments and equipment in synthetic fiber have
originated in the West, despite significant Soviet research efforts in this field.
Production of Nylon 6, particularly the production of caprolactum, is dependent
on Western equipment and processes from the United Kingdom, Germany,
and Japan. Lavsan utilizes German and Czechoslovak machinery; the largest
Lavsan unit was built by a British consortium (Polyspinners, Ltd.). Aery! fiber
technology and capacity is from Japan and the United Kingdom.
In pulp and paper we find an unusual situation in that as of 1960 two-thirds
of the Soviet paper capacity, over one-half of board capacity, and three-quarters
of pulp capacity originated in countries occupied by Soviet forces in the for-
ties-the Baltic States, parts of Finland, and particularly Japanese Karafuto.
The new Siberian wood processing combines are heavily dependent on Swedish,
Finnish, and, indirectly, American technology and equipment. There has been
no significant innovation in this group of industries.
CHAPTER SIXTEEN
The fewer design changes between the old and the new type of product, the
easier and more rapidly the enterprise will shift to new production. If, for example.
chassis, motors, and other parts of a motor vehicle of a civilian model are used
for a military motor vehicle, of course the shift to the mass production of the
military motor vehicle will occur considerably faster and more easily than if
the design of all the main parts were different. 1
Approximate
Modef Annual Summary of Western
Plant Designation Output tachnical assistance
Sources: See Sutton II, Chapter 11; Kratk.Jiavtomobil'nyi spravochnik, 5th edition (Moscow,
1968); Automotive Industries (Philadelphia), January 1, 1958; U.S. House of Representatives,
Committee on Banking and Currency, The Flat-Soviet Auto Plant and Communist Economic
Reforms, 89th Congress, 2d sass. (Washington, 1967); Leo Heiman, "In the Soviet Arsenal,"
Ordnance, January-February 1968 (Washington: American Ordnance Association, 1968);
U.S. Senate, Committee on Foreign Relations, East-West Trade: A Compilation of Views
of Businessmen, Bankers, and Academic Experts, 88th Congress, 2d sess., November
1964 (Washington, 1964): Metalworking News, August 16, 1971.
a Forbes (October 1, 1966) states three-quarters; the figure may be somewhat less, but
is certainly over one-half.
b Will be the largest plant in the world (covering 36 sq. mi.), and its output of heavy trucks
will be great8f than that of all U.S. manufacturers combined. Financing by Chase Man-
hattap Bank and the Export-Import Bank.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipmenrlndusrries 193
The first inscallation which we were shown was two single·cylinder engines on
which combustion chamber research was carried out; these were old U.S. Universal
crankcases, presumably supplied on Lend Lease during the War, and which had
obviously not been used for some time. The lack of up-to-date instrumentation
was noticeable, the only instrument other than normal thermometers and pressure
gauges being an original type Farnborough indicator.:'
The delegation found no evidence that the extensive staff at the institute,
although obviously capable, was doing any large amount of development work.
The numerous questions asked of the delegation related to Western experience
-for example, on the V-6 versus the in-line six layout-and this, to the delega-
tion, suggested an absence of worthwhile indigenous development work.
During the latter part of World War II much of the German automotive
industry moved eastward into the area later to be occupied by the Soviet Union,
while the second largest auto manufacturer in Germany, Auto-Union A.G.,
with six prewar plants dating back to 1932, was already located in the Chemnitz
and Zwickau areas. Before the war the six Auto-Union plants had produced
and assembled the Wanderer automobile, the Audi automobile, Horch army
cars and bodies, DKW motorcycles, and automobile motors and various equip-
ment for the automobile industry. It is noteworthy that Auto-Union and Opel,
also partly located in the Soviet Zone, were more self-contained than other
German vehicle manufacturers and met most of their own requirements for compo-
nents and accessories. Although Auto-Union was the only German automobile
U.S. Dept. of State, Report on War Aid Furnished by the United Stares ro the U.S.S.R.
(Washington: Office of Foreign Liguidation, 1945), p. 19.
Confederation of British Industry, "Visit to the Central Research Automobile and Engine
Institute, 12th Ocwber 1963": typescript supplied to the writer.
194 Western Technology ond Soviet Economic De,opment, 1945-1965
producer to produce automobiles during the war, the fi:J did make a sizable
percentage of tanks and army vehicles (Table 16-2) and in 1944 was the only
producer of engines (HL 230) for Tiger and Panther tanks.
Source: U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, Auto-Union A.G., Chemnitz 8fld Zwickau, Ger·
many, January 1947 edition, (Washington: Munitions Division, 1947), Report No. 84, p.
5. Date of Survey: June 10-12, 1945.
The Siegmar works near Chemnitz, which manufactured tank engines, was
heavily damaged during the later phases of the war. But because all equipment
except twenty machine tools, i.e., 4 percent of the total machine-tool stock,
was repaired within ten weeks the plant was in full operation at the end of
the war. It is also noteworthy that the one-and-one-half-ton Steyr truck, produced
at a rate of 750 per month at the Horch plant of Auto-Union, was specially
designed for Russian winter conditions in early 1942 as a result of the difficulties
experienced with the German standard army truck in the 1941-42 winter cam-
paign.6
When the Russians occupied Saxony in 1945, one of their first measures
was to completely dismantle the Auto-Union plants and remove them to the
Soviet Union. 7 When one considers that in these key plants they had acquired
complete facilities to produce tank engines at a rate of 750 per month as well
as a truck specially designed for Russian conditions, it is not surprising that
U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey,Auto-Union A .G., Chemnitz and Zwickau. Germany, 2d edition
(Washington: Munitions Division, 1947), Report no. 84. (Dates of survey: June 10-12, 1945).
t G. E. Harmssen, Am Abend der Demontage; Sechs Jahre Repararionspo/itik (Bremen: F.
TrUjen, 1951), pp. 101-2; see also Germany, /945-1954, (Cologne: Boas International Publishing
Co., [1954?]).
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 195
Percentage removed
from Germany
Name of plant in Germany to the U.S.SR. Output, 1939-45
Auto-Union A.G. Chemnltz 95 Caterpillar trucks
Plant No. 1 (RS0)-5650
Auto-Union A.G. Chemnltz 100 1Y2·ton truck - 2000
Plant No.2 HL230 tank engine -4519
Auto-Union A.G. Slegmar-SchOnau 100 HL230tankengine -4519
plant
Auto-Union A.G. Audi plant 100 One-half-ton truck - 7787
In Austria the automobile plants at Graz and Steyr were almost completely
dismantled and removed. 15 These plants produced three models of the Steyr
Type A one and one-half ton truck. These, complete with an eight-cylinder
V -type engine, were produced at the rate of 50 to 60 per day. The Ford plant
in Budapest, Hungary, was not removed but operated on Soviet account. 16
Some of these removals can be traced directly to Russian locations through
subsequent production. These aspects will now be considered in more detail.
The Moscow Small Car plant, built by the Ford Motor Company as an
assembly plant for parts manufactured in the United States and later at the
Ford.built Gorki plant, was brought into production in 1940 but produced only
a few model KJM.lQ light cars before World War II.ln 1947 the plant reopened
producing a single model, the Moskvich 401, through 1956. That model was
replaced by the Moskvich 402. The 407 came into production in 1958 and
in turn was replaced by the 408 in 1964.
The 1947 Moskvich 401 was, in effect, the 1939 German Opel Kadett
with a few minor differences. 17 Product Engineering 18 concluded that the Mosk-
vich 401 "bears a more than striking appearance to the prewar German Opel
Kadett" -the instrument panel "is identical to the 1939 car," the four·cylinder
engine has the "same piston displacement, bore, stroke, and compression ratio,"
and the same single-plate dry clutch, four-speed gear box, Dubonnet system
front·wheel susp;nsion, and four-wheel hydraulic brakes (derived from early
Chevrolet models).
Differences from the original Opel were a Russian-made carburetor (K-25A),
which "closely resembles a Carter down draft unit"; the electrical system,
"similar in appearance to the Bosch design''; and a six-volt "Dutch-made bat-
tery.' ' 19 The only apparently unique, noncopied feature was a device for facilitat-
ing brake adjustment. 20
In 1963 the Moscow Small Car plant was visited by a delegation from
the Confederation of British Industry. which reported an annual production
of80,000 cars produced by 15,000 workers in a plant of 160,000 square meters.
Forge and press work was done in-plant, but castings were bought from supplier
organizations. The delegation noted: "The layout of the plant and the tooling
are not greatly different from Western European plants, but space, ventilation,
and lighting are well below U.S. standards." 21
In .October 1966 an agreement was made with the French state·owned
automobile manufacturers Renault and Peugeot to place French technical
assistance and automobile know-how at the disposal of the Moskvich plant.
As a result of this $50 million agreement, the plant increased its output capability
from 90,000 to 300,000 automobiles annually; and the Renault company retooled
the plant to produce modern compact automobiles 22 by installing two new produc-
tion lines. 23
Vehicles produced by the Gorki plant, originally built by the Ford Motor
Company and originally a producer of the Ford Model A and 1934 model
Ford, continued to manifest their American lineage after World War II, and
the plant's original U.S. equipment continues in use to the present day. 24 Produc-
tion of two trucks and the Pobeda M-20 passenger vehicle started in 1946.
The first postwar trucks (GAZ 51 and GAZ 63) were almost exact duplications
of U.S. Army World War II vehicles~ indeed, the unusual hood design and
the hubcap design on the front wheels, for example, were precise replicas.
Parts were also made at Gorki for the GAZ 93 and shipped to Odessa to
be assembled; GAZ 93 was a dump truck with the same engine and chassis
as the GAZ 51.
The Pobeda, produced between 1946 and 1955, had obvious similarities
to the U.S. Army world war passenger vehicle, and had an M-20 engine remark·
ably similar in construction to a Jeep engine. The GAZ 69 and GAZ 69A,
produced at Gorki between 1953 and 1956 when production was shifted to
Ul 'yanovsk, are described by the C.I.A. as "Jeep-like vehicles" and indeed
bear a resemblance to the U.S. Army Jeep. 2 ~ The 1956 model change introduced
the Volga--described as a replica of the 1954 Mercury; 26 those cars, fitted
with automatic transmissions, received a single-stage torque convertor with fea-
tures like those in early U.S. models. 27
The Moscow plant im. Likhachev is the old AMO plant originally built
in 1917, rebuilt by A. J. Brandt, Inc., in 1929-30 28 and expanded over the
u Wall Street Journal, October 17, 1966; and Minneapolis Tribune, October I, 1966. Other
interesting information concerning the negotiations and Soviet demands is contained in Le Mowle
(Paris), June 2, 1966, andL'Express (Paris), October 1966, pp. 10·16.
2 3 The Times (london), February I, 1967.
24 U.S. Senate, Commiuee on Foreign Relations, East·West Tr(lde: A Compilation of Views
of Businessmen, Bankers, and Academic Experts, 88th Congress, 2d session, November 1964,
p. 79.
2
~ The Fiar-sovier Auto Plant ... , op. cit. n. 3.
28
Wall Strut Journal, May 6, 1966.
·H Automotive Industries (Philadelphia), June I, 1958, p. 61.
2 8 Sutton I, pp. 248-49.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipmellf Industries 199
intervening years. Over time its name has been changed from AMO to the
Stalin plant and then to im. Likhachev. The plant contains key equipment supplied
under Lend Lease. For example, the crankshaft lathes currently in use were
supplied by a U.S. firm in October 1944. 2 \l One or two copies of these lines
were then duplicated by the Soviets in 1948-49. 30
In the late 1950s it was reported that "Likhachjov [sic] does its own design
and redesign and in general follows American principles in design and manufac-
ture"; the same source suggested that the Soviet engineers were quite frank
about copying, and that design lagged about three to five years behind the
United States. The plant's bicycle production techniques were described as
"American with Russian overtones"; 31 the plant had developed the "American
Tocco process" for brazing 32 and many American machines were in use, par-
ticularly in the forging shops. 33
The Urals plant at Miass (known as Urals ZIS or ZIL) was built in 1944
and largely tooled with the A. J. Brandt equipment evacuated from the Moscow
ZlS (now ZIL) plant. The plant started production with the Urals-5 light truck,
utilizing an engine with specifications of the 1920 Fordson; this suggests that
the original Ford Motor Company equipment supplied in the late 1920s was
being used, probably supplemented by Lend Lease equipment.
Smaller plants at Ul'yanovsk and Irkutsk assemble the GAZ 69 from parts
made in Moscow, although in 1960 Ul'yanovsk began its own pans production
and Irkutsk and Odessa handled assembly of other vehicles-including the GAZ
51 at Irkutsk and trucks with large bodies for farm and commercial use at
Odessa. Other assembly plants are Kutaisi (KAZ-150 four-ton truck), the
Zhdanov bus works at Pavlovsk (PAZ-651 bus and PAZ-653 ambulance), and
the Mytishchi machine works (building trucks on ZIS-150 and GAZ 51 chassis).
The Odessa truck assembly plant almost certainly originated from two Lend
Lease truck assembly plants shipped from the United States to Odessa via
Iran in 1945. 3 <~
Nearly half of the Lend Lease trucks supplied to the Soviet Union were
shipped through the Persian corridor route in parts, assembled at two truck
29
East-West Trade .... op. cit. n. 24. p. 79. Contract No. W-33-008 Ord 586, Requisition
R-30048-30048A I.
30 Ibid.
31 Product Engineering, July 14, 1958.
n Ibid.
a3 Automotive Industries, January I, 1958.
3
~ This is inferred from evidence presented in this section: the writer does not have positive
identification.
200 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem, 1945-/965
assembly plants in Iran, and forwarded by road as complete vehicles with Russian
drivers to the U.S.S.R. About 409,000 trucks were thus sent to the U.S.S.R.,
equal to seven and a half months of U.S. production at the peak wartime period.
The two Truck Assembly Plants (TAPs), at ~ndimeshk and Khorramshahr,
were designed by General Motors and consiskd of bolted structural framework
on poured concrete floors; they were equipped with cranes, tractors, trailers.
and battery chargers. Their output was 50 trucks each per eight-hour shifl or
about 168,000 vehicles per year from both pl<:!!i.tS if operated on a three-shift
basis-as they would be in the U.S.S.R. Un,;!,r authorization of November
1944, 35 these two plants were dismantled and shii-Jped to Odessa. 36
Between 1948 and 1955 the Odessa assem':ll y plant turned out the GAZ
93 dump truck with a GAZ 51 six-cylinder gasoline engine of 70 horsepower,
followed by a modified version model GAZ 935. Since 1960 Odessa has been
a major trailer manufacturing plant. 37 The GAZ 93 and 93A have a basic
resemblance to the Lend Lease U.S. Army two-anc-one-half-ton cargo trucks.
The Yolgograd automobile plant, built between 1968 and 1971, has a capacity
of 600,000 automobiles per year, three times more than the Ford-built Gorki
plant which was the largest auto plant in the U.S.S.R. until Volgograd came
into production.
Although the plant is described in contemporary Western literature as the
"Togliatti plant" and the "Fiat-Soviet auto plant," and indeed does produce
a version of the Fiat 124 saloon, the core of the technology is American.
and three-quarters of the equipment, 3 !' including the key transfer lines and automa-
tics, came from the United States. What is remarkable is that a plant with
such obvious military potential 40 could have been equipped from the United
States in the middle of the Vietnamese war, which has been largely supplied
by the Soviets. Had there not been strong Congressional objections, it is likely
that even the financing would have come from the United States Export-lmport
Bank.
i '
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 201
The supply of drawing and engineering data for two automobile models, substan·
tially similar to the Fiat types of current production, but with the modifications
required by the particular climatic and road conditions of the country;
The supply of a complete manufacturing plant project, with the definition of
the machine tools, toolings, control apparatus, etc;
The supply of the necessary know-how, personnel training, plant start-up assistance,
and other similar services. 43
Some of the equipment was on current U.S. Export Control and CoCom
lists requiring clearance and changing of control regulations.
U.S. equipment was a necessity (despite talk of possible European supply
and the fact that the Soviets had made elementary automatic production lines
H Ibid .. p. 21.
~~ The Times (london), February I, 1967.
n Letter from Fiat S.p.a. to writer, May 31, 1967.
202 Western Technology and Soviet Economy Development, 1945-1965
as far back as 1940 44 ) because U.S. equipment has proved to be far more efficient
and productive than European, and Soviet automatic lines have been plagued
with problems and deficiencies. 45 Fiat plants in Italy are themselves largely
equipped with U.S. equipment-a measure of the necessity of U.S. equipment
for the V AZ plant.
1968
2d quarter Gear manufacturing and testing $9.21
Molding and casting line
$15.6
foundry equipment 2.9 ~
Crankshaft grinding machinery 2.3
3d quarter Automatic piston machinery 5.1 }
Automatic crankshaft grinders 2.3 10.8
Industrial furnaces 1.3
4th quarter Valve grinding line
MelaJ cutting machinery
2.0}
1.6 6.4
Grinding and honing machinery 0.8
1969
1st quarter Not specified 32.8 32.8
Total $65.6 million
Source: U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Export Control (Quarterly Reports), 1968, 1969.
Some of the leading U.S. machine tool firms participated in supplying the
equipment enumerated in Table 16-4: TRW, Inc., of Cleveland supplied steering
linkages; U.S. Industries, Inc., supplied a "major portion" of the presses;
Gleason Works of Rochester, New York, supplied gear cutting and heat-treating
equipment; New Britain Machine Company supplied automatic lathes. 46
Further equipment was supplied by U.S. subsidiary companies in Europe
and some came directly from European firms (for example, Hawker-Siddeley
Dynamics of the United Kingdom sold six industrial robots.) 47 In all, approx-
imately 75 percent of the production equipment came from the United States
U.S. Senate. Export of Strategic Mat(•ri(l/s to the U.S.S.R. cmd Otht!r Soviet Bloc Countrits.
Hearing Before the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security
Act and Other Internal Security Laws, 87th Congress. 1st session, Part I, October 23, 1961.
"Appraisal of Soviet Mechanization and Automation" in testimony by J. A. Gwyer, p. 84.
4
~ Ibid.
6
' Forbes. 0ctober I . 1966.
41
Schenectady Gazette. August 6. 1969.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 203
and about 25 percent from Italy and other countries in Europe, including U.S.
subsidiary companies. 48
In the late 1960s Soviet planners decided to build what will be the largest
truck factory in the world on the Kama River. This plant will have an annual
output of 100,000 multi-axle trucks, trailers, and off-the-road vehicles. It was
evident from the outset that, given the absence of internal Soviet technology
in the automotive industry, the design, engineering work, and key equipment
for such a facility would have to come from the West. In late 1971 the plant
was under construction with design and engineering work by Renault of France.
A license had been issued for equipment to be supplied by a consortium of
American firms: Satra Corporation of New York, Swindell-Dressler, Ex-Cell-O
Corporation, Cross Company, and according to Metalworking News (August
16, 1971) Giffels Associates, Inc., of Detroit. 49
•A There are varying reports on the percentage of U.S. equipment. See Los Angd~s Tim~s. August
II, 1966, and note to Table 16-1. The figures may be approximately summarized as follows:
all key equipment, three-quarters of the production equipment and one-half of all equipment
used in the plant and supporting operations.
411
Seep. 192.
~0 U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, Farm Muhaniz.ation in th~ Soviet
Union, Report of a Technical Study Group (Washington, November 1959), p. I.
~~ Sutton II, pp. 185-91.
204 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1956
Three postwar tractor plants were in operation by 1950, and thereafter there
was no further construction. The Vladimir opened in 1944, the Lipetsk in 1947.
and the Minsk plant and the Kharkov assembly plant in 1950. This was the
basic structure of the Soviet tractor industry in 1960. In brief, additions to
tractor capacity between 1917 and 1960 can be identified in two phases:
Phase I, 1930-33: Stalingrad (1930), Kharkov (1931 ), Chelyabinsk (1933); U.S. equipment
and design with U.S. models.
Phase II, 1943-50: Altai (1943), Vladimir (1944), Lipetsk (1947), Minsk (1950), and Kha11tov
tractor assembly plant (1950); U.S. and German equipment. with
U.S. (and one German) models.
In 1951 two Soviet S~80 Stalinets diesel crawler tractors were captured
by the United States Army in the Korean War and shipped to the United States,
where they were sent to the Caterpillar Tractor Company for technical inspection
and investigation. The S-80 was identified as almost identical to Caterpillar
designs built in Peoria, Illinois, between February 1942 and March 1943. As
85 percent of machines in this period were sold to the U.S. Government, it
is a reasonable supposition that the originals were Lend Lease tractors. The
Caterpillar Company investigation concluded the following on the S~80:
u Lecture by J. M. Davies, director of research for Caterpillar Tractor Company, to the Society
of Automotive Engineers Earthmoving Conference at Peoria, Illinois, April 10, 1952.
~~ Ibid.
~8 Ibid.
206 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The Soviet gear has the same number of teeth but due to
rough finish has more error in tooth spacing. Russian gear
teeth are hand-finished, not machined-finished.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 207
(d) PISTON
The Russian alloy in the piston has both silicon and copper;
Caterpillar has no silicon. The casting methods differ slightly.
208 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Again the Soviet finish is rough, and this may affect 1ife
of tl1e gear.
Soviet S-.80
Part MateriBl Hardness Hear Treatment Miscellsneous
Fuel pump AISI Rockwell Oll~uonchod
plunger 52100 A79-82 a tempered
Fuel pump AISI Rockwell Oil-quenched
barrel 52100 A79-28 and tempered
Track pin Approx. Case: Carburlzed, Cracks In
bushing AISI 1020 Rockwell C64 quenched, and case
Core: tempered
Rockwell C32
Flywheel Gray iron, Ap~"OX. None Pear11tic
clutch high rlnell cast Iron
plant emanganese 230-250
(center)
Final drive AISI Case: Induction- Prior structure
gear 1045 Rockwell C56 hardened one quenched and
Core: tooth at a tempered;
Rockwell C20 time Residual tensile
strength
Final drive 2.7% Ni Tip of tooth: Carburlzed, quenched About 1% C in case
pinion 0.85% Cr Rockwell CS0-64 and tempered
Core:
Rockwell C22· 25
Transmission 2.5%Mi Tip of tooth: Carburlzed, quenched, About 1.25%
gear 1.04 Cr Rockwell C61-65 and tempered In case
-----
Caterpfflat D-7
Fuel pump A lSI Rockwell Oil quenched
plunger 52100 A79-82 and tempered
Fuel oump A lSI Rockwell OH quenched
barrel 52100 A79-82 and tempered
Track pin Al$1 About same Carburlzed, Bushings sometimes
bushing 1020 quenched, and sometimes crack
tempered due to soft core
Aywheet Cast iron Brinett None Pear1itlc matrix
clutch planl (0.6%C.) 230-250
(center) (0.6%Cu)
Final drive A lSI Case: Induction- High compressive
gear 1045 Rockwell C56 hardened and stress In rim
Core: tempered
Rockwell C18
Final drive 0.55%Ni Rockwell Carburlzed,
pinion 0.50%Cr C59-64 quenched,and
0.20%Mo tempered
Transmission 0.55%Ni Rockwell C59- Cartturlzed, Oeplh ol
gear 0.50%Cr 62 quenched. and carburtzed
0.20%Mo tempered case ls less
The parts for which Russian standards were higher are probably accounted
for by the fact that the tractors examined were military tractors made to more
exacting specifications~ for example, on the track pins the Russian pin has
a much better uniformity of hardening that the D- 7 pin, and the Russian track
link is considerably lighter. 60
Soviet copies are not, then, precise replicas-they are more accurately
described as "metric imitations." Two principles are balanced in the imitation
process: (1) to copy the original Western model as precisely as possible, to
avoid costs of research and development and by close copying to avoid the
pitfalls ironed out in the original debugging of Western development models:
and (2) to convert the model to Soviet metric practice and shop practice-not
always consistent with the first principle.
Thus, the Caterpillar Company research engineers reported:
Not a single Russian pan is interchangeable with the Caterpillar part from which
it was copied. Metric dimensioning is not the only reason, however, because
even the internal parts of the Caterpillar fuel pump (made to metric dimensions
originally) are not interchangeable with the Russian parts. 61
In effect, then, the Russian tractor S-80 was a very ingeniously reengineercd
copy of the Caterpillar tractor D-7. The question logically arises: Why spend
so much effort and engineering time on a complete reengineering job? The
answer has to lie in some extraordinary defect in the Soviet industrial system:
if it pays to rcenginecr a U.S. tractor to metric dimensions with the numerous
problems involved rather than design a new tractor for Russian operating condi-
tions, then something more than cost of research and development is involved.
The first mass-produced wheel tractor in ~!:z Soviet Union was based on
the International Harvester Farmall. 62 It was produced first in Leningrad, and
after 1944 at the Vladimir factory, with a 22-ho four-cylinder kerosene engine.
In 1953 this wheel tractor model was supplen!~nted by the Belarus, produced
at the Minsk tractor plant; this is a 40-belt horsepower diesel-engined wheel
tractor similar to the Ford son Major manufacture-d by Ford Motor Company,
Ltd., at Dagen ham in England. Finally, in the earl;r 1950s the Soviets produced
the DT-20 Row Crop tractor and the ABC-SH-It. self-propelled chassis, both
with the same one-cylinder diesel engine and built ac the Kharkov tractor works.
6o Ibid .. p. 159.
61 Product Engineering. October 1959, p. 155.
R2 See V. V. Korobov. Truktoryavromobili i sel'skokhozyaisrw~nnye dvigateli (Moscow, 1950),
p. 10.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 211
The self-propelled chassis and the single-cylinder engine are based on a design
originated by the German firm of Heinrich Lanz A.G. of Mannheim, West
Germany. Before World Warn this firm produced the well-known Lanz single-
cylinder two-stroke hot-bulb type engine, which was of great simplicity, able
to perform well on low-grade fuels, and therefore suitable for use in relatively
underdeveloped countries. In the late 1950s the total daily production of the
Lanz engine and associated equipment was approximately 545 per day. 63
As soon as feasible the U.S .S .R. buys prototypes of new foreign machines and
places them at one of ... 29 machine test stations. If the machine or parts of
it have desirable characteristics, production is recommended. 64
In 1958 a U.S. technical study group sent to the Soviet Union to observe
soil conservation 11 ••• noted that the Soviet laboratories in the soil science field
had instruments and equipment similar to those in American laboratories. Further-
more, methods of application of fertilizer had been copied from American equip-
ment. For example:
63
SAE Journ{l{, February 1959, p. 51.
6~ U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Sm·iel Agriculture Today, Repon of the 1963 Agriculture Exchange
Delegation, Foreign Agricultural Economic Report No. 131 (Washington, December 1963),
p. 35. There is some confusion on the part of executive depanments concerning this copying.
For example, the following statement was made to Congress in 1961: "MR. LIPSCOMB. Does
the Department of Commerce feel that Russia has developed a great deal of their agricultural
equipment from prototypes obtained both legally and illegally from the United ·states? MR.
BEHRMAN. No. sir. I don't think that the evidence we have indicates that the equipment that
they themselves produce copies-that they produce copies of equipment which we have supplied.''
U.S. House of Representatives, Select Committee on Export Control,lnvestigation and Study
of the Administration, Operation. and Enforcement of the Export Control Act of 1949, and
Related Acts(H.R. 403), 87th Congress, 1st session, October 25. 26, and 30, and December
5, 6, 7, and 8, 1961; p. 403.
6~ U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, Soil and Water Use in the Soviet Union,
Report of a Technical Study Group, (Washington, 1958), p. 23.
212 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
for Mechanization and Electrification was a crude version of the two-wheel, tractor-
drawn broadcast-type spreader such as is widely used in the United Statcs. 88
66 Ibid., p. 30.
H Ibid .. p. 36.
6~ Ibid.
69 This duplication may be found even in minor equipment items. For example, compare various
seed drills and their feedwheel mechanisms: Encyclopedia Britannica 17: ''Planting Machinery,''
(Chicago: William Benton, flJ58) p. 1011; and V. N. Barzifkin, Mekhanizatsiia sel' skokhoziaist-
vennogo proizvodstlla (Moscow, 1946), p. 103.
70 J. H. Street, The New Revolution in the Cotton Economy (Chapel Hill, N.C., 1957). On
p. 128 Street quotes from Survey Graphic (July 1936) as follows: "John Rust made a trip
there [to the U .S.S.R.}to supervise their introduction in the belief that they [the cotton pickenl
would be used 'to lighten man's burden rather than to make a profit at the expense of the
workers.''
71 Strana Sovetm- za 50 let: Shomik sratistiche.~kikh materialov (Moscow, 1967), p. 156.
A good source of technical detail concerning the Soviet cotton picker is I. I. Gurevich, Kh/op·
kouboroch!UJ}'CJ mu.rhina KhVS-1, 2M: Rukovod.rtvo po eksplua/utsii (Tashkent, 1963). There
is a translation: U.S. Dept. of Commerce TT 66-51\14/1966.
Motor Vehicle and Agricultural Equipment Industries 213
By 1940 the Soviets had a park of 800 cotton pickers based on the Rust
principle, whereas the United States, where Rust had initiated, developed, and
built the original machines, had none in commercial production and only a
few in use on a custom picking basis. Only in 1942 did International Harvester
announce it was ready to go into commercial production of machines based
on the principle, producing 12 in 1941 and 1942, 15 in 1943, 25 in 1944,
and 75 annually in 1945-47. In 1945 Allis-Chalmers started work using a modified
Rust principle, but by 1949 only 49 Allis-Chalmers pickers had been manufac-
tured. By 1953 cotton pickers designed on the Rust principle were produced
not only by International Harvester and Allis-Chalmers but also by Ben Pearson,
J. I. Case, and Massey-Harris-Ferguson. Deere attempted to develop the Berry
spindle picker between 1943 and 1946, but abandoned the effort.
In 1953, then, about 15,000 pickers were available in the United States
while the Soviet Union had about 5000 cotton pickers in operation. 72
This chapter examines the Western origins of some of the common Soviet
prime movers-diesel engines for marine and truck use and internal combustion
engines, together with steam boilers and steam and gas turbines.
Fortunately, complete and reasonably accurate Soviet data are available on
marine prime movers (diesel, steam, and gas turbine engines) used in marine
propulsion systems. These data, derived from a detailed descriptive listing of
the 5551 ships in the Soviet merchant marine as of July 1967, 1 were subjected
to an exhaustive analysis ro determine the types and origins of marine engines
used in Soviet merchant ships. (See Table 17-1.)
Two characteristics were examined: first, diesel, and steam engines by type
and system, i.e., by their technical characteristics; and second, the origin and
date of construction of these engines in order to arrive at an understanding
of the manner in which the Soviet merchant marine had been acquired, i.e.,
the rate of addition of different types of engines, changes in foreign supply
sources, and the extent to which the Soviets may possibly have divested them-
selves of foreign assistance.
Table 17-1 lists marine diesels (if more than four units of a single type
were identified) in use in the Soviet merchant marine in 1967. The table does
not include steam turbines, reciprocating steam engines, diesel-electric engines,
or gas turbine engines; steam turbines and gas turbines are discussed later in
the chapter. The table does include about 80 percent of the marine propulsion
units in use.
The most striking characteristic is the absence of diesel units of Soviet
design. Although a few (reference numbers 6, 10, 11, 12, 14, and 35) are
listed as of probable foreign origin and three units (reference numbers 9, 26,
and 43) are not identified, there is evidence to suggest that these units are
of Sulzer or M.A .N. design except for reference number 43, which is probably
of Fiat design. Early technical-assistance agreements in the 1920s with the
Sulzer and M.A.N. tirms resulted in several "Soviet" diesels manufactured
Registr Soyuza SSR. RegiJtrO\'aya k.11iga morskikh sudo1• soyu;::o SSR 1964-1965 (Moscow,
1966). plus annual supplements.
214
.,
We.nern Origins of Soviet Prime Movers 215
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya knlga morskikh sudov soyuza
SSR 1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966).
·Includes all units for which more than four engines ot a single type were identified.
216 Wester/! Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
in the 1930s and 1940s. 2 No purely Soviet marine diesels have been traced
in this period, 3 so the units mentioned are probably either M.A.N. or Sulzer.
These companies have manufactured Units with similar technical characteristics.
Positive identification of foreign origin for the other units in Table 17-1
has been made, and agreements or sales have been traced from the Western
company either to the Soviet Union or to an East European country manufacturing
the design under foreign license and then in turn selling the unit to the Soviet
Union.
The two most common designs are those of M .A .N. (Maschinenfabrik
Augsberg-Nurnberg A.G.) of Augsburg, Germany, and Burmeister & Wain
of Copenhagen, Denmark. The latter company has supplied technical assistance
and designs for large marine diesels, while M.A.N. units are normally less
than 4500 hp. Sulzer in Switzerland, the former Buckau-Wolf at Magdeburg
in Germany, Skoda in Czechoslovakia, and Nydqvist & Holm (Polar) in Sweden
are other commonly found marine diesel designs.
Table 17-2 indicates the number of each of these marine diesel designs
in use in the Soviet merchant marine in relation to geographic origin. One
noticeable disclosure is that, of the 4248 marine diesels in use in 1967, an
extraordinarily large number (2289 or 54 percent) were manufactured in Czecho-
slovak;a and that 82 were manufactured at the prerevolutionary Russky Disel
plant in Leningrad. Another common design is that of GOrlitzer in East Germany,
comprising 239 marine diesels in two models.
Built Built
Reference number outside inside
in Table 17-1 U.S.S.R. U.S.S.R. Tofal
1 1,413 1 ,413
2 519 6 525
3 351 351
4 170 82 252
5 202 202
6 2 147 149
7 142 142
8 76 25 101
9 96 96
10 41 47 88
11 80 80
12 68 68
13 66 66
14 64 64
I r
We.Hern Origins of Soviet Prime Movers 217
Built Built
Reference number outside Inside
in Table 17-1 U.S.S.R. U.S.S.R. Total
15 61 61
16 51 51
17 39 39
18 37 37
19 36 36
20 36 36
21 42 42
22 35 35
23 31 31
24 5 24 29
25 24 24
26 23 23
27 10 12 22
28 21 21
29 21 21
30 17 17
31 18 18
32 13 13
33
34
35
"
"1 9 ""
10
36 10 1C
37 10 10
38 5 5 10
39 7 7
40 6 6
41 7 7
42 5 5
43 4 4
44 4 4
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Regfstrovaya kniga morskikh sudov
soyuza SSR 1964-7965 (Moscow. 1966).
The most prominent feature of Table 17-2, however, is the relatively small
number (830, or 19.5 percent) of marine diesels actually manufactured inside
the Soviet Union.
Table 17-3 lists the origins of these Soviet marine diesels according to
aggregate horsepower. This listing provides a more accurate reflection of the
importance of each type of unit for the Soviet merchant marine.
In general terms, four fifths (79 .3 percent) of the aggregate diesel generated
horsepower was built outside the Soviet Union. Of a total of 4,633,890 hp,
some 3,672,890 hp was built outside the Soviet Union and only 961,000 hp
was built inside the Soviet Union, and even that portion required foreign technical
assistance.
not built in the Soviet Union. This table lists construction inside and outside
the Soviet Union in terms of rated horsepower category. It is notable that the
units of 9000-12,000 hp, partly built in the Soviet Union and partly imported,
are the Burmeister & Wain design built with technical assistance under terms
of the 1959 agreement. Otherwise, units built in the Soviet Union are of much
smaller capacity.
Category as a
Built Percentage percentage
Horsepower Built outside inside built of total
rating U.S.S.R. U.S.S.R. Total outside aggregate
category (in bhp) (in bhpJ bhp U.S.S.R. horsepower
Less than 891,000 235,200 1,126,300 79.1 24.3
1,000
1-1,999 99,950 142,000 241,950 41.3 5.2
2-2,999 839,880 277,500 1,117,880 75.2 23.9
3-3,999 126,000 126,000 100.0 2.7
4-4,999 502,500 502,500 100.0 10.8
5·5,999 187,000 124,800 311 ,800 59.9 6.7
6-6,999 275,400 275,400 100.0 5.9
7-7,999
8-8,999 192,400 192,400 100.0 4.1
9-9,999 144,460 49,500 193,500 74.2 4.2
10-10,999
11-11,999 110,000 132,000 242,000 45.5 5.2
12-12,999
13-13,999 46,800 46,800 100.0 1.0
14-14,999
15-15,999
16-16,999
17-17,999
18-18,999
19-19,999 257,400 257,400 100.0 5.5
Totals 3,672,890 961,000 4,633,890 79.3 99.5
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Aegistrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza
SSA 1964-1965 (Moscow, 1966).
Note: This table includes all marine diesels where more than 20 of a single model were
manufactured or imported. It does not include reciprocating steam engines, steam tur-
bines, gas turbines, or diesel-electric drives.
We may conclude concerning marine diesels that the Soviet Union is still
heavily dependent on Western technology. The significant increment in size
of unit built after 1960 is due mainly to the Burmeister & Wain technical-assistance
Western Origins of Soviet Prime Movers 221
The Soviet marine diesels actually manufactured in the Soviet Union have
received a considerable amount of foreign technical assistance. Technical-
assistance agreements were made with both M.A.N. and Sulzer in the 1920s,ii
and the Soviet Union has continued since that time to receive M.A.N. and
Sulzer technology in addition to new assistance agreements with Burmeister
& Wain of Denmark and Skoda of Czechoslovakia in the fifties and sixties.
An agreement was signed in early 1959 in Copenhagen by Niels Munck,
managing director of Burmeister & Wain, and Mikoyan, who visited the company
on his way back to Moscow from a visit to the United States. 5 The Danish
company also has a licensing agreement with the Polish engine builders Stocznia
Gdanska, and part of that organization's annual production of 350,000 bhp
of 8 & W designs goes to the Soviet Union. 6
Under the 1956 Scientific and Technical Cooperation agreement between
the U.S.S.R. and Czechoslovakia, the Skoda works sends technical documenta-
tion and technical assistance to the U.S.S.R. on the latest marine diesel designs.
Skoda is also a major direct supplier of diesel engines to the U.S .S .R. 7
The available evidence strongly indicates that all Russky Disel (Leningrad)
marine engines are made under the technical-assistance agreement with Skoda
of Czechoslovakia while all diesels at Bryansk are built under the B & W
agreement. Under the COMECON specialization agreements, Czechoslovakia
undertakes development and production of large marine diesels while the Soviet
Union is not listed for that responsibility-nor indeed for any development
or production of marine diesels of any size. 8 Agreements and trade between
the two countries confirm this. The 1956 Scientific and Technical Corporation
required Czechoslovakia to send technical documentation for the manufacture
of the latest designs in diesel engines to the U.S.S.R. Further, Czechoslovakia
is not only the fourth largest producer of diesel engines in the world-far larger
Ibid.
~ East-West Commerce, VI, 2 (February 1959), 3.
s See chapter 6.
See chapter 6 for more information on these indirect transfen.
See Frederic L. Pryor. The Communist Fort>ign Trade S.vstt'm (London: George Allen & Unwin,
1963). Appendix. E.
"'
"'
"'
Table 17-5
UTILIZATION OF DIESEL ENGINES IN SOVIET VEHICLES
than the U .S.S.R.-but also exports 80 percent of all its diesels, and the U.S.S.R.
is the largest buyer. 9
The range of diesel engines for truck use in the Soviet Union is very limited.
Between I 945 and the mid-1960s, when new models YaMZ-236 and YaMZ-238
replaced earlier engines, 10 only four commonly used models were identified.
Three models widely used in trucks and buses were based on General Motors
engines: the YaAZ-M206D, a six-cylinder in-line 180-hp engine; the YaAZ·
M206A, a V -type version of the same engine; and a four-cylinder V type
developing 120 hp mainly for use in the MAZ-200 truck produced from 1947
to 1966 at Minsk. These three basic models, produced at Yaroslavl, 11 have
been utilized for at least a dozen Soviet truck and bus models. (See Table
17-5.)
The only other engine that has been produced is the D-12 type used in
the MAZ-525, MAZ-530, and BeiAZ-540 dump trucks. This engine has a
300-hp rating, compared to the 120-180-hp range of the YaAZ series (see Table
17-6). Its origin is not known, although the Soviets received the Kloeckner-
Humboldt-Deutz diesel engine plant in 1946 under U.S. Operation RAP, 12
and Deutz prewar diesels had similar specifications.
The new model truck diesels introduced in the late 1960s (YaMZ-236 and
YaMZ-238) bear considerable resemblance to the U.S. Cummins engine. The
YaMZ-236 has a layout similar in many respects to the Cummins 90° V6-200,
while the YaMZ-238 resembles the Cummins 90° VS-265. 13
A backwardness in truck diesel engines is reflected in Soviet use of European
diesel engines in the few Soviet automobiles assembled in Belgium and sold
on the European market. The Volga automobile was offered with an optional
Rover U.K. diesel engine in 1965; the Moskvich was offered by the Soviets,
also in 1965, with a Perkins U.K. 99 diesel engine. 14 In 1968 Soviet trucks
sold in Europe also utilized diesel engines supplied by Perkins.
In 1960-61 the Soviets attempted to purchase in the United States over
$40 million worth of specialized equipment for the manufacture of truck engine
blocks. 15 This generated a great deal of controversy in Congress, and ultimately
Cuchos/ovCik Economic Bullerin (Prague), no. 306 (March 1956), 25.
10 Ekspluarsionnre kache.ffl"a tlvigarelei YaMZ-236 and YaMZ-238 (Moscow, 1968).
11 See Sunon II for assistance to this plant.
u See chapter 2.
1
~ No confirmation can be obtained from the company on this point, but compare G. 0. Chemyshev,
Dvigateli YaMZ-236. YaMZ-238 (Moscow. 1968), pp. 5, 16, with D.S.O. Williams, British
Diesel Engine Cata/ogt1e. 6th edition (London. 1965), p. 57.
H S. d"Angclo. cd .. World Car C11ttllogue {New York; Herald Books. 1965). pp. 228. 356.
13 U.S. House of Representative~. Select Committee on Expon Con1ro\, lm·esr(~ation and Stmly
of the Aclmini.ftrarion. Operarion.,·, cmd £1l(on·ement of the E.tport Control Act of 1949. and
Relatetl Act.f (H.R. 403 ). 87th Congress. lsi session. October. December 1961 pt. I. p. 220.
224 Wesrem Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem,/945-1965
the sale involved only two transfermatic machines to produce V -8 engine block~;
one unit was valued at $3.4 million and one at $1.9 million, for a total of
$5.3 million. The units were required by the Soviets to produce 225-hp truck
engines.
The most important Soviet diesel-electric prime mover is the 2 D 100 unit
utilized in more than 1000 type TE 3 diesel-electric locomotives and more
than 50 merchant vessels. 16 The 2 D 100 power plant is a two-stroke, opposed
piston model with ten cylinders developing 2000 hp at 850 rpm. Design work
started in 1950; the first locomotive with the unit was produced in 1953 and
the first ship in 1954.
The opposed piston principle was deve:ured by Fairbanks-Morse in the
United States, and the Soviet 2 0 100 is a ccpy of Fairbanks Morse Model
380 8-1/8 series, although the cylinder diam--1 :r of the Soviet version is 207
mm compared with 206.37 mm in the Fairbat.:~.:. Morse originalY
Since no other diesel-electric unit has been identified in current production.
the possibility exists that this unit is used in the Soviet icebreakers of the
"Ledokol" series for which no engine data c:i~e given in the Soviet Register,
and also in numerous Soviet naval units propelled by diesel-electric propulsion
units.
16 For merchant ships see Registr Soyuza SSR, ap. cit. n. I; for locomotives seeK. A. Shishkin
eta!., Teplovoz. TE-3 (Moscow, 1969).
17 Fairbanks Morse, Power Systems Division, FairbMks Morse 3808 118 Series Opposed Piston
Diesel and Gas Engines (Beloit, Wis .. n.d.), Bulletin 380008-53.
IK Barney K. Schwalberg, Manpower Uri/iz.arion i11 the Soviet Automobile Industry, Supplementary
Report (Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, June 1959), p.
16.
>;
-~
;;
Table 17-7 ORIGINS OF AUTOMOBILE AND TRUCK INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
IN THE SOVIET UNION UP TO 1960 0
§:
,'
Cylinder
Basic engine Weight, Number of Displacement, diameter, Piston "
model number Type kg cylinders litres mm stroke Horsepower 'Pm Western Origin .Q,
401 in-line 112 4 1.07 67.5 75.0 26.0 0
4,000} Opel
MZMA 407 in-line 123 4 1.36 76.0 75.0 45.0 4,500 modified
"'~-
MZMA 408 in-line 123 4 1.36 76.0 75.0 50.0 4,750
GAZ 20 in-line 153 4 2.12 82.0 100.0 52.0 3,600 } World War II Ford/Willys '
GAZ69 in-line 4 2.12 82.0 100.0 52.0 3,600 Y•·ton truck (Jeep)
3"
GAZ 21A in-line 146 4 2.445 92.0 92.0 75.0 4,000} Improved GAZ 20
•?;:
UAZ 451 in-line 145 4 2.445 92.0 92.0 70.0 4,000 (WW II Jeep) 0
UAZ450 in-line 4 2.43 88.0 100.0 62.0 3,800 •~<
GAZ13 v 8 5.52 100.0 88.0 195.0
ZIL111 v 312 8 5.98 100.0 95.0 200.0 :·~: } Ford Motor Co.
GAZ 51 in-line 235 6 3.48 82.0 110.0 70.0 2,800 Ford Motor Co. plant
ZIL 1588 in-line 400 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 109.0 2,800
Urai353A in-line 380 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 95.0
ZIL 150 in-line - 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 90.0 2,600!
- 1934 Fordson engine;
ZIL 164A in-line 380 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 100.0 2,800 Hercules Motor Co.
ZIL157K· in-line 380 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 110.0 2,800 equipment
KAZ 606A in-line 380 6 5.55 101.6 114.3 104.0 2,600
GAZ53 v 215 8 4.25 92.0 80.0 115.0 3,200 Ford Motor Co. plant
N
N
"'
226 Wesrem Technology orul Sovier Economl Developmenr. /945-/965
and the latter was used in the Moskvitch automobile as late as the mid-1960s.
The GAZ 20 is the four-cylinder U.S. Jeep engine and used in both the
civilian and military versions of the GAZ 20 and the GAZ 69. Its closest
U.S. counterpart is the World War II Ford/Willys one-quarter-ton Jeep engine.
and the Soviets presumably based their design on Lend Lease supplies and
equipment.
The GAZ 21A and UAZ 451 are improved versions of the original Jeep
engine, with somewhat larger displacement (2.445 instead of 2.12 litres) and
a higher horsepower rating (70-75 hp instead of 52 hp). The GAZ 51, the
GAZ 53 with a V -8 engine of U.S. type, and all other GAZ engines, are
built in the Ford-designed and -built Gorki plant, 19 which received a considerable
quantity of new U.S. machinery during and after World War II.
The 5.55-litre displacement engine used in the ZIL-1588, the Ural 353A.
the more common Z!L !50, the Z!L l64A, the Z!L !57K and the KAZ 606A
has the same engine characteristics as the prewar Fordson tractor engine produced
at Yaroslavl with equipment installed by the Hercules Engine Company in
!934. 20
Soviet marine gas turbines are based on French turbines imported in 1959.
Table 17-8 lists all gas turbine-powered Soviet ships built up to 1967 and the
origin of their gas generators and turbines. The typical plant consists of four
free-piston gas generators, 340 by 904 mm, manufactured by S.I.G.M.A. at
Venissieux, 21 and a gas turbine geared to the shaft manufactured by Societe
Alsthom of Belfort, France. 22 The hulls were built and the French turbines
installed at the Baltic Yards in Leningrad.
1
~ SeeSuttonlandll.
20
/hid.
21 S.l.G .M.A ..is SociCtC lndustrielle GCnCrale de MCcanique Appliquee, a subsidiary of Organisa·
tion Bo~sard et Michel S.A.
22
A Is thorn i~ SociCtC GCnhale de Constructions Electriques et MCcaniques Alsthom, a subsidiary
of Fran~aise Thomson·Houston·Hotchkiss·Brandt S.A. Cie and affiliated with Thomson Electric
Company of New York.
2 '1 This statement ~hould he modified by the observation that Soviet Navy ships use steam turbines:
hcn~e the Soviet.~ probably had a capability fur manufa~turing marine ~team turbines before
1959. The statement here applie~ only to the merchant marine.
Western Origi11s of Soviet Prime Movers 227
Soviet
register Gas Turbine
number Name of Ship Date Launched manufacturer
2126 Pavlin Vinogradov 1960 S.I.G.M.A.
France (1960)
4465 Umba/es 1962 S.I.G.M.A.
France (1959)
4859 Johann Mahmasral 1965 S.I.G.M.A.
France (1959)
2197 Pechorales 1964 S.I.G.M.A.
France (1959)
4345 Teodor Nette 1963 S.I.G.M.A.
France (1959)
Sources: Uoyd's Register of Shipping, 7969-70, (London, 1969); Registr Soyuza SSR,
Reglstrovaya knige morskikh sudov soyuza SSA 1964-1965, (Moscow, 1966).
Note: These five ships constituted the total Soviet fleet of gas turbine-powered ships
to 1967
In 1964 the Soviet mercantile fleet had 45 ships powered by steam turbines.
The acquisitions of these turbines fall into three distinct periods: stage one,
that of foreign purchases only; stage two, that of foreign purchases concurrent
with limited domestic production of steam turbines; and stage three, that of
domestic manufacture of steam turbines without foreign imports.
Stage one extended from 1953 through 1956. In 1953 the Soviets installed
German boilers in a Dutch ship with turbines built in 1919, possibly as a
test bed for further work. Then in 1955 six steam turbines for marine use
were ordered in France and two more in East Germany. Of the French turbines,
orie came from Schneider et Cie at Le Creusot (France), one from a subsidiary
of this company (Societe des Forges at Ateliers du Creusot), and four from
Ateliers et Chantiers de Bethune located at Nantes on the western coast of
Brittany .The turbines supplied by Schneider et Cie at Le Creusot were undoubt-
edly of Westinghouse design, inasmuch as Schneider has a licensing agreement
with the Westinghouse Electrical Corporation in the United States and both
companies jointly own a French development company, Societe de oeveloppe-
ment Westinghouse-Schneider of Paris.
In 1959 the Soviets produced the first domestic (at least nonmilitary) marine
steam turbine, which was installed in a 12,000-ton ship (Soviet Register Number
1602); this was followed by construction of four turbines in 1959, seven in
1960, six in 1961, five in 1962, and eight in 1963. However in 1959, when
the first Soviet merchant marine steam turbine was produced, four turbines
were purchased abroad and installed in ships later added to the Soviet mercantile
fleet. One turbine came from Italy and was installed in the Giuseppe Garibaldi;
this was a geared turbine manufactured by the Ansaldo shipyards in Genoa,
228 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Between 1945 and 1960 a total of 447 marine boilers of three types (water
tube, fire tube, and combined) were installed in Soviet merchant ships. Of
this total, only 76 (or 17.0 percent) were manufactured in the Soviet Union.
The remainder were imported: 181 (or 40.5 percent of the total) from Finland,
116 (or 25.9 percent) from the East European communist countries of East
Germany and Poland, and the rest from non-Finnish sources in the Free World,
including 46 (or 10.3 percent) from Sweden.
There are several noteworthy observations concerning these boilers. The
large percentage imported, i.e. 83 percent, suggests there was a major Soviet
weakness in this area. The 17 percent Soviet-manufactured boilers also are
of a standard type; between 1949 and 1954 only one type of marine boiler
was manufactured, i.e., of a 174-square-meter heating surface with a working
pressure of 15.0 kg/cm 2 • Between 1955 and 1960 this standard model was
replaced by another of 180-square-meter heating surface with the same working
Western Origins of Soviet Prime Movers 229
pressure. During this period of 15 years the Soviet Union manufactured only
a single standard boiler model at any one time. The flexibility required in
practice was attained by imports from Eastern Europe and the Free World; 24
larger sizes of marine boilers with greater working pressures were imported
in a variety of models from Finland, Poland, East and West Germany, Sweden,
Italy, Denmark, Norway, Belgium, the United Kingdom, and Holland. (See
Table 17-9.)
Size of
boiler; m2 Other
of heating East Free World
surface Finland U.S.S.R. Poland Germany Sweden countries Total
718 2 (11aly) 2
495 2 2
390 4 4
386 2 2
287 1
286 2 2
260 3 3
254-6 69 2 1 (Denmark)
2 (Norway)
4 (FAG) 78
245 4 3 (U.K.) 7
235-6 32 32
213-9 11 1 (Belgium) 12
204 8 8
186 16 16
180 35 35
174 41 41
170 4 4 6 (Holland)
4 (FAG) 18
163-5 17 2 (FAG) 19
150 1 1
140 128 1 (FAG) 129
136 2 2
125 2 (Norway) 2
103 31 31
181 76 84 32 46 28 447
Percentage
of Total 40.5 17.0 18.8 7.1 10.3 6.2 99.9
Sources: Registr Soyuza SSA, Reglstrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964-1965
(Moscow, 1966). See chapter 28 for diagram based on these data.
M. J. Ruggles and A. Kramish, Th~ So1·i~t Union and th~ Atam: Th~ Early Ytars (Santa
Monica; RAND Corp., 1956), Report no. RM-1711. Arnold Kramish has also published Atomic
En~rgy in the Soviet Union (Stanford, 1959); this is in great part a reproduction of the material
in RAND report no. RM-1711 and companion studies.
231
232 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-/965
data within the United States; hence the preparation of the 1945 Smyth Re-
port, which was of some assistance to Soviet work. 4
German wartime efforts in the same field, from the scientific viewpoint,
were on a level with those of the United States. The Weinberg-Nordheim report 5
concluded that German wartime researchers "were on the right track and their
thinking and developments paralleled ours to a surprising extent. According
to this report the Germans knew the correct lattice dimensions for a P-9U
system as well as the required quantity (four tons) of P-9. Their uranium metal
"was about as pure as ours," their theory of the chain reaction "was in no
wise inferior to ours, in some respects it was superior,'' and the only nonengineer-
ing "secrets" they might not have had was an understanding of the Xeon-135
poisoning problem and possibly of the properties of plutonium-240. 6 It was
primarily lack of heavy water that accounted for inability of the Germans to
achieve a chain reaction~ however, their total effort was on a much smaller
scale than the American effort. The report concludes:
We must proceed, therefore, on the basis that anyone knowing what is in the
German reports can establish a chain reaction provided he has sufficient materials.
The Smyth report will give additional very helpful hints. The time when others
can establish a chain reaction is therefore no longer a matter of scientific research
but mostly a matter of procurement. 7
Given vigorous Soviet atomic espionage, the high level of prewar Soviet
scientific work, the American inability to retain scientific secrets, and the availa-
bility of German atomic work, scientists, and equipment to the Soviet Union
(both through espionage and as a result of postwar capture of German reports),
the Soviets had adequate theoretical knowledge of atomic weapons manufacture
in 1945.
What was perhaps as i(Oportant as the access to atomic bomb research,
See U.S. Congress, Joint Committee on Atomic Energy,Soviet Atomic Espionage, 82d Congress,
t~t session, April 1951; and The Report of the Royal Commission to Investigate the Fam
Relating to and the Circumstances Surrounding the Communication, by Public Officials and
Other Persons in Positions of Trust, of Secret and Confidential Information to Agents of a
Foreign Power: June 27, /946 (Ottawa, 1946).
3 A. Kramish, The Soviet Union and the Atom: The "Secret" Phase (Santa Monica: RAND
Corp., 1957) Report no. RM-1896, p. 17 fn.
U.S. Senate, Nuclear Scientist Defects to United States, Subcommittee to Investigate the
Administration of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws of the Committee
on the Judiciary, 89th Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1964).
U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Memorandum on the State of Knowledge in Nuclear Science
Reached by the Germans in 1945, by A. M. Weinberg and L. W. Nordheim (Oak Ridge,
Tenn: Technical Information Service, November 8, 1945), German Series no. G-371.
Weinberg and Nordheim pointed out their limited access to German report~. but were able
to establish these major propositions.
AEC Memorandum. op. cit. n. 5, p. 3 .
.I ( I
j
Western Assistance ro Soviet Atomic Energy 233
the Soviets had access on an exclusive basis to German hydrogen bomb work.
David Irving notes a series of experiments on thermonuclear fusion at thf": German
Army explosives research establishment at Kummersdorf; the results of these
experiments were captured by Soviet forces and the only document to fall into
Western hands, according to Irving, was a "six-page report among the Alsos
collection .. , entitled 'Experiments on the Initiation of Nuclear Reactions by
Means of Exploding Substances.' " 8
Therefore, as the Weinberg-Nordheim report concludes, the important restric-
tion to Soviet atomic development at 1945 was not the scientific method of
"making an atomic bomb" but the materials and equipment with which to
undertake the program; i.e., it was ''mostly a matter of procurement." 9
The Soviets made persistent efforts during World War II to penetrate Western
work in atomic energy. General L. R. Groves indicates that the major atomic
espionage was carried on by Soviet, not German, agents, 10 and such espionage
has undoubtedly continued since that time. There is a correlation between the
work of the known Soviet agents-Fuchs, Greenglass, May, and Pontecor-
vo-and subsequent Soviet developments in the atomic energy and weapons
field.
Klaus Fuchs, a theoretical physicist, was a member of the inner group
in the development of the atomic bomb in World War II; his work in England
concerned the gaseous diffusion process used in the Oak Ridge plant. In the
United States, Fuchs was intimately associated with both groups (SAM and
the Kellex Corporation) working on gaseous diffusion . 11 According to Karl
Cohen, former director of the Atomic Energy Commission, Fuchs " ... had
intimate and detailed knowledge of all phases of the design of the K-25 plant,
including methods of fabricating the barrier, the assembly of the diffuser, and
the planned production rate. " 12 At Los Alamos, Fuchs took part in making
the first atomic bomb and in the weapons work involved.
By contrast, both May and Pontecorvo understood the operating problems
David Irving. The Virus House (London: William Kimber, 1967), pp. 193-95; p. 194 has
a photograph of p. I of the 1944 German Army report on initial work on an H-bomb. The
full report is probably at Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
AEC Memorandum, op. cit. n. 5, p. 3.
tG Leslie R. Groves, Now It Can Be Told (New York: Harper and Row, 1962), p. 141.
11 U.S. Congress, Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, Soviet Atomic Espionage, 82d Congress,
1st se.~sion, April 1951 (Washington, 1951).
11 Letter, Cohen to Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, in ibid., p. 23. Fuch!t also was working
on uranium hexafluoride and the control problems of gaseous diffusion plants.
234 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem, /945-1965
of plutonium piles and both worked on the Hanford reactor, which was copied
by the Soviet Union in developing the first Soviet reactor . 13
Nunn May worked in 1942 at the Cavendish Laboratories in Cambridge.
England, and in January 1943 went to Canada where he was senior member
of the Nuclear Physics Division. Espionage, for which he was sentenced to
ten years in prison, consisted of supplying the Soviets with samples of uranium-
235 and uranium-233. May admittedly also passed on to the Soviets information
that was still classified in 1946. 14
Prior to his defection to Russia in 1950, physicist Bruno Pontecorvo worked
as senior principal scientific officer at the British Harwell Laboratory. The
most significant knowledge possessed by Pontecorvo concerned the Hanford
reactor and the nuclear aspects of the Canadian NRX heavy-water pile at Chalk
River, Ontario--at that time the most advanced reactor of its type in the world. u
David Greenglass, the fourth atomic spy, was a machinist assigned to the
Los Alamos weapons laboratory, where he worked on high-expolsive lens molds:
"Greenglass testified that he conveyed to Russia a diagram of the atomic bomb.
along with a detailed explanation and related materials in writing." 16
In sum, the Soviets gained a great deal of useful information and technical
know-how from espionage sources; by themselves these data were of limited
use, but combined with other sources they comprised a package with significant
potential.
The widespread impression that the Soviets did not gain useful materials,
equipment, or information from the German atomic research program is
erroneous. 18 (See Table 18-1.)
Source: David Irving, The Virus House (London: William Kimber, 1967).
In 1945 the bulk of German uranium ore, the balance of 1200 tons removed
by the German Army from Belgium in 1940, was moved to a salt mine near
Stassfurt in what was to become the Soviet Zone. A British-American mission
attached itself in 1945 to a U.S. infantry division and under "Operation Harbor-
age" seized the mine and the 1100 tons of Belgian ore located nearby. This
uranium ore was removed to the American Zone of Germany. 19
Uranium metal was produced in Germany in World Warr II at two plants
operated by DEGUSSA (German Gold and Silver Extraction Corporation).
Uranium oxide supplied by Auer A.G. in Berlin was reduced by DEGUSSA
at its Frankfurt plant, and by the end of 1940 the company was producing
a maximum of one ton of uranium metal per month. In the United States,
by way of comparison, almost no uranium metal was available until the end
of 1942; when the first chain reaction took place at Chicago, the DEGUSSA
plant in Frankfurt had manufactured over seven tons of uranium metal. 20
Work began in 1942 on a second uranium production plant identical to
the DEGUSSA plant bul al Griinau, Berlin. In January 1945 the DEGUSSA
Frankfurt plant was removed to the Auer location near Berlin, where the uranium
metal was being refined. The Soviets occupied Oranienburg and the Auer works,
and so obtained several tons of pure uranium oxide and, more importantly,
the two DEGUSSA uranium smelting plants and the Auer refining plant. In
addition they captured five tons of uranium metal powder, a quantity of uranium
19 See Irving. op. cit. n. R: al~o ,~-~· S. GooUsmil, ALSOS (New York: Schuman, 1947).
ln Irving, op. cit. n. !1. pp. 75.76.
236 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
cubes, and about 25 tons of unrefined uranium oxide and uranates. This became
the uranium stockpile for the early Soviet atomic bomb program. 21
Unlike the American program, for which the ultrapure graphite necessary
for use as a moderator was produced by several firms, the German atomic
project was not able to use graphite as a moderator and thus came to be dependent
on the use of heavy water. Part of the Norwegian heavy water plant, captured
by the Germans and then destroyed by British Commandos, was duplicated
by I. G. Farben at Leuna. The Leuna plant was later subjected to heavy bombing,
but the surviving drums of heavy water were transported to the I. G. Farben
plant at Myrow in Silesia and presumably captured there and removed to the
Soviet Union. 22
By the time the war ended the Germans had seven isotope separation processes
under consideration, excluding the gaseous diffusion process used in the United
States, and at least two of these had been brought to the equipment stage.
Manfred von Ardenne had developed a magnetic isotope separator similar in
concept to the magnetic process that was then used at Oak Ridge in the United
States and later built at von Ardenne's Berlin laboratories. Also, a prototype
centrifuge with an operating speed of 50,000 revolutions per minute was built
by Groth; although the early models failed, it seems that this centrifuge process
had practical possibilities for isotope separation. In 1945, von Ardenne's labora-
tory at Berlin, complete with a Van de Graaf machine, a cyclotron, and the
prototype electromagnetic isotope separation equipment, was removed with von
Ardenne himself to the Soviet Union.
The Germans also built several subcritical piles. The first German pile
was at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of Biology and Virus Research in Berlin.
This was a heavy-water pile, and according to the American intelligence mission
which inspected it in July 1945 after much of the equipment had been removed
to the Soviet Union, it appeared to have been excellently equipped when compared
to the primitive setup that Enrico Fermi used at Columbia University in the
United States.
The Kaiser Wilhelm Institute was stripped of all its equipment, including
a high-voltage linear accelerator, and moved to the Russian atomic project at
Obninchoye. 23
Another pile, built at Leipzig, was destroyed in a 1942 explosion, and
a third pile was located at Haigerloch. In the late summer of 1944 all uranium
pile research was removed to Stadtilm in Thuringia in what was to be the
Soviet Zone. Later, in 1945, some pile research was moved south.
It is interesting to note, then, that while in 1944 and early 1945 rocket
development projects under Werner von Braun moved westward into the future
21 Ibid .. p. 263.
22 Ibid .. pp. 157. 178. 191.92.
n Ibid., p. 264.
Western Assista11ce to Soviet Atomic Energy 237
U.S. and British zones, the movement of atomic energy projects (metal reduction,
uranium ore, and pile research) was eastward into the future Soviet Zone, and
there most of it remained when the war ended.
Finally, the Soviets rounded up the uranium project scientists and most
went, under good contracts, to the Soviet Union. Among these men were von
Ardenne, an expert in the separation process and something of an equipment
genius, and Nikolaus Riehl, an expert in the processing and refining of uranium
metal; both worked for about ten years on the Soviet atomic project. 24
The German nuclear scientists were settled at Sukhumi and remained there
from 1945 until some time after 1955. The sanatoriums along the Black Sea
coast were converted into nuclear research institutes where the German groups
were installed and projects started. For example, Heinz Barwich was the leader
of 18 scientists working on theoretical questions concerning control problems
in the diffusion process of isotope separation. 2 :~ Associated in this work was
Yuri Krutkov, who was technically known as a .. prisoner-engineer" and had
been released from a prison camp for this purpose. Another group at Sukhumi
was the von Ardenne team working with R. A. Demirkhanov on instrumentation
for nuclear energy and later on ion sources and mass spectrography. Although
the Sukhumi laboratories are today of secondary importance, they formed the
key section for the development of atomic energy in the Soviet Union in the
forties and fifties and employed many German engineers. Some of the personnel
have since returned to Germany, but others are still in Sukhumi.
Methods for the mass production of uranium-235 were developed at Sukhumi.
The Soviets undertook duplication of both the barrier method (already established
in the United States) and the centrifuge method of isotope separation. Doctor
Zuehlke specialized in the barrier question. The manufacture of metallic barriers
was divided into two groups: those working on flat barriers and those working
on tube barriers. Max Steenbeck, another German·scientist, was one who concen-
trated for a number of years on the ultracentrifuge method for separating uranium
gas. :z6
In summary, at the end of World War II the Soviets obtained from Germany
not only scientists and expert technicians (the Germans were then on the threshold
of achieving a chain reaction) but facilities for ore processing, reduction, and
refining of uranium metal and oxides, two working isotope separation processes
and operating equipment, advanced laboratories and equipment, and several
H Ibid .. p. 263. Irving also lists about a dozen other Germans, key members of the German
atomic energy project, who went to the Soviet Union.
u See Dr. Barwich testimony to U.S. Senate, Nuclear Scientist Defect.f . .. op. cit. n. 4, pp.
10 n seq.
u See ibid .. for usefulness of U.S. reports to German work in the U.S.S.R. Also see U.S.
Senate, Committee on the Judiciary, Scope of Soviet Activity in the United States, Hearings
Before the Subcommittee to Investigate the Administration of the Internal Security Act and
other Internal Security L.1ws, 84th Congress, 2d session, (Washington, 1956), pt. 21.
238 Westem Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
subcritical piles. In addition they located and removed small stocks of heavy
water, uranium metal, and uranium oxides.
The Soviets failed to obtain from the German<. any information on the gaseous
diffusion separation process, the use of graphit•,: as a moderator, or knowledge
of a chain reaction in practice. Nor did they obtain any operational atomic
weapons technology, although they did acquire n-dul German research work.
These technologies could only have come from tl·,~ United States or from Great
Britain (for the gaseous diffusion process).
Probably the most accurate estimate of Soviet capability in atomic develop-
ment at the end of World War II was made ;-, November 1945 by Major
General L. R. Groves, testifying before the Senate Special Committee on Atomic
Energy. General Groves was director of the Manhattan Project during World
War II, and at that time was more knowledgeable than <..ny other person concerning
the industrial and technical features of production of a!. -:>mic materials and atomic
bombs. He made a statement relative to the Soviet Lnion as follows:
27 U .5. Senate, Special Committee on Atomic Energy. Hearings Pursuant to S. Res. 179, Creating
a Special Commission and Investigating Problems Related to the Development, Use and Control
of Atomic Energy. 79th Congress, 1st session, November and December 1945 (Washington.
1946), pts. 1-3; idib .. 2d session. January and February 1946 (Washington. 1946). pts. 4,
5.
2
~ Ibid .. pts. 1-3, p. 67.
Western Assistance to Soviet Atomic Energy 239
particularly in any plant that has been in operation for a number of years and
has accumulated a number of special Swiss machines. " 29
It is quite clear that in 1945 the Soviets with outside help of a detailed
nature, would have required five to seven years to reproduce the American
achievement, and that such assistance could only come from one of three coun·
tries-the United States, England, or Switzerland. General Groves's testimony
is entirely consistent with evidence provided in this study concerning Soviet
technical backwardness.
29
Ibid .. p. 69.
30 Allan Moorehead, The Traiton. (London: Hamish Hamilton, 19.52). p. 141.
31 Ibid.
240 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
There was a great deal of pressure being brought to bear on Lend Lease apparently
to give the Russians everything they could think of. There was a great deal of
pressure brought to give them this uranium materia!.H
However, it seems unlikely that the Soviets obtained sufficient reactor materi-
als from U.S. sources. Soviet requisition No. R-12045 of February 4, 1943,
for uranium oxide was not filled, and so far as the allowed 25 pounds of uranium
metal is concerned, General Groves comments:
We didn't stop [the] shipment for a very good reason. We were anxious to know
if anybody in this country knew how to make uranium metal .... We were willing
that the Russians have 25 pounds it would be worth more than that to us
to find out how to make uranium metal. 3 ~
·12 U.S. Congress, Sovfer Atomic E.tpiom1,~e. op. cit. n. ll, pp. 184-92.
3~ Kramish. RAND Report RM-1896, op. cit. n. 3., p. 63.
~4 U.S. House of Representatives, Commiuee on Un.American Activities, Hearings Regardi11R
Shipment of Atomic Materials to the Soviet Union. Sist Congress, 1st and 2d sessions, December
\949-March \950 (Washington. \950). p. 940.
35 Ibid., p. 942.
36
Ibid .. p. 1044.
Western Assistance to Soviet Atomic Energy 241
Atomic Energy Commission did not become aware of this shipment for five
years. 37
Of far greater value than uranium metal or oxides supplied from the United
States and Canada was the Soviet capture of the Auer A.G. plant at Oranienburg,
just outside Berlin, together with German uranium metal and oxides. The Auer
plant produced uranium metal for the German atomic program. 38
n Ibid .. p. 969.
3~ Irving. The Virus Hmue, p. 250. says the plant was bombed "and completely destroyed."
Reference to the U.S. Strategic Bombing Surveys suggests that few of these "completely
destroyed" planl~ were in fact put out of action for long. Reference to the bombing records
would determine the state of the plant 3S occupied by the Soviet forces.
3~ See Nikolai Grishin, "The Sa)(ony Uranium Mining Operation (Vismut)" in Robert Slusser.
ed., So~·ier Economic Polic,,· in Postwar Gt!rman)' (New York.: Research Program on the U.S.S.R .•
1953). p. 127. This is an excellent description of the Soviet uranium mining operations in
Saxony as of 1950.
4~ "The Secret Mines of Russia's Germany." Life, XXIX, 13 (September 25. 1950), 83.
242 Western Technology and Soviet EconomiJ Development, 1945-1965
GERMANY
eP"""
• Fran~enberg
e Chemn.lz
• Glauehau
• Zsehopau
• Stollberg
Nr~rs<:"lema
•
SehneeDerge • Oberschtema
Neu S!tdtel • • Aue • Annaberg
,.,_,.
\.0
c" o~r--------~~------,
• Sd1warzenberg
50"30'
~~ THESAXONY
C. URANIUM MINING AREA
~~~es
0- -
MII.OMEUFIS
-25
Source: Robert Slusser, ed., Soviet Economic Policy in Postwar Germany (New York:
Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1953), p. 137. Map data are from annex 1, pp.
154-55.
A diagonal shaft had been driven from the surface downward under the pond
... floods periodically swept through the shafts below." 41
The reopening of the mines was successful, and output increased from 135
tons of ore in 1946 to about 900 tons in 1948; the output stabilized at this
figure, and after processing was shipped to the U.S.S.R.
~ 1
/hid
Western Assistance to Soviet Atomic Energy 243
a reactor physicist would deduce that "the Soviet reactor was practically a
carbon copy of the American 305 reactor built at Hanford during the first phases
of the Manhattan Project." 42 (See Table 18-2.)
Source: A. Kramish, The Soviet Union and the Atom: The "Secret"' Phase, RAND Report
AM-1896, p. 64.
*Soviet estimate.
Kramish also points out that the Soviet PSR reactor was completed many
years before the declassification of data on the Hanford 305 reactor and observes
that "the similarity of construction is interesting. Is it coincidental, or were
details on the 305 reactor obtained through espionage?" 43
The first Soviet power reactor (V AM-1), as distinct from a materials testing
reactor, began operation in June 1954, and was promptly claimed as the world's
first atomic power station. 44 This was not an altogether accurate statement;
the first nuclear reactor to generate electric power was operated in the United
States in 1951. The first full-scale power reactor was the Calder Hall unit
in England, which began operation in October 1956 with a reactor generating
ten times more power than the 5-MWe net capacity of the Soviet 1954 reactor.
The first authentic industrial reactor, the Shippingport pressurized water reactor,
was built in the United States in 1958.
The original 5-MWe Soviet power reactor VAM-1 was the only Soviet
power reactor from 1954 until 1964. In that year two more power reactors
came into operation, the AMB-1 graphite water reactor of 100 MWe and the
VVPR~l pressured water dual-purpose reactor of210 MWe. Therefore, although
they had an extensive program employing 31,400 persons, the Soviets in 1965
had only three power reactors in operation generating a total of 315 MWe.
By way of comparison, France in 1965 had five power reactors generating
350 MWe and the United Kingdom was far ahead with nine reactors generating
1395 MWe. Germany and Italy had no reactors at all in 1960, but Germany
by 1965 had one reactor generating 50 MWe and Italy had three generating
607 MWe. This comparative development is of some interest in view of the
early Soviet start in generation of electric power by use of atomic energy and
the claims made for atomic energy in the early 1950s by Soviet scientists.
(See Table 18-3 .)
The position was even more distinctive at the end of 1969, when a map
in Pravda'45 pinpointed only four operating atomic power reactors in the Soviet
Union, with none under construction. This total obviously includes the original
three brought into production between 1954 and 1964 together with the Siberian
dual-purpose reactor brought into production sometime after 1965. This may
be compared with developments in the United States, where in June 1969 a
total of 13 power reactors were in operation and another 79 were on order
or under construction. 46
It appears that Soviet atomic energy development has been held back by
lagging development of instrumentation and computers. The history of atomic
reactors and digital computers is intertwined. Development for both began at
about the same time during World War ll and considerable support was given
to computer development by early atomic energy researchers; the A VIDAC
at Argonne, the ORACLE at Oak Ridge, and the MANIAC I at Los Alamos
were products of this early cooperation. 47 By 1959, "over 300 nuclear reactor
codes had been programmed in the United States for digital computers,"u
including such major problem areas as bum-up, age diffusion equations, and
kinetic responses of reactors. Soviet backwardness in computer technology is
noted elsewhere. 49
The 1963 U.S. atomic energy delegation to the Soviet Union had an unparal-
leled opportunity to see Soviet atomic development at first hand; the delegation
report substantiates the evidence of Soviet technical weakness in atomic energy. !O
For example, the delegation reported: "Equipment in the hot cells, such
as viewing devices and manipulators, was not as good as that found in equivalent
U.S. installations.' ' 51 The delegation also reported: "An example of Soviet
instrumentation was a transistorized television camera in a radiation cell. This
was the only piece of completely transistorized equipment that the delegation
saw during the trip. "52
Only one project, the 70-Ge V proton synchrotron then under construction
at Serpukhov, appeared to strike the delegation as outstanding: 53
The delegation formed a generally favorable impression of the project and person·
nel. The plant layout appeared to be sound, and factory-made equipment looked
as if it were of high quality, e.g., canned rotor pumps. Standard field construction,
however, was of a poorer caliber. For example, the masonry work was not done
as carefully as might be expected. The few examples of stainless-steel welding
seen, however, looked competently done.
On the whole, the project seems well conceived and is being executed with
adequate competence. ~ 4
Inasmuch as the Serpukhov operation was singled out for comment, a brief
study was undertaken of the origins of the Serpukhov equipment.
°
5 Further evidence for the 1950s is in Medford Evans. Th~ s~cr~t War forth~ A -Bomb (Chicago:
Henry Regnery Company, 1953)
51
Atomic Enugy in the Sovi~t Union, Trip Report of the U.S. Atomic Energy Delegation,
May 1963 (Oak Ridge, Tenn.: AEC Division of Technical Information, n.d.), p. 25.
u Ibid .• p. 7.
~3 Ibid., pp. 54-55. Concerning the preinjector for the 70-BeV machine, the delegation observed:
"This was perhaps the most interesting and surprising piece of equipment of the tour."
H Ibid .. p. 65.
246 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-/965
~~ CERN Courier (Geneva). VII 7 (July !967). 23. V. F. Weisskopf was among the sma!!
group or phy~kist~ who in 1939 made the historic and voluntary agreement to restrict publication
of information concerning nudcar development~. At pre~ent {!969) Weis~kopf is chairman
of the High· Energy Physics Advisory Panel of the Atomic Energy Commission.
5G CERN Courier. VII. 7 (July \967). 23.
5~ /llid .. p. \22.
~· Awmic E!!('t'.f.!Y in the Sol'ict Union. op. cit. n. 51. p. 77.
Western Assistance to Soviet Atomic Energy 241
... the kind of unexpected hut immediately practical developments that accompany
any intensive technological activity ... the high-power transmitting tube ... fast
pumps ... high-vacuum techniques ... particle counters ... flip-flop circuits. 60
59 The existence of the Serpukhov machine also gave U.S. scientists a useful means to proL
Congre~s into appropriating $250 million for the 200-GeV unit under construction at Weston
Illinois, in 1970.
6
° CERN Courier. VIII. 7 (}ulr 1968}. 156-57.
61 This chapter is re~tricted t>y ihe limited open data available on most aspects of atomic energy
1t should be viewed a~ little more than a preliminary to the study of the transfer of Wester
a~shtancc to the Soviet nuclc:.H prn~r<Llll.
CHAPTER NINETEEN
Western Origins
of Soviet Railroad Locomotives
While there is little question that the Soviet railroad system has made gigantic
strides since the early 1930s, there was still a high degree of technical dependence
on the West at the end of the 1960s. 1
As of 1960 more than 31,000 steam locomotives were still in use in the
Soviet Union. This was considered undesirable (despite the excellent working
characteristics of the locomotives), and efforts were directed to the electrification
of high-density lines and the use of diesel-electric locomotives on low-density
lines. Gas turbines and diesel-hydraulic locomotives were in an experimental
stage. The 1960 U.S. Railroad Delegation concluded on the basis of its observa-
tions that this motive equipment "showed no radical departure from familiar
designs but is rather an adaptation or copy of designs of engines and components
found in the United States and Western Europe-without regard for patent
considerations.'' 2
Special-purpose cars were rarely used, customers being enjoined to conform
their requirements to standard box, flat, t·tnk, gondola, or refrigerator cars.
Although many of these were two-axle u:-~it,;, they were being replaced by
four-axle units. As far as signals and communications are concerned, the 1960
delegation commented: ''Observations conL-..-.ed that the systems in service
in the United States during the years frorr~ ;..bout 1930 to 1945 have been
reproduced and manufactured for use on the Scviet railroads. " 3
A number of wagon and locomotive CO!'Istruction and repair plants were
removed from Saxony and Thuringia to the U.S.S.R. in 1945-46. The wagon
See Sulton I and II for data concerning early Western te~nnica! transfers.
Assoctation of American Railroads, Railroads of the L.S.S.R., Report on the Visit of the
United States Railroad Exchange Delegation to the Soviet Union during June 1960 (Washington,
n.d.), p. 9. The wide use of foreign locomotives as \at~ as 1962 may be gauged from an
observation by J. N. Westwood, on leaving Sebastopol: "As the train moved out through
the suburbs it was easy to fancy that this was not Russia but Czechoslovakia, for it was only
after several miles that I saw a Russian-built locomotive. Not only were the passenger trains
Skoda-hauled but switching and local freight were in the care of new Czech-built 750-hp diesel
switchers (class ChME2)." Trains (Milwaukee, Wis.), July 1962, p. 44.
3 Railroad.f ... , op. cit. n. 2, p. II. See Sutton II, pp. 205-6, for assistance of Union Switch
and Signal Company (Subsidiary of Westinghouse Electric) in the 1930s.
248
i '
Western Origins of Soviet Railroad Locomotives 249
construction plants at Stassfurt and near Halle were panty removed to the
U.S.S.R.; also in Saxony, the Gotha wagon-building plant was about 60 percent
removed and the Ilmenau works was completely removed. In Thuringia the
Wurzen plant was partly removed; Waggon- und Maschinenbau A.G. (Wumag)
at GOrlitz was also partly removed and Waggon- und Maschinenfabrik A .G.
at Bautzen was about 50 percent removed to the U.S.S.R. 4 However, the more
important present-day Russian locomotive and car construction plants are enlarged
Tsarist plants or units built in the 1930s rather than transferred German plants.
The Soviet TE-l, for which production started in 1947 and continued until
1950, was based on an imported Alco-G.E. diesel-electric road switcher that
.. ;t 2000-hp opposed piston t;·pc normu!!y aspirated (Iiese! engine with len cylin-
ders operating at 850 rpm. This engine appears to be very similar to the Fairbanks-
Morse diesel engine used in the United States.!'
The Alco-G.E. road switchers are described in Railway Mechanical Engineer (Philadelphia),
February 1942, pp. 62-66.
Railroads ... , op. cit. n. 2.
For technical details of Soviet diesel-electric locomotives see K.A. Shishkin eta!., Teplo\'O<.
TE-3 (Moscow, 1969), which contains numerous construction diagrams and details. For e!ec·
trical equipment on the 2TE-IOL, TEM-2, and TE-3 see Elektricheskoe oborudovanie
replovo:m· (Moscow, 1968).
Railroads .... op. cit. n. 2, p. 47.
Western Origins of Soviet Railroad Locomotives 251
BuNder of
Rated Weight, Year first mechanical BuHder of
Class output tons built equipment electrical equipment
Foreign Construction
NO 2490 kw 132 1954 Skoda Skoda
(Czechoslovakia)
chS1 2285 85 1957 Skoda Skoda
(Czechoslovakia)
F(T) 4550 138 1959 Schnelder-Aisthom, S.W.; Jeumont
SFAC (France)
FP(TP) 4550 131 1960 Schneider-Aisthom, S.W.; Alsthom;
SFAC (France) Jeumont
K 4730 138 1961 Krupp (Germany) Siemens-Schuker1
chS2 3430 120 1961 Skoda Skoda
(Czechoslovakia)
Domestic Construction
VL 22m 2340 132 1947 TbHisi Tbilisi
VL 23 3070 138 1952 Novocherkassk Novoeherkassk
VL-8 (N8) 4065 180 1953 Novoeherkassk Novoeherkassk
VL-60 (N60) 4065 138 1959 Novocherkassk Novocher1<assk
VL-10 (T8) 5070 184 1961 Tbllisi Tbilisl
VL-62
(NO-VL 61) 4065 138 1961 Novocherkassk Novoeherkassk
VL-80
(NSO) 6050 184 1961 Novocherkassk Novocherkassk
Source: Adapted from Worlds Railways, 1964-65, (London: Odhams Press, 1965), p.
240.
10 W. M. Keller,·"What We Saw in Russia,"" Railway Age (Chicago). July 11, 1966, p. 15.
"0. Are their hydraulic locomotives on the order of the Krauss-Maffei or do they have their
own design? Keller: They're similar to the Krauss-Maffei.'"
11 Tro.ins, July 1960. p. 27.
252 Western Technology and Soviet Econcmic Development, 1945-1965
While a few traction motors of comparable nature may possibly still be in usc
in America, none with this type of insulation had been built for railroad usc
for twenty-five years or more. 1 ,;
12 J. N. Westwood, Soviet Railways Today (New York: Citadel Press, 1964), pp. 46-59, has
an excellent description of electric locomotive development, its origins and current problems.
Westwood considers that production of the basic N-60 and N-80 models was premature: "The
fundamental problem of railway electrification in the U.S.S.R. is that at a time when more
and more line is rapidly being electrified, there are no completely satisfactory locomotives
in operation." (p. 581.
13 Ibid .. p. 46.
14 Association of American Railroads, A Report on Diesel Locomotive Design and Maintenance
on Soviet Railways, (Chicago: AAR Research Center, September 1966), p. 80.
I~ Ibid .. p. 74.
Western OriRills of Soviet Railroad Locomotive.f 253
1956 trade agreement) supports the argument that the Soviets Jag in domestic
abilities.
One advantage of import of electric locomotives for line haul use is that
imports are of greater technical sophistication and give better performance than
domestically produced models. Westwood gives the power-to-weight ratio for
several Soviet and foreign locomotives. The Soviet N 60, for example, has
a ratio of 28.1 kw of power per ton of weight compared with 32.6 for the
imported French T class electric locomotives; similarly, the Soviet VL-23 has
a ratio of 22.8 compared to the Czech ChS2 with a ratio of 33.0. Thus Soviet
electrics are decidedly heavier for their power output. 111 Imports also provide
the basis for further Soviet technical development and, through comparative
performances. afford us a measurement of domestic technical lag.
18 J. N. Westwood, ''Russian Railroading Revisited,'' Trains, July 1962, p. 46. See also Novocher·
kasskii elektrovozostroiternyi zavod, Elektrovot. VL 60 lc (Moscow: Transport, 1969).
CHAPTER TWENTY
During World War II the Soviets produced 115,596 aircraft and Lend Lease
delivered to the U.S.S.R. an additional 14,018. 1 The Russian-produced aircraft
were mainly obsolete prewar types and most were one-engine wood and canvas
models with inferior engines. Domestic production was assisted, however, by
a high degree of production specialization. The only Soviet dive bomber, the
Stormovik (lL-2), was in production at three plants; each plant produced about
the same number of IL-2s but no other aircraft. Fighter production was concen-
trated on the Y AK-3, the Y AK-2 and Y AK-6 being advanced trainer versions.
The YAK was produced in six widely scattered plants producing only YAK
aircraft at rates of between 65 and 400 per month.
Two-engined bomber production included the PK-2 (based on the French
Potez), at two plants, and the IL-4 at three plants, only one of which (Kom-
somolsk) produced other aircraft. The Ll-2 (or Douglas DC-3) transport was
produced only at Tashkent, and the P0-2 (or De Havilland Tiger Moth) was
254
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 255
The aircraft industry was lagging well behind the West owing to constant political
interfcrcnt·c. politic:1l rurgcs, and the general low level of technical efficiency.
Consequently, at the end of World War lithe Soviets had not produced a single
jet engine or guided missile.
Work in 1945 and 1946 involved nothing sensational from the design view-
point and in effect consisted in mastering the German aircraft industry that
was developed from 1941 to 1943. The years immediately after 1946, however,
were to show a remarkable expansion in the industry, an expansion achieved
by utilizing German and some British technical assistance in an expert manner.
Technical assistance from the West entered through two main channels-first
from the United Kingdom and particularly through transfer of the Rolls-Royce
Nene, Derwent, and Tay engine technologies; and second (and a much larger
flow) from Germany via the transfer of the wartime German aircraft industry
to the Soviet Union.
The postwar Soviet aviation and space industries have their roots in German
World War II aircraft and rocket developments. In 1945 the Germans had a
large and relatively undamaged aircraft and rocket manufacturing industry that
had been dispersed under threat of continued Allied bombing toward the eastern
regions of Germany-that area later occupied by the Soviets (Figure 20-1).
Over two-thirds of this productive capacity fell intact into Soviet hands 4 and
' c •
' c •
GERMAN
AEROENGINE ~LANTS
194~
• ,h.m~•r•
0 ev.. lno;~
• H•n•c~>•l
0 BMW
.:.. ,...,,,~
o ~o .,,,_u
~
Source: U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, Aircraft Industry Survey, Figure Vll-2, based
on data from the German Air Ministry.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 257
was largely, but in some cases not immediately, transported to the U.S.S.R.
These transfers included development and experimental work, but most important
they also included complete production lines for aircraft engines, equipment,
and the V-2 missile. Consequently in both aircraft and rocket industries we
can trace Soviet developments directly to German wartime research and develop-
ment work and production methods.
Accurate information concerning this transferred productive capacity and
technology comes as a result of an unusual sequence of events which itself
is still subject to debate. In 1945 American and British armies swept 200 miles
into what is now the Soviet Zone and met the Soviet armies on the Elbe-Mulde
river line rather than on the zonal frontiers earlier agreed upon. Very little,
if any, machinery was removed by the West before this area was sun-endered
to the Soviet armies, although dozens of CIOS, BIOS, FIAT, U.S. Army,
and U.S. Navy teams had scoured the factories in the occupied areas assessing
German technical developments. 5 The intelligence results were published in
several hundred detailed technical reports. As some Allied teams were examining
German plants only days before the Soviets took over, we have accurate, detailed
accounts of the equipment and technical information that came under Soviet
authority.
The technical information flowed first to the Central Institute of Aerohy-
drodynamics (TsAGl) and then to design institutes in Moscow, where it was
allocated to various Soviet design teams working closely with deponed German
engineers and technicians. German technology was converted into experimental
work, and after choice of design production was carried out at associated produc-
tion units. The Mikulin design team at Plant No. 300, for example, worked
on the Mikulin turbojet and was associated for production purposes with the
Tushino Plant No. 500, Moscow Aircraft Engine Production Plant No. 45
(which produced the Rolls-Royce Nene engine from 1948 to 1956), Kharkov
Plant No. 75, and a plant associated with the Gorki automobile plant and known
as Plant No. 466. In this way, Soviet-German experimental and design teams
were located at specific factories, but the design reproduction and experimental
stages normally were kept apart from the production process.
These flows of technology will be examined as follows: (a) the flow of
aircraft engine technology and production facilities from Germany and the United
Kingdom, (b) airframe manufacturing and design capacity, which came almost
entirely from Germany (although B-29 bomber technology came from the United
States), and (c) space technology, which, again, came largely from Germany.
~ Reports were issued later by ClOS (Combined Intelligence Objectives Committee), BIOS
(British Intelligence Objectives Committee), and FIAT (Field Information Agency Techni-
cal).
258 Western Technology and Soviet Econo~c Development, 1945-1965
The German Aircraft Engine Industry
In The Soviet Zone
The capacity of the German aircraft engine industry was more than adequate
for the German aircraft program in the first years of the war, and its production
schedules were maintained almost until the end in 1945. The basic design,
development, and production companies were Junkers, Daimler-Benz, and
BMW. These companies licensed production to additional firms, particularly
in the case of Junkers and Daimler-Benz; BMW licensed only to Klockncr
in Hamburg. The largest single unit in the German Air Ministry expansion
program was the Ostmark plant in Vienna, Austria, which covered an area
of 3,000,000 square feet. This plant, although begun in 1941, did not produce
engines until May 1943 and by the end of the war it had produced only 3000
engines in all. 6
Daimler·Benz operated I 0 aircraft engine plants (see Table 20·1). The largest
plant was Genshagen near Berlin, which had produced a total of 30,000 aircraft
engines by the end of World War II and in December 1944 was operating
at a rate of 700 engines per month. In 1945 part of the principal plant at
Genshagen was moved to a gypsum mine in Heidelburg to set up what was
called the Goldfischwerke. 7 In all, 2500 machine tools were moved to the
Goldfisch works. The Soviets acquired the greater part of both the Genshagen
main plant in Berlin and the Goldfisch underground plant at Heidelburg; according
to G. E. Harmssen. all of the machine tools at Genshagen were removed to
the U.S.S.R. and 80 percent of the Goldfisch underground plant was removed
to the U.S.S.R. at the end of 1945, under U.S. Operation RAP .8 Total production
of all Daimler·Benz plants in 1944 was 28,669 aircraft engines; since 16,794
of these were produced in plants located in the future Soviet Zone, it is clear
that the Soviets gained control of the greater part of aircraft engine production
of Types 603, 605, and 610. 9
Daimler· Benz produced only reciprocating aircraft engines; gas turbines were
produced by Junkers and BMW. The BMW 003 gas turbine was actually in
production in 1945 and a total of 450 had already been built when the war
ended. 10 Production facilities established for the 003 were much greater than
U.S. Slrulcgic Bombing Survey. Aircr(([t Dit·i.lion Industry Report. 2d edition (Washington,
January 1947}, Report no. 4, p. 96.
Ibid., p. 28.
G. E. Harmsscn. Am Abend der Demo/1/a~e: Sec/u Jahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F.
Trlijcn 1951). p. 102; and Germany, Office of Military Government, (U.S. Zone).
Economic~ Divi~ion. A Year of Pot.wlum: The German Ecmwmy Since the Surrender (n.p.:
OMGUS. 1946). p. 36.
P For further information see BIOS Report no. 35: Report on Vi.fit to Daimler Benz. at
Stltllgart-Untcrturklreim.
1 ° CIOS Report no. XXX-80: Ba1·ariun Motor Worh·A Production Sr1rvey.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 259
the production total indicates, however; the German program envisaged a produc-
tion of 2500 per month by September 1945 from Harz Mountain area occupied
by the Soviets. 11 These plants, built underground at Eisenach and Zuhlsdorf,
were removed to the Soviet Union. 12 Moreover the Munich plant of BMW,
with a production of 500 engines at the end of 1944, was removed to the
Soviet Union under Operation RAP. 13
Similarly, the Junkers turbojet was of special interest to the Soviets. By
March 1945 approximately 6000 of these engines had been built, although the
German Air Ministry was beginning to favor production of the BMW 003
for technical reasons. The Junkers 004 was in production at three centers in
1945-at Maldcnstcin across the river from Dessau in the Soviet Zone (not
examined by either the British or the American intelligence teams), at Kothen
about 20 miles southwest of Dessau, and at Nordhausen in the V~l and V-2
factories. Junkers was also producing the 012 engine with a similar layout
to the 004, and an !!-stage axial compressor and a thrust of seven thousand
pounds. The 022-a propeller version of the 012-was in the project stage
and designed to attain 500 miles per hour . 14
"
11
Ibid., p. 62.
Harmssen, op. cit. n. R, no. 78.
~~ Op. cit. n. 8. p. 36.
14 CIOS Report no. XXX 1-66: Note.f 011 Aircr(Jft Gas Turbint E11gine Dt1•elopments a/
junkers, D(•ssou w1d A.l.,·ociot('(/ Focwries.
260 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-/965
Sources: U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, Aircraft Division: Industry Report, Number 84
(January 1947), Table Vll-1; A Year of Potsdam (n.p.: Office of Military Government for
Germany [U.S. Zonej, Economics Division, 1947) p. 36; G. E. Harmssen, Am Abend der
Demontage; Sachs Jahre Reparationspolltik ( Bre"men: F. TrOjan, 1951), p. 102.
Wore: BMW Argus and Franck plants excluded.
1
~
;
l'
The Junkers company had extensive engine manufacturing facilities in the 'l
Soviet Zone. The Dessau aircraft design and production plant produced the ~
regular Junkers engines and design work on the 012. There was also a Junkers ~
engine plant at Magdeburg, and a great deal of development work on the 003
gas turbine was handled by underground shops there. The Junkers company
also operated the rear portion of Tunnel No. 2 at the Nordhausen underground
facilities. u
·~ C\OS Report no. XXXI-36: C. L. F<~y,.lunkcr.\· Aircraft liiUI £ngi1ll.'.\' F(Jciliries, May 1945.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 261
Engineers and draftsmen found the same desks lying ready for them which they
16
Fll'ing (New York), 51, 5, (November 1952), 15.
17
v: L. Sokolov, "Soviet Use of German Science and Technology, 1945-1946" (New York:
Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1955; Mimeographed Series no. 73) argues that the
removal program was carried out hastily; this is not completely in accord with other evidence.
18
Aviation Week (New York). 62, 14 (May 9, 1955).
19
l,id.
zn W. Keller. op. cit. n. 2. P- JJ6
262 Western Technolog_v and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
had used in Dessau, Oranienburg, Halle, or Leipzig. They were able to fmd
their old drawings and tracings, technical reports, neatly tied up with labels bearing
cyrillic lettering.
Most German designers and engineers in the aeroengine industry were sent
to Kuibyshev. 21 They came largely from the Junkers and BMW plants; no
less than 800 engineers and technicians came from these two companies alone
in 1946. 22 Among the members of the BMW contingent was Kurt Schell, former
head of the BMW rocket laboratory, and engineers Winter, Kaul, Schenk, Tietze,
Weiner, and Muller. 23 The Junkers group led by Walter Baade was the most
important. Not only was Dr. Baade formerly chief engineer of Junkers; he
had previously worked for ten years in American aeronautical plants and so
was fully familiar with American methods of aircraft construction. With Dr.
Baade was a group of engineers including Freundel, Haseloff, Wacke, Elli.
Lila, Rente!, Hoch, Beer, Antoni, Reuss, Heisig, and Hartmann. The Junkers
engine team in the Soviet Union was headed by Dr. Scheibe, who designed
the Junkers PI turbine; he was assisted by er.gine designers Gerlach and Pohl.
who at Dessau had been in charge of the engme testing department. Also in
this group were Steudel and Boettger and a 1::.-ge number of personnel from
the turbojet department, including engineers, !C;emen, and skilled workers. 24
Another prominent designer, Ernst Heinkel, ·,;,.~~rked in the Soviet Union at
the Kalinin Experimental Station .2 "
The Junkers plant itself was rebuilt at K ihyshev, "almost exactly" as
it had stood in Leipzig. 26
The use of German engineers to develop Sovie~ jet engines fell into three
stages. The first stage included the reproduction c·f the Junkers 004 and the
BMW 003 jet engines removed to the Soviet Union with their production equip·
ment. The 004 became the Soviet RD- IO, and the BMW 003 was produced
as the Soviet RD-20 on a stop-gap basis until more advanced designs came
along. 21 (See Table 20-2).
21
/hid
22 Aviation Week, 66, 14 (April 8. 1957). 53.
2
~ Aeronautics, (London). April 1952. p. 46.
H /hid.
z:, /hid.
2 r. Ffyinx, 5!. 5 (November 1952)
27
Al'i{lfio11 Week. April 8. 1957, p. 54.
1
Wesrern Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 263
AM-9
M-209 14,850 5,500 Axial TU-104 (Junkers-BMW team)
22.000 Fish pot (Junkers-BMW team~
Sources: Text: Aero/Space Engineering, October 1959, pp. 45-50; H. Hooftman, Russian
Aircraft (Fallbrook, Calif.: Aero Publishers. 1965): W. Keller, Ost Minus WestaNufl (Munich:
Droemersche Verlagsanstalt, 1960), pp. 341-42, 348-49; C. L Fay, Junkers Aircraft and
Engine Facilities, CIOS No. XXXI- 36, p. 7.
The first project given to the German design groups was a Soviet specification
for a 3000-hp jet engine; essentially this was a development of the Junkers
012 turbojet, which was at the design stage in Germany at the end of World
War 11. By 1947 the Junkers 012 had been developed as a 12-bumer assembly,
but operating inefficiencies and two blade failures canceled development of
this engine in 1948. 28 The next project specification given to the German design-
ers was for a 6000-hp turboprop to attain a speed of 560 miles per hour
at sea level. Essentially, this engine was developed from the Junkers 022 turbo-
prop engine, with the same general design and characteristics as the 012 but
29
/hid.
264 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Air Force had only a few hundred F·86A Sabres with comparable engines.
The Soviets had also been able .to solve certain turbine blade problems that
were still puzzling Rolls·Royce and Pratt & Whitney engineers. 33
By 1951 the Soviets had two versions of the original Rolls·Royce Nene
in production quantities. The first version, the RD·45 that powered an early
MIG·l5, was a direct copy of the original Nene and delivered 5000 pounds
of thrust. The second version of the RD·45 delivered 6000 pounds of static
thrust at sea level and 6750 pounds of thrust with water injection.
Significant improvements were made by the Russians in the original design:
Principally the changes involved the combustion chambers, which have 15 percent
greater area, and the turbine blades which are longer and of wider chord. Compari-
son with the earlier Nene dimensions shows the blade is one-half inch longer
and one-fourth inch wider in chord. Blade profile is still similar.
Tailpipe area is reported 30 percent greater than that of the original Nene.
The scale-up of internal gas passages was accomplished, however, with no increase
in the 50-in. overall diameter of the original Nene.
Other refinements {are}: an additional ring of perforations just aft of the primary
zone of the combustion chambers for increased dilution of air; insertion of reinforce-
ment rings in the liner perforation in the hot zone of the combustion chambers;
increased gage of metal used in hot zone and liner; improved duplex fuel nozzle.
The refmed Soviet engine weighs about 2000 lb as compared to 1715 lb
for the original Nene. Specific fuel consumption is given as 1.14lb fuel/lb thrust/hr.
The engine analyzed did not incorporate afterbuming. h was noted that tailpipe
diameter and length were sufficient to utilize a short afterburner which would
boost total thrust a calculated 1000 lb additional. 34
The turbine blades in the Soviet RD-45 engines were made of a stainless
steel alloy of the Nimonic 80 type while the burner liner and swirl vanes were
made of Nimonic 75. Parts of the Nene sold to Russia in 1948 were fabricated
from Nimonic alloys-"Nimonic" being the registered trademark of Henry
Wiggin and Company of Birmingham, England. Both Nimonic 75 and Nimonic
80 were developed by Mond Nickel about 1940, and their specifications had
been earlier published by the Ministry of Supply in the United Kingdom. There
are considerable difficulties in the production of Nimonic alloys, and such dif·
ficulties could be surmounted only with the practical know·how accumulated
by Wiggin. 35
Several engines from captured MIG-l5s were evaluated by the United States
Air Force, and reports were prepared by engineers of Pratt & Whitney Aircraft
Division of United Aircraft Corporation, the Wright Patterson Air Force Base,
and Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory. 36
The RD-45 (Nene) was produced not only in Moscow but also at Magadan
from 1951, and at Khabarovsk, at Ufa Plant No. 21, and at Kiev Plant No.
43 from 1951 until sometime after 1958.
During World War II the United States was unwilling to send heavy four-
engine bombers to the Soviet Union under Lend Lease. Although in April
1944 General John R. Deane recommended U.S. approval of Russian requests
for heavy bombers, the War Department refused on the grounds that the Soviets
could not train a bombing force prior to the spring of 1945 and that certain
special equipment for such bombers was in short supply. 37
The official Lend Lease report on war aid therefore lists Russian acquisition
of only one four-engine bomber (a B-24 that force-landed in Siberia), although
the Soviets were in fact able to acquire four others. One of these was acquired
in July 1944 when a U.S. bomber ran low on fuel after a raid against Mukden
in Manchuria and landed at Vladivostok; two others-B-29s-landed at Vladivos-
tok during the war, both having run short of fuel while on bombing raids over
Japan; the fourth, a B-17 Flying Fortress, crash-landed in Siberia in December
1944 and its crew was rescued by Red Army forces. The Soviets retained
all four aircraft. 38
The Soviets then started work on the Tu-4 four-engine bomber and the
Tu-70 civilian transport, and in 1946 Amtorg attempted to purchase from the
Boeing Aircraft Company a quantity ofB-29 tires, wheels, and brake assemblies.
The attempt was unsuccessful, but nevertheless when in 1947 the Soviets pro-
duced the Tupolev Tu-70 it was immediately identified as a virtual copy of
the B-29. The similarity was described in Boeing Magazine: 39
The famed Boeing 117 airfoil that the Tu-70 is sporting is an exact replica
of the Boeing B-29 wing. Along with the wing are the Superfortress nacelles:
outline, cooling air intake, auxiliary air scoop, cowl flaps and inboard and outboard
fairings. The cabin cooling air inlet in the wing leading edge between the body
and the inboard nacelle is the same. The trailing edge extension on the flap
between the inboard nacelle and the side of the fuselage are also identical, according
to the evidence provided by the photographs.
36 For a summary of these examinations see Product Engineering (New York), August 1952.
pp. 194-95.
31
Jones, op. cit. n. 1.
aa Boeing Magu:.i•ze (Seattle), February 1948: Flying. 42, 6 (June 1948) 28: New York Time.~.
December 24, 1944, 12:3.
39 Boeing Maga::.ine. February 1958.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 267
An interesting question, not discussed in the late forties, was the manner
by which the Soviets were able to advance from their inability to produce four-
engine bombers to their ability to produce a workmanlike design requiring an
extensive period of research and flight testing. Even if the designs were available,
jigs and dies to put the plane into quantity production also were required. The
18-cylinder Wright engines for the B-29 had been extremely difficult to manufac-
ture even in the United States, and had required several years to reach the
desired standard of reliability. Further, the Soviets had no apparent experience
in the production of four-engine bombers; the wartime Tupolev PE-8 was gener-
ally considered not to be a successful design. Moreover we know from Douglas
Aircraft files that in 1940 the Soviets had enormous difficulties in putting the
much simpler DC-3 twin~engine transport plane into production and repeatedly
came back to the Douglas Aircraft Company for aluminum sections, parts,
and technical advice. 40 There is an unknown element of some magnitude (also
found in other technical areas, such as atomic energy) concerning the ability
of the Soviets to produce in the brief span of three years between 1944 and
1947 a usable copy of the complex B-29 U.S. four-engine bomber. 41
40 See Sutton II: Wt'stern Tt'chnology . . /930 to /945, p. 234.
41 A possible explanation appears in the German intdligence material. It will be remembered
that Vice President Henry A. Wallace on his visit to Komsomolsk Aircraft Factory No. 126
in 1944 commented that the plant looked like the Boeing Plant in Seattle (above,
p. 255). The German intelligence repon on Komsomolsk Plant No. 126 indicates that
in October 1943 the plant wa:; producing the Boeing B-17, and makes the notation that it
was receiving materials from the United States.
Another German intelligence report lists no fewer than 371 four-engine aircraft from the
268 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The major design units of the German wartime aircraft industry were removed
to Podberezhye, about 90 miles north of Moscow, 42 and included most elements
from Junkers, Siebel, Heinkel, and Messerschmidt. Professor Walter Baade
of Junkers continued development of the Ju-287K (as the EF-125) after moving
to Podberezhye and followed this with the T-140 and T-150 bombers-jets
capable of carrying an atomic bomb and, according to one report, out-performing
the U.S. B-47. 43 There were 11 major Junkers plants in the Soviet Zone and
six of these are known to have been completely removed to the U.S.S.R.,
including the main Otto Mader works two miles east of Dessau (where Professor
Baade had been located) in addition to the Aschersleben, Bemburg, Leopoldshall,
and SchOnebeck plants. 44 We know the condition of some of these plants at
the end of World War II. Aschersleben was a fuselage building plant in process
of changing over to the production of the He-162; its instrument storeroom
was "virtually intact" and was placed under military guard by the U.S. Army
until the Soviets were able to take it over. 4 ~ Bernburg was intact. Leopoldshall
had been "badly damaged. " 46 The condition of the SchOnebeck plant is
not known.
In 1944, the outstanding German rocket designer Sanger was working the
Sanger-Bredt project to develop a long-range rocket aircraft. Former Russian
General G. A. Tokaev recalls that in 1947 he was summoned by Stalin to
a Moscow conference concerning the project:
United States in stock in the Soviet Union at November 1944. (This contrasted to the five
presumed to be in the Soviet Union at that time). This stock allegedly consisted of 119 B-17
Flying Fortresses, 129 Consolidated B-24 liberators, 81 C-56 Lockheed lodestar, and 42
C-54 Douglas Skymasters.
The German intelligence reports, if correct, would go far to explain the production capability
question outlined above. If indeed the Soviets were producting B-17 bombers during World
War 11 at Komsomolsk, then this would be with U.S. lend Lease assistance, and such assistance
might well have given the Soviets sufficient production background and experience to produce
B-29 bombers by 1947. However, if the German data are correct, the official U.S. reports
are erroneous.
According to Anthony Kubek (quoting Isaac Don levine), the Soviets obtained blueprints
of the B-36 from the United States; see Kubek's How the Far East Was Lost, (Chicago:
Regnery, 1963), p. 46.
~2 Keller, op. cit. n. 2, p. 336.
43 Sokolov, op. cit. n. 17, p. 31. Methods used to get Baade to the U.S.S.R. are described
in Flying 51,5 (November 1952), 15. This article also describes the German development
of the Type 150 for the U.S.S.R. -Also see Irmgard Grottrup, Rocket Wife "(London: Andre
Deutsch, 1959).
44
Harmssen, op. cit. n. 8.
u CIOS XXXI-36, op. cit. n. 15, p. 7-13.
48
Ibid.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 269
47 G. A. Tokaev, Stalin. Means War (London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1951), p. 100 See
also Flying, 53, 4 (October 1953), 22, 61.
48 Tokaev, op. cit. n. 47, p. 158.
u ln.teravia (Geneva), VIII, 5 (1953), 256-57. This anic:le has much detail, including drawings
of the Germano-Russian DFS-346. See Flying, 46, I (January 1950) for details of Soviet
development of Me-163 and similar plants into mass production facilities.
~ 0
lnteravia, Vlll, 5 (1953).
5 1 For details see Aviation Week. July 7, 1952, pp. 10..15; for welding techniques see Aviation.
Week. November 2, 1953, pp. 46-47, and for structural details see The Aeroplane, August
I, 1952, pp. 160-62. Also seeM. Gurevich, "How I Designed the Mig 15," Aero Digest,
(Washington. D.C.), July 1951, pp. 17·19.
270 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
at least four copies were made and others developed from these presses. 52 Aircraft
equipment plants included the former Nitsche plant at Leipzig, used in the
U.S.S.R. to manufacture curve potentiometers, and the Karl Zeiss plant, used
for position finders, wind-tunnel parts, and various precision instruments. It
was estimated that in 1954 this segment of German industry supplied between
65 and 75 percent of Soviet radar equipment and precision instruments. 53
In sum, about two-thirds of the German aircraft industry with its top designers
and many technicians and engineers established the postwar Soviet aircraft indus-
try. Attention was focused first on designs for military use and these then
were adapted, sometimes rather crudely, for civilian use; in fact some Russian
civilian aircraft have complete military subassemblies. 54
Gradually, by the 1960s, the Soviets attained some design independence,
but whether the resulting aircraft were successful or not-at least in economic
terms-is doubtful. The MIG-21 s sold to India were plagued with maintenance
and structural problems. 55 It was reported that a Scandinavian Airlines delegation
that examined the Tu-104 concluded that a Western commercial line could
not afford to fly them if given away "for free" because of high operating
costs. 56 In the mid-1960s we find evidence of a pattern that was also established
in other industries-a report of a joint French-Soviet project to build an airliner,
the fuselage to be supplied by the French and the engines by the SovietsY
3
~American Aviation. (Washington, D.C.), 19, I (June 6, 1955).
33
Ibid.
~ .. Al'iation Week, April2, 1956, p. 31.
-~-' A1•iation Week, Novembcr4. 196], pp. 33-.14.
~~ Hans Heymann, Jr., The Soder Role in /memational A1·iation, RAND Report no. RM-2213
(Santa Monica, December4, 1957), p. 6.
~ 7 New York Times, October 16, 1966.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 271
the ORM~65; this rocket used nitric acid and kerosene as a propellant. The
Russians later developed the ZhRD R-3395, an aircraft jato rocket using nitric
acid and aniline as a propellant (during the early 1930s Dupont had provided
technical assistance and equipment for the construction of large nitric acid
plants).~ 8 And during World War II, Soviet rockets used "Russian cordite,"
which was 56.5 percent nitrocellulose; the nitrocellulose was manufactured under
a technical~assistance agreement made in.l930 with the Hercules Powder Com~
pany of the United States. Finally, under Lend Lease, 3000 rocket launchers
and large quantities of propellants were shipped from the West to the U.S.S.R.
1. The testing sites at Blizna and Peenemunde were captured intact (except
for Peenemunde documents) and removed to the U.S.S.R.
2. Extensive production facilities for the V~I and V~2 at Nordhausen and
Prague were removed to the U.S.S.R.
3. The reliability tests from some 6900 German V~2s were available to
the Soviets-a major prize.
4. A total of 6000 German technicians (but not the top theoretical men)
were transported to Russia and most were not released until 1957-58.
February 1945 it was decided to abandon Peenemunde, and the base was left
intact; papers and personnel were removed after some deliberation:
To whom, the Russians or the Americans, would fait this treasure of engineering
research and knowledge? It was more than just a question of who would catch
us first, because we still had some element of choice. We had, in point of fact,
already exercised this choice by moving West away from the Russians. 63
a complete steel burner unit; the framework for a radio compartment; a rear
fin significantly providing for a wireless aerial; and numerous radio and servo-
mechanical components. Of great importance was the finding of a forward fuel
63 Ibid., p. ISO
u Ibid., p. 222.
6
~ U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey, Inspection Visits to Various Targets: Special Report
(Washington, 1947). p. 13.
88 Ibid.
67 D. Irving. The Mare's Nest (London: William Kimber, 1964), p. 278.
66 .Ibid.. p. 285.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 273
tank, whose capacity was estimated at 175 cubic feet, sufficient to contain 3900
kilogrammes of alcohol. 6 9
Unfortunately, when the mission reached home it was found that the rocket
fragments had been intercepted by the Soviets:
The rocket specimens which they had crated up in Blizna for shipment to London
and the United States were last seen in Moscow~ the crates were indeed duly freighted
to the Air Ministry in London, but were found to contain several tons of old and
highly familiar aircraft parts when they were opened. The rocket specimens themselves
had vanished into the maw of the Soviet war machine. 70
Many German rocket technicians (as distinct from the top theoreticians in
German rocketry) went or were taken to the Soviet Union. The most senior
was Helmut Groettrup, who had been an aide to the director of electronics
at Peenernunde; 200 other former Peenemunde technicians are reported to have
been transferred as well. 71 Among those from other sites were Waldemar Wolf,
chief of ballistic~ for Krupp; engineer Peter Lertes; and Hans Hock, an Austrian
specialist in conwuters. Most of these persons went in the October 22-23 haul
of 92 trainloads ;:omprising 6000 German specialists and 20,000 members of
their families. A5kania technicians, specialists in rocket-tracking devices, and
electronic5 people from Lorenz, Siemens, and Telefunken were among the
deportees, as were e ~perts from the Walter Raketentriebwerke in Prague.
n Ibid.
1o Ibid. This is inconsistent with Ambassador W. Averell Harriman's report to lhe State Department
in Washington. Harriman stated that after a "finn but friendly letter to the Deputy Chief
of the Red Army General Staff (pointed out] that neglect to consider U.S. Anny proposals
was giving the impression that the Red Army did not want to cooperate; the Red Army made
more favorable and quicker decisions, one of which was lhat when Anglo-American technical
experts were finally allowed to visit Gennan experimental rocket installations in liberated Poland,
they were given the most complete collaboration and attention.'' U.S. State Department Decimal
File 711. 61/9-2944: Telegram, September 29/44.
71 For material on these transfers see A. lee, The Soviet Air and Rocket Forces (New York:
Praeger, 1959), pp. 229-40; Albert Parry, Russia's Rockets and Missiles (london: Macmillan
and Company, 1%0), pp. \13-31; and V. L. Sokolov, "Soviet Usc of German Science
and Technology, 1945·1946" (New York: Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1955),
Mimeographed Series no. 72.
274 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965 l
the main production facilities at Nordhausen, all Berlin production facilities,
and various rocket manufacturing plants in Germany and Prague went completely
to the Soviets. In terms of physical facilities, the West got the documents from
Peenemunde and the Nordhausen area together with only a sample selection
of rockets from Nordhausen. But as far as personnel was concerned, the best
went west. The von Braun group was determined to go west; only Groettrup
and several thousand technicians went east.
In sum, the Soviets got production facilities and the technical level of person-
nel. The West got the theoretical work in the documents and the top-level
German scientists and theoretical workers.
With true Bolshevik determination the Soviets concentrated talent and
resources into a rocket program; the result was Sputnik-which came to fruition
in 1957, just at a time when it was essential for strategic reasons for the U.S.S.R.
to convince the world of its prowess and technical ability. The nations of the
West, too, had integrated their acquired top·notch theoreticians and wealth of
documentary material into developmental programs-but with less zeal. They
had undertaken the British tests at Cuxhaven and the U.S. work at White Sands,
but the real propaganda prize had slipped from their grasp.
It is impossible to say which side received "the most." In the long run,
however, because of the indigenous strength of the Western industrial systems
it is probable that the West gained less from the German work.
Sources: Alfred J. Zaehringer, Soviet Space Technology, (New York: Harper & Brothers,
1961), p. 75; U.S. Senate, Committee on Aeronautical and Space Sciences, Soviet Space
Programs, 1962-65; Goals and Purposes, Achievements, Plans, and International
Implications, Staff Report, 89th Congress, 2d session (Washington, December 1966).
Sources: RAND Corp. Report T-33: Volursus, The Secret Weapons of the Soviet Union
(Santa Monica, February 1964), pp. 3-4; Missiles snd Rockets (Washington, D.C.), July
20, 1959, pp. 172-6.
276 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
rockets HS-293 and FX 1400 also were taken over. 73 By early 1954 some
German technicians had been separated from Soviet rocket work, and return
of the main group started in 1958. Even today, however, East Germany supplies
the U.S.S.R. with rocket fuel. electrical equipment, and guidance and control
equipment, although this role probably is not decisive. t
Asher Lee sums up the transfer of German rocket and missile technology: i
... the whole range of Luftwaffe and German Army radio-guided missiles and
I
equipment fell into Russian hands. There were the two Henschel radar-guided
bombs, the Hs-293 and the larger FX-1400 ... the U.S.S.R. also acquired samples
of German antiaircraft radio-guided missiles like the X-4, the Hs-298 air-to-air
projectile with a range of about a mile and a half, the Rheintochter which was
fitted with a radar proximity fuze, and the very promising Schmetterling which I
even in 1945 had an operational ceiling of over 45,000 feet and a planned radius 1
of action of about twenty miles. It could be ground- or air-launched and was
one of the most advanced of the German small-calibre radio-guided defensive
rockets; of these various projectiles the Henschel-293 bomb and the defensive
Schmetterling and Hs-298 (the Y-3) arc undergoing development at Omsk and
Irkutsk ... Soon they may be going into production at factories near Riga, Lenin-
grad, Kiev, Khabarovsk, Voronezh, and elsewhere.
Other plants in the same areas produced improved radar based on the Wurz-
burg System; the airborne Lichenstein and Naxos systems were reported in
large-scale production in the 1950s.
7J Parry, op. cit. n 71, p. 119; see Chapter 8, "The German Role in Russian Rockets."
See also A. Lee in Air Unh·ersiry Quarterly Review (Montgomery, Ala.), Spring 1952, p.
14.
H U.S.-Senate, Committee on Aeronautical and Space Sciences, NASA Authori~ationfor Fiscal
Year !970, (Hearings, 9lst Congress, ht session, May 1969 (Washington, 1969), pt. II, p.
635.
Western Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 277
7~ Ibid.
7
~ Ibid.
17
Ibid.
1S Ibid.
278 Wesrem Technology and Sovier Economic Development, 1945-1965
place between 1962 and 1969, and although arrangements have been made
for exchange of ground-based data "these have not been completely successful
either." 79 Cooperative communications using the U.S. passive satellite Echo
II were completed in February 1964: "The Soviets received communications
only, declining to transmit. Technical difficulties of this experiment limited
the results received." In space biology and medicine, a U.S. team spent two
years putting together material, while the Soviet side has failed to respond.
A direct Washington-Moscow bilateral circuit for the exchange of meteorolog-
ical information went into effect in September 1964. Without interruption since
September 1966, the United States has transmitted to Moscow cloud analyses
for one-half the world and selected cloud photographs. Although the Soviets
launched a total of seven weather satellites between 1964 and 1969 "there
have been numerous interruptions in the transmission for data, at one time
°
for a period of four months. " 8 Further, because of insufficient coverage by
Soviet satellites, the Soviet data have been limited, often of marginal quality
and received after the period of maximum usefulness. It is probable in the
light ofthese results that the Soviet space program is far less technically advanced
than has been generally believed, and fear of disclosing this backwardness inhibits
the Soviets from taking advantage of superior U.S. technology.
79
Ibid.
Ibid ..
Kl Sutton II, Chapter !4.
Westem Origins of Aircraft and Space Technology 279
onward, although this is not of an advanced nature and dependence is still
a factor. 82
Soviet rockets and missiles can be clearly traced to German V -2 technology
and transferred production capabilities; this observation applies also to air-to-air
and underwater missile weapons.
82 A popular but reasonably accurate account of Soviet backwardness in space and aviation in
1958 is Lloyd Malian, Ru.Hiu and the Big Red Lie (New York: Fawcett. 1959). This is'based
on a 14,000-mi!e, almost unrestricted trip to interview 38 Soviet scientists. Malian's conclu-
sions, amply supponed by photographs, are generally consistent with the material presented
here. Some of the more interesting items: the Remington Rand UNIVAC computer was used
to illustrate an anicle in Red Star on Soviet computers (with captions translated into Russian)
(p. 16); Soviet computers had such primitive characteristics as cooling by air blowing over
the tubes (pp. 17, 20, and 24); calculations for the Lunik trajectory were done by use of
a hand calculator made in Germany, not a computer (p. 26); the major equipment at a Soviet
tracking station was an aerial camera that could be purchased at a war surplus store in the
United States for $80 (p. 30); primitive cross-hair techniques were in use (p. 34); there was
a General Electric radio telescope at Byurakan Observatory (p. 44); Malian saw Soviet copies
of the U.S. Navy space suit (p. 56-57) and the nose-cone spring release from the Viking
rocket (p. 86); German rocket launchers were used (p. 9S); there were copies of the C-123,
Convair. B-29 (pp.112-120); numerous 8-29 parts were used on the Tu-104, which had no
servomechanisms and thus required brute force to fly; there were no radarscopes on the IL-18
(despite its radome nose, presumably false. p. 121); the ZIL-111 had a Cadillac gold V on
the radiator. und the Moskvitch proved to be a copy of the West German Ford Tau nus (p.
135).
CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE
Western Construction
of the Soviet Merchant Marine
Extent removed
Name of yard Location to U.S.S.R.
Deutsche Schtffs-und Maschlnenbau A.G. Bremen Complete •
(Oeschimag)
Deutsche Schiffs-und Maschinenbau A.G. Bremen Complete a
(Valentin)
Schiffswerft und Maschinen1abrik Dresden- Part only b
Laubegast
Schiffswerft Uebigau Dresden- Part only b
Uebigau
Schittswerft Rossrau Saxony- Complete b
Anhalt
Neptunwerft Restock Restock Part only b
280
Western Construction of the Soviet Merchant Marine 281
Soviet orders are being placed for shipbuilding equipment, Messrs Fielding and
Platt having recently secured a £2 14 million contract for hydraulic equipment,
including joggling presses and large forging and flanging presses.~
Moreover, Finnish deliveries to the Soviet Union for the latter half of the
decade of the 1950s contained, among other equipment, five floating docks
and 25 floating cranes and electric bridge cranes. 6
These equipment deliveries were in addition to the extensive use of foreign
shipyards-and this particularly applies to Finland and Poland-to build up
the Soviet merchant marine. Many yards in Western Europe have since about
1951 had a large proportion of their tonnage on Soviet account, and a few
yards have produced almost entirely for the Soviet Union. For example, in
1954 in the Netherlands the De Schelde, Kononklijke Mij N. V. yards in Flushing
produced 100 percent of their output on Soviet account. In Belgium in 1954
the shipyard Boel et Fils S.A. produced 20 percent of its output on Soviet
account. In Finland in the same year the two major yards Wiirtsilii-Koncernen
AlB (Sandvikens Skeppsdocka) and Wirtsilii-Koncemen A/B (Crichton-Vulcan)
produced 50 and 64 percent, respectively, of their output on Soviet account.
In the same year in Sweden Oskarshamns Varv AlB at Oskarhamn built 25
percent of its output on Soviet account. And in the same year in the United
Kingdom the yards of William Gray and Company, Ltd., at West Hartlepool
produced 20 percent of their output on Soviet account.
In addition, foreign government-owned yards have produced ships on Soviet
account. For example the Howaltdwerke in Kiel, Germany, is owned by the
German Government and has been a major source for Soviet ships. 7
Ibid.
Raymond F. Mikesell and Jack N. Behrman, Financing Fru World Trade with the Sino-
Soviet Bloc (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1958), Appendix.
The Motor Ship (London), XXXIV, 408 (March 1954), 549.
U.N., Treaty Series, vol. 240 (1956), p. 202.
Gunnar Adler-Karlsson, Western Economic Warfare, 1947-1967 (Stockholm: Almquist and
Wikesell, 1968), p. 94. Merchant Ships: World Built (Southampton: Adlard Coles, annual).
282 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The total tonnage in the Soviet merchant fleet at July 1967 was 11,788,625
gross registered tons. Of this total, only 34.4 percent (4,058,427 gross registered
tons) was built in the Soviet Union; the balance of 7,730,198 gross registered
tons was built outside the Soviet Union. 8
The largest single supplier of shipping to the Soviet Union has been Poland,
a country that was not even a shipbuilder before 1950. During the period 1950-66
Poland supplied 379 ships totaling I ,454,314 gross registered tons, to the Soviet
merchant marine. Table 21-2 illustrates the number of Polish ships built on
Soviet account in each year during that period and gives their gross tonnage.
It may be observed that the average size of these ships increased quite significantly
at the beginning of the 1960s, when "hundreds" of technical-assistance agree-
Source: Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964-
1965 (Moscow, 1966).
Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, RegistrovCiyO kniga morskikh sudov soyuz.a SSR 1964·
/965 (Moscow, 1966). The reader should abo examine So~·iet Merchant Ships 1945-1968
(Havant, England: K. Mason, \969). for detailed material. It should be noted, however, that
that survey includes only about 2500 ships, whereas this section is based on the Soviet Regis-
ter at July 1. !967, i.e., it considers a total of 5551 ships.
Western Construction o{ the Soviet Merchant Marine 283
The Soviet merchant marine is heavily dependent not only on Western ship-
yards but on foreign marine diesel engine technology . 12 A quantitative expression
of additions to the Soviet tanker fleet in 1964-65, i.e., those tankers under
construction at the very end of the period under consideration, illustrates the
point. 13 ln those years a total of 541,201 gross registered tons of tankers was
added and the construction origin of this segment was as follows:
John D. Harbron, Communist Ships and Shipping (London, 1962), p. 196. The Soviets have
also made hard currency available to the Poles for purchase of Western equipment for ships
built in Poland on Soviet account. Ibid .. p. 109.
'n See A. Sutton, "Soviet Merchant Marine," U.S. Naval Institute, Proceedings, January
1970, for Western construction of merchant ships on Soviet account.
11 Registr Soyuza SSR, op. cit. n. 8, no. 1602.
2
' See chapter 17.
·~ This is the segment of the nee! contained in Supplement No. I to the Soviet Register. Registr
Soyuza SSR. Of'· cir. n. 8.
284 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Main diesel units built in U.S.S.R. 1.7 percent (5,372 gross tons)
Main diesel units built in Eastern Europe 59.8 percent (186,337 gross tons)
Main diesel units built in Free World 38.4 percent (119,962 gross tons)
99.9 percent (311, 617 gross tons)
The most numerous class of Soviet tankers in a fleet of 300 such vessels 14
is the "Kostroma" class of 8229 gross registered tons. Between 1953 and
1961 about 58 were built in this class, which is a close copy of the U.S.
wartime T-2 tanker;' 5 about 17 of these have Skoda engines imported from
Czechoslovakia and the remainder have a similar engine which is manufactured
at Russky Diesel in Leningrad. According to J.D. Harbron, 16 the "Kostroma"
10 Ibid., at July 1967. See Statistical Note to this chapter for detailed data on 242 (out of 300)
tankers built after World War II.
1 ~ H<~rhron,op. cit. n. 9, p. 151.
8
' Ibid .. p. 154.
Western Construction of the Soviet Merchant Marine 285
class in the early sixties was fully occupied in supplying oil to Cuba and in
Soviet naval supply work.
The remaining tankers can be divided for analysis into three groups--large
tankers in excess of 13,000 tons, medium tankers of about 3300 gross registered
tons, and small tankers of less than 1772 tons. Analysis of these three classes
is contained in the Statistical Note to this chapter (see pp. 295-302) and
includes a breakdown by foreign and Soviet domestic production.
About two-thirds of large tankers in the Soviet tanker fleet as of July 1967
had been built outside the Soviet Union; of a total of 129 such tankers, only
25 had been built in the Soviet Union and all these were powered by steam
turbine rather than diesel engines. Soviet construction falls into two classes:
one class, of 21,255 gross registered tons, includes seven vessels built between
1959 and 1963, and the other class, of 32,484 gross registered tons, includes
the remaining 18 tankers built between 1963 and 1966. All other Soviet tankers
over 13,000 tons were built abroad. Italy built six of 20,000 and 31,000 gross
registered tons; Holland built two of 16,349 gross registered tons; Poland built
seven of a standard class of 13,363 gross registered tons; Yugoslavia built
15 of a standard tonnage (15,255 tons); Japan built 20 tankers of between
22,000 and 25,000 tons; and the remaining two tankers were a Polish-built
standard vessel with East German engines and a Yugoslav-built tanker of 17,861
tons with a Swedish engine. This comprised the total Soviet tanker fleet in
excess of 13,000 tons-and 67.5 percent in tonnage terms had been built abroad.
There were 76 tankers in a medium category (3300 and 3820 gross registered
tons). Of these only 15 were completely built in the Soviet Union; however,
the class does contain one unusual characteristic-a group of 22 tankers with
Soviet diesel engines but built in Bulgaria. The largest group was built in Fin-
land-28 of 3300 tons with hulls from Finnish shipyards and Danish engines.
The remaining vessels in this group constituted a few built in Finland with
Finnish engines, three built in Finland with Swedish engines, and two tankers
built completely in Japan.
The last group of tankers comprised 89 vessels, all of less than 1772 gross
registered tons, 70.8 percent built outside the Soviet Union. The largest group
built inside the Soviet Union comprised 20 small tankers of between 756 and
802 gross registered tons, for use in the Caspian Sea. Another group of nine
tankers of 1775 gross registered tons had hulls built in the Soviet Union but
Czechoslovak Skoda engines. The largest group of small tankers built outside
the Soviet Union comprised 33 tankers of between 260 and 305 gross registered
tons, with both hulls and engines built in East Germany. A group of thirteen
tankers of 1117 tons was built in Finland on Soviet account in 1954-55 and
powered with Swedish engines.
Therefore it may be seen that as of July 1967 about two-thirds of Soviet
tankers had been built outside the Soviet Union, and the foreign-built segment
286 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
included almost all tankers in excess of 13,000 tons. Even two-thirds of the
smaller tankers, including those for use in the Caspian Sea and for coastal
use, were built abroad rather than in the Soviet Union. Further, a number
of the tankers built in the Soviet Union had engines manufactured abroad,
imported into the U.S.S.R., and then installed in hulls built in Soviet yards.
Between 1945 and the late 1960s the Soviet fishing fleet was modernized
and greatly expanded; between 1945 and 1961 about 3500 modern large and
medium trawlers and refrigerator ships were added to the fleet. 17 The program
started in the early fifties when orders were placed for prototype fishing vessels
in the Netherlands, Sweden, Finland, Denmark, Japan, and, more significantly,
in the United Kingdom and Germany.
The Soviets' first step in 1954 was a $20 million order for 20 modern
fishing trawlers, placed with the United Kingdom firm of Brooke-Marine, Ltd.,
of Lowestoft. 18 ln this connection, a U.S. Congressional reportH' notes:
From the specifications they received, the British engineers learned that the Rus-
sians were still designing their trawlers pretty much as they were designed 20
years earlier. They seemed to have no knowledge of what went into the making
20
of a modern fishing trawler.
per minute; the ventilating-heating system was by R.B. Stirling & Co., Ltd.;
and the insulation, of "very high standard throughout," was by Darlington
Co., Ltd.
The most up-to-date navigation aids were installed by Brooke-Marine,
Ltd.-a Redifon radio apparatus, Pye sound reproduction system, Bendix
echosounding gear, a Revometer, Browne standard and steering compasses,
and an eight-way batteryless telephone communication system by Telephone
Manufacturing Co., Ltd. The refrigeration plant was built by L. Sterne &
Co., Ltd., of Glasgow with automatic controls by Malone Instrument Co.,
Ltd., and the fish meal plant by Farrar Boilerworks, Ltd. The main engine
was a four-stroke, eight-cylinder diesel-type KSSDM by Mirrlees, Bickerton
& Day, Ltd., developing 950 shp at 255 rpm. The whole ship was specially
strengthened for ice work. 22
In all, 20 ships were built to this specification by Brooke-Marine, Ltd.,
for the Soviet Union. (See Table 21-3.)
In 1954 the Scottish shipbuilder John Lewis & Sons, Ltd., of Aberdeen
designed an advanced fishing vessel, the Fairtry, which was hailed in the trade
Gross
Soviet registered Date
register No. Name tons supplied
Source: Registr Soyuza SSM,Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964·
1965 (Moscow, 1966).
literature as one of the most interesting ships to have been built in recent years2 3
and subsequently became the basis of the Soviet "Pushkin" class. The Fairtry
resulted from experimental work that had been going on since 1947. It was
the largest trawler built to that time and the first specially designed and constructed
for stern trawling and for complete processing of the catch on board. The Fairrry
had a gross registered tonnage of 2605 with a main propulsion unit built by
Lewis Doxford-a four-cylinder oil engine capable of developing 1900 bhp. 24
This advanced design was used by the Russians for their main postwar
class of trawlers. The Soviets placed an order in the Howaldtwerke shipyards
in Kiel, West Germany, for 24 trawlers based on the Fairtry design, and these
trawlers of 2500 gross tons were built on Soviet account between 1955 and
1958. 25 The 24 German-built prototypes became the basis for the Soviet
"Pushkin" class of stern trawlers, first launched in the spring of 1955, and
the other 23 German-built units followed in the next several years.
After being tested in operation the "Pushkin" class became the prototype
for a Soviet-built version-the · 'Maiakovskii'' class; the • 'Maiakovskii'' vessels
of 3170 gross registered tons were of the same overall dimensions as the
"Pushkin" class. Two years later work began in Poland on a modified version
of the same trawler, the "Leskov" class of 2890 gross registered tons and
of similar dimensions to the "Pushkins" and the Fairtry.
There is also an East German version of the Fairtry known as the "Tropik"
class, of 2400 gross registered tons; the first craft in this series, launched in
East Germany in July 1962, was specially built for operation by the Soviets
in tropic areas.
Therefore the numerous Soviet stern trawlers are based on a single British
vessel, the most advanced of its type when first produced in 1954. (See Table
21-4.)
In 1959 an order for 11 "Severed Vinsk" class mother ships was placed
with the Polish Government shipyards in Gdansk. The ships were delivered
between 1959 and 1962 with a gross registered tonnage of 11 ,500; their function
is to serve as supply and base ships for Soviet trawler fleets.
The "Zakharov" class, based on the "Severed Vinsk" design, performs
the functions of processing fish as well as the service functions of a mother
ship; it is also equipped to manufacture fish meal and oil from wastes obtained
during the canning operations. It was built at the Admiralty yards at Leningrad
between 1960 and 1963. The "Zakharov" class ships have a daily canning
capacity of 1600 cases, and one version receives fish from an accompanying
fleet of medium fishing trawlers (SRTs) or from 12 motor boats carried on
board (the motor boats are of a special Japanese Kawasaki design for catching
king crabs with angle nets).
There are also about a dozen classes of refrigerator transport vessels, some
of which have equipment for quick-freezing fish.
Sources: Commercial Fisheries Review (Washington, D.C.), Nov. 1964 supplement, pp.
11-12; Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya knlga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964-1965
(Moscow, 1966).
These refrigerated transport vessels have been built partly in the Soviet Union
and partly abroad on Soviet account. (See Table 21-5.) The "Bratsk" class
of refrigerated vessels, built in East Germany with a gross registered tonnage
of about 2500 to carry a crew of 91 with a 40-day cruising capacity, was
built after 1960 for the Soviet merchant fleet. The vessels have equipment
installed in the East German yards of Stralsund Volkswerft, comprising freezing
and refrigeration plant with two freezer machines, four air-blast freezing- tunnels,
packing departments. refrigerating machines, and refrigerating holds. Capacity
290 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
is about 1800 cubic meters, permitting storage of about 800 tons of frozen
fish.
Another class, built completely in the Soviet Union, is the "Tavriia" class
(3230 gross registered tons), which performs the same function as the "Bratsk"
class. Another is the "Pervomaisk" class built in Denmark on Soviet account
and with Danish engines; these vessels are of about the same tonnage as the
"Tavriia" class and about the same overall length, and there is in general
a distinct similarity between this Danish class and the "Tavriia" class.
The largest class of refrigerator vessels is the Soviet-built "Sevastopol"
of 5525 gross registered tons and about 430 feet in overall length, with a capacity
to handle 100 metric tons of fish per day with equipment consisting of eight
air-blast freezing tunnels each 39 feet long and related storage of five holds
of 5400 cubic meters each; total capacity is 2700 metric tons of fish.
Finally, there is the "Skryplev" class, designated as refrigerator transports
but actually factory ships with a capability of freezing fish and preparing fish
meal and oil. These ships of 4 700 gross registered tons and overall length
of about 300 feet were built in Denmark in the early 1950s.
vessels also appear to have been converted for oceanographic use; for example the
Vitiaz (5710 gross registered tons). built in Getmany in 1939 with a Krupp
reversible two-cycle engine of 3600-hp, was converted sometime in the 1950s
for oceanographic use.
Finally, in 1966 Poland agreed to build ten advanced oceanographic research
vessels for the Soviet Union. These are ice-strengthened to the highest classifica-
tion in the Soviet Registry, 282 feet long, 45-foot beam and 15-foot draft with
a displacement of 3735 metric tons, and propelled by two Sulzer diesels each
of 2400 hp with variable-pitch propellers. 1 S
Perhaps the most notable feature of Soviet oceanographic vessels is their
navigation and echosounding equipment. This appears to have originated in
large part in the West, although we have data for only about 20 of the approx-
imately 70 ships in the Soviet oceanographic research fleet. For example the
Vitiaz, the converted 1939 German 5700-ton vessel, has the following equipment:
Navigation: 4 gyrocompasses
2 magnetic compasses
1 Gauss-25 log
2 Zarnitsa and Neptun radar
Vessels built in East Germany on Soviet account also have been fitted
with Western equipment. For example, the Zemchug has Nippon Electric
echosounders; the Akademik Vavilov has echosounders made by Kelvin-Hughes
and Nippon Electric; the Poliarnik has Nippon Electric echosounders; the Sevas-
ropol has echosounders made by Hughes (type MS 26) and Nippon Electric.
So far as navigation equipment is concerned, we find similar use of Western
equipment. For example, the Okeanograf built in East Germany in 1956 has
a Thomson-type manual mechanical sounding instrument; theAkademik Vavi/ov,
built in East Germany, has a Nippon Electric navigation sounder; the Professor
Rudovits has a Lyth magnetic compass.
Therefore we may conclude that Soviet oceanographic research vessels are
heavily dependent on Western sources, particularly for their instrumentation,
even though this instrumentation has been indirectly acquired through East Euro-
pean socialist countries.
So far as underwater sea laboratories are concerned the Soviets are somewhat
backward. An article in the U.S. Naval Institute Proceedings on the Russian
sea Iab 2 !J reviews the Russian Sadeo-2 and concludes:
Quite noticeable under various Soviet programs revealed to the West, is that
living or working depths have been no more than 100 feet. ... One can only
speculate on the apparent Soviet backwardness in this field.
By contrast, the United States had vessels operating to a depth of 36,000 feet
at that time ( 1969).
Before World War II the Soviet Union had only two or three icebreakers
(built in Europe between World War I and the mid-1920s). Three modern ice-
breakers were transferred to the Soviet Union in the early 1940s under Lend
Lease. Secretary of the Navy James Forrestal attempted to have these icebreakers
returned in !946, and in a memorandum to the State Department requesting
institution of recovery proceedings Secretary Forrestal commented:
These are high-powered icebreakers of the most modern design, sister ships (except
in armament) of the two now in commission in the U.S. Coast Guard and of
two others under construction and completing for the Navy. The importance of
an adequate number of high-capacity icebreakers in supporting any operations
in the frigid zones cannot be overemphasized. Three-sevenths of the total war
production of this type are held by the U.S.S.R. 3 (1
to these Lend Lease vessels. Soviet Register No. 38, for example, is the Admiral
Makarov (U.S. Southwind); however, this icebreaker is listed as built in the
Soviet Union in 1941 with an engine built in the Soviet Union in 1939. 31
ln the early 1950s the Soviets contracted with the Wiirtsilii Kon. Sandvikens
shipyards in Finland for a series of 3000· and 9000·ton icebreakers with diesel·
e!ectric engines manufactured by Wiirtsilii Kon. Crichton.Vulcan at Abo in
Finland. These icebreakers are listed in Table 21-6.
Sources: Uoyd's Register of Shipping, 1965; Registr Soyuzs SSR, Registrovays kniga
sudov soyuza SSR 1964-1965 (Moscow, 1966); A. C. Hardy, Merchant Ships: World Built
(Southampton: Adlard Coles, 1960).
Then in 1960 the Soviets produced the Lenin, an atomic icebreaker that
was followed by a series of ten icebreakers adopted from earlier Finnish designs.
The Lenin was launched in December 1957 as the world's first atomic icebreaker.
Its reactors were reported as three and one· half times larger than the first Soviet
reactor, which generated 5000 k win June 1954. The main turbines were manufac-
tured at the Kirov plant in Leningrad, the electric motors at the Electrosila
plant, also in Leningrad; and the main generators were manufactured at KHEMZ
in Kharkov, a plant originally designed and built by the General Electric Com·
pany. All together, some 500 Soviet plants contributed to the construction of
the Lenin. 32
ln 1958 an equally large icebreaker, the Moskva, was supplied by Finland
to the Soviet Union; this icebreaker has Siemens·Schuckert propulsion machinery
and the same company made most of the electrical equipment. 33 When it was
launched in January \959 at Helsinki, the Moskva was the largest icebreaker
built in Finland for the Soviets, with eight Sulzer engines generating 22,000
hp.
Between 1961 and 1967, the Soviets launched a series of ten standard ice-
breakers named Ledokol·l to Ledokof.JO. 34 This series has diesel·electric motors
31
hme·.f FiJ.:Itlitrg Ships. 1969-1970, lists the "Wind" class as returned to the United States
in 1951.
32
U.S. Naval Institute, ProcwclingJ, November 1959, p. 142.
3 ·1 American Society of Naval Engineers, Journal (Washington, D.C.), May 1959, p. 337.
3
~ These are li~ted the Soviet Register under different names: for el!.ample Ledolwf./ is the
V,ui(\· Pronchish 1·.
294 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Source: Uoyd's Register of Shipping, 1965; Registr Soyuza SSR, Ragistrovaya kniga
sudov soyuza SSR 1964-1965 (Moscow, 1966); A. C. Hardy, Merchant Ships, World Built
(Southampton: Adlard Coles, 1960).
",'
()
,0
~
Table 21-BA ORIGINS OF MAIN ENGINES IN SOVIET MERCHANT SHIPS ADDED TO FLEET BEFORE 1930 ~
~
"g.
1929 1928 1927 1926 1925 1924 1923 1922 1921 1920 PRE-1920 Total ,
Germany 1 3 4 - 4 3 4 2 6 4 6 37 .s;,
United ;;.
States - - - - - - 1 1 25 27 ~
- -
Holland - - - 1 - - 1 1 3 - 7 13 0
Denmark - - - 1 - - - - - - - 1 <
"'
- - ~-
U.S.S.R. 1 4 1 - - - - - 3 9
Finland - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 ;::
~
United
~
Kingdom 1 - - 1 - - 1 - - 2 17 22 ',.
~
Sweden 1 - 1 1 - - - - - - 1 4
- -
'!
Japan - - - - - - - - 5 5
France - - 1 - - - - - - - - 1
;::
~
01hers - - - - - - - - - 1 5 7 5·
~
Totals 4 7 7 4 4 3 6 3 8 71 128
"
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964·1965 {Moscow, 1966).
~
"'
N
"'"'
~
ORIGINS OF MAIN ENGINES IN SOVIET
~
Table 21-BB MERCHANT SHIPS ADDED TO FLEET BETWEEN 1930 AND 1940
1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 Total
~
United
6
Kingdom - - 1 - 1 - 3 - 1 1
c
- 7 ~
Germany 7 4 2 - - 3 2 4 3 17 2 44 c
Norway - - - - - - - - 1 - - 1 ~
U.S.S.R. 3 4 6 5 1 3 1 3 2 1 - 29 "-
Denmark - 1 1 1 - - 2 2 - - 7 ~
Holland - 1 - - - - - - - - 1 <
Finland - - 1 ~·
- 1 -
-- - 2 - - 4
Japan - - - - - - 1 1 - - - 2
Sweden - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ~
United §
States 0
3
TOTALS 10 10 10 7 2 7 10 10 9 20 2 97 ~·
t:l
~
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966).
~3
•a
-
~
-
~
Western Construction of the Soviet Merchant Marine 297
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya knlga morskikh sudov
soyuza SSR 1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966).
N
00
"'
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov
.g
soyuza SSR 1964-1965 (Moscow, 1966). ~
;;
"
-
~
.:..
8:
~
~
Table 21-8F DESIGN ORIGINS OF MARINE DIESELS USED IN THE SOVIET TANKER FLEET. 1951-JULY 1967 ,'"'
MfJilUfiiiCtvted
(")
lnU.S.SR. ~
Modo Specification 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959
"w ,
... ,., ,., .... ,
~
"'
"'
Table21-8G CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL TANKERS (1772 GAT AND LESS),1951-67 0
"'
1960 1961 1964 1965 0
1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1962 1963 1966 1967
U.S.S.R. hull and
Czechoslavakia
engines
1.n2 tons - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 4 -
U.S.S.R. ~
756-802 tons - - - - - 6 - 4 5 - 1 - 2 2 -
Finland
1,081 tons - - 1 - - - - - - - - - -
",...,"'
Sweden
1,145 tons 1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - - - 0
•;,-
Finland hull ,
Sweden engine
1.117 tons - 3 3 4 3 - - - - - - - - - ~
G.D.R. hull and "''<c
eng1nes ,
260·305 tons - - 8 3 7 12 3 2 - - - - -
Bulgaria hull
G.D.R. engine - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 1
Poland hull
"'§.""'<c
Spain engine
1,333 tons - - - - - - - - - 1 3 - - -
0
Total 1 5 13 4 6 7 18 3 6 5 1 3 1 3 4 8 1
Foreign-built 1 5 13 4 6 7 12 3 - 5 1 3 0 0 0 2 1
,"'cc
Percentage 100 100 100 100 100 100 66 100 - 100 100 100 0 0 0 25 100
----~---- ----------------- ;::;·
•
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966).
t>
•<
•
~
~
••
-'v.f
'0
<»
-v.
~
-"';;;
,'
Table21-8H CONSTRUCTION OF MEDIUM CLASS TANKERS C)
(3300-3820 GAT), 1954-67 c
GRT TOTAL
•~u••-•-•••-•-•~••u~·~·~·-·- 0
,••,
3737 Soviet-built
8 X 300/500 1 2 3 1 - - - - - - - - - - 7 ,~·
38~1 6oviet· built
8 X 300/500 - - - 3 4 1 - - - - 8 ~
- - - -
Bu~ian hull "-
~
A engine
8 X 300/500 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 4 4 1 1 1 22 "'c
~-
Soviet hull ~
Danish engine - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - 1
3300 Finnish hull
:;::
~
Danish engine - - - - 3 3 2 3 6 4 4 3 - - 28 ;,
3360 Finnish hull
Finnish engine - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 - 1 3 •""
3259 Finnish hull
Swedish engine - 1 - - 1 3
:;::
'"
- - - - - - - - - 0
3470-90 Japanese hull
Japanese engine - - - - - - - - - - 2 - 2
~·
- - •
3120 Swedish hull
Danish engine - - - - - - - 1 1 - - - - - 2
Total 1 2 4 4 7 8 5 6 11 8 9 8 1 2 76
Foreign-built
hulls & engines - - 1 - 3 3 2 4 8 4 5 7 - 1 38(50%)
Source: Calculated from Aegistr Soyuza SSR. Reglstrovaya kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR 1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966).
w
~
~
0
Table 21·81 CONSTRUCTION OF LARGE TANKERS N
(13,000 TONS AND OVER), 1959-67
1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967
U.S.S.R. hulls,
steam turbines ~
21,255 GAT 1 2 1 2 ';;;
U.S.S.R. hulls, ;
steam turbines
32484 - - - - 2 5 4 7 ;;'
Italy
(hull & engine) ,;.a
20,659 GAT
31,295 GAT - - - - 1 3 g
Holland (hull &
engine) 16,349 GAT §
Poland (hull & "-
engine) 13,363 - - - 2 2 - 1 2 a
Yugoslavia
"'<
~·
15,255 - - - - - - 8 7
Japan (hull & ~
engine) 22-5,000 - 2 - 5 4 7 2 2
Poland hull; c
GOA engine 13,218
Yugoslavia hull;
~·
Sweden engine
17,861 GAT - - 1 <
0
"'
Total 1 6 3 9 10 15 16 15 2 77 _g
Foreign-buin 0 4 2 7 7 10 12 8 2 52
Percentage 0 66 66 77 70 66 eo 53 100 67.5 0
Source: Calculated from Registr Soyuza SSR, Registrovaya Kniga morskikh sudov soyuza SSR
"
1964·1965 (Moscow, 1966). ~
"~
~
e:
CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO
The Soviet Union is a major volume producer of machine tools. In 1964 the
industry's production was about three~quarters, by value, of U.S. production
of machine tools, slightly greater than the production of West Germany and
equivalent to the combined machine tool output of Great Britain, Japan, and
France. 1
Historically, the increase of machine tool output has been significant. In
1928 the Soviet Union produced only 2000 metal cutting tools, and this output
increased to 38,400 in 1945, 156,000 in 1960, and about 200,000 in 1967. 2
However, output does not tell the whole story; this flood of machine tools
is by and large of simple construction with numerous quality defects. One
observer has described the Soviet machine tool industry as follows:
... the bulk of current models turned out by the Soviet industry approach in make-up,
speeds, rate of feed, etc., the U.S. models made during the late 1930s and during
World War 11. Since then the United States has made considerable advance in
machine tool technology. 3
In 1965 the U.S.S.R. imported 6503 machine tools. Of these, 2249 came
:rom Czechoslovakia, where the largest heavy machine tool manufacturer is
:he former Skoda company (which has a technical-assistance agreement with
iimmons Machine Tool, an old, established machine tool manufacturer of New
'{ ork. 8 However, the relatively small quantity belies the value of these more
-ecent imports. The average unit value of Soviet imports of machine tools is
:wice that of exports. 9 By importing prototypes of advanced machines from
the West the Soviets can, with little effort, keep abreast of world developments
in this field. Thus, although the Soviets may lag by a few years at any one
time, the effect over the long run is to keep Soviet machine tools more or
less on an equivalent basis to current world technology.
10
U.S. Foreign Economic Administration, U.S. Technical Industrial Disarmamem Committee
on the German Machine Too/Industry (T.l.D.C. Project no. ll; Washington, 1945), p. 43.
One observer suggested an interesting reason for the removal of this important plant from
the British Zone to the Soviet Union: "This company wa.s Gennany's greatest producer of
large type machine tools such as planers, lathes, and boring mills. They were [i.e., the com-
pany's plant was} completely dismantled, including machine tools and buildings, by the Rus·
sians. I learned from an authoritative source that this action was induced and aPProVed by
the British represenlative then in charge, who was the principal competitor of the Scheiss
Company." F. H. Higgins Collection, Item I, Memorandum to Director, Industry Division,
p. 5 (Hoover Institution Special Collections, Stanford University).
11 Germany, Office of Military Government (U .S.Zone), Economics Division, A Year of Pot.sdam:
The German Economy Since the Surrender (n.p.: OMGUS, 1946).
12
G. E. Harmssen, Am Abend der Demontage: Sechs Jahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F.
Triijen, 1951), pp. 95-102.
306 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem, 1945-1965
that the Pittler plant was "'very modern" and "only slightly damaged by bomb-
ing"; the treating department was reported to be excellent and the stockrooms
well filled with finished parts. The manufacturing methods appeared to be
efficient, and the smaller turret lathes built in large quantities were assembled
on a conveyer system. 13 Unfortunately the survey teams gave no estimate as
to productive capacity, but they did indicate that, with materials on hand, 800
machines could be completed within a six-month period, which suggests a
minimum capacity of 1600 machines per year.
Another company visited by a CIOS team was Kirschner A.G.-
later completely removed to the Soviet Union. Kirschner was "one of
the largest manufacturers of woodworking machinery on the continent." 14 The
company produced a comprehensive range of woodworking equipment, including
horizontal log-band mills and high-speed vertical saw frames for saw mills,
as well as equipment for wood pattern shops such as band saws and a special
coal-cutting machine.
Another machine tool plant removed completely to the Soviet Union was
that of Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik Arno Krebs of Leipzig. This company man-
ufactured plane and universal knee and milling machines in the following ranges:
working surface of table from 8-1/2 by 26 inches up to 12 by 47-1/4 inches,
longitudinal travel from 13 to 36 inches, cross travel from 4-3/4 to 13-1/2
inches, vertical travel from 11-1/2 to 19-1/2 inches. In addition, two types
of hand-lever milling machines were manufactured.
The KOllmann-Werkzeugfabrik GmbH of Leipzig was 75 percent removed
to the Soviet Union. This was not strictly a machine tool plant. but specialized
in the manufacture of all types and sizes of gears up to 36 inches in diameter.
It was a modern plant in excellent condition, with a machine shop containing
25 Gleason bevel gear generators, 27 gear grinders, and batteries of gear shapers,
bobbing machines, and milling and grinding machines, together with a large
number of other machines for manufacturing gears. There was also an excellent
heat-treatment department with electric furnaces. The CIOS team commented:
"The excellence of this particular plant has to be seen to be appreciated." 15
The KOllmann-Werke A.G., Zahnriider- und Getriebebau of Leipzig was
75 percent removed to the Soviet Union. This company was a manufacturer
of gears, with a modern plant built in 1935. In commenting on it the CIOS
team reported: "The plant is in excellent condition, has a large number of
Maag gear grinders, as well as other first-class equipment to manufacture
precision-type aircraft gears." 16
13 See ClOS Report no. XXYIII·IO; Andress. et al .. Machine Tool Targets, Leipzig, pp.S.6,
for lists of standard turret lathes, high·speed turret lathes, single-spindle automatic screw
machines. and single·spindle and multispindle automatic machines manufactured by Pittler in
1945.
" Ibid.
1$ Ibid.
18 /bid.p.l3
Western Assistance to the Machine Tool Industry 307
Percentage Name of
removed manufacturer Location Main produc:
100 Hille-Werke A. G. Dresden Relieving lathes, multisplndle
(Soviet Zone) drilling machines, thread
millers, jog borers, diamond
and fine borers, hon in~
machines, drilling mac ines,
radial drills.
50 Magdeburger Magdeburg Auto multicut lathes, turret
Wer1<zeugmasch- (Soviet Zone) lathes, gun-boring equipment,
inenfabrik A.G. machinery tor aircraft
and propeller construction
(Junkers plant)
100 Werk.zeugmasch- Chemnitz Tool and cutter grinders,
inenfabrik (Soviet Zone) gear cutters, gear hobbers,
Hermann Pfauter thread hobbers, long-cut
milling machines, thread
milling machines
Not known Billeter & Kluntz Aschersleben Surface grinders, ball and
(Soviet Zone) face grinders, planers,
openside planers
308 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
On the other hand, exports over the long run show a fairly consistent trend
and average less than half of Soviet imports. In forges and presses we find
that exports are minute (between one-sixth and one-eighth of imports), with
none at all in the category of hydraulic presses. These figures reflect the overall
composition of Soviet machine tool exports (simple lathes and shapers to under-
developed countries-Cuba, India, China, Mongolia, and the newer African
nations) and imports (sophisticated equipment for prototype use and specialized
production machinery from advanced countries-U.K., West Germany, Japan,
and U.S.A.). (See Table 22-2.) The eXception to this rule is trade with East
Germany and Czechoslovakia, which comprises large imports and exports.
Prewar practi continued after the war-much of Soviet machine tool design
was derived fro Western origins. ln 1953 it was reported by an Austrian
engineer who had eturned from the U.S.S.R. after working in the Sverdlovsk
machine tool pia (where he had access to the plant records) that in 1953
310 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
the Soviet Union was still operating "a good deal" with Lend Lease tools. 17
It was noted that the latest model U.S. and European machine tools were acquired
despite export control laws, and these were sent to "copying offices" and
there stripped, analyzed, and tested, and "exact duplicates [were] made." 1 8
About 30 to 35 such copying offices existed in 1953 at various machine tool
plants, each specializing in a particular type of foreign machine tool. For example,
all foreign lathe models went to Plant No. 115 at Novosibirsk, all foreign
shaper models went to Plant No. 64 at Gorki, and all foreign hydraulic press
models went to Plant No. 101 at Kurgan. In February 1953, Plant 101 was
working on a 150-ton hydraulic press originally made by Merklinger in Ger-
many . 19
Thus in 1957 it was reported that the Leningrad large jig borer had been
copied from the Hydroptic SIP (optical coordinate jig borer) and an American
trade journal commented: "The machine ... so closely resembles its West Euro-
pean counterpart that even the Sverdlov plant manager calls it the Leningrad
SIP. " 20 The Sverdlov Plant im. Lenini also specialized in Keller-type copying
machines. 21
Consideration of the foreign origin factor in machine tool production brings
the Soviet achievement of gigantic runs of machine tools into focus. This point
can be illustrated by a consecutive reading of statements by three independent
observers concerning one Soviet machine tool plant-Ordzhonikidze in Moscow.
Each statement is by itself an accurate but incomplete description of the plant;
taken together, however, the statements point to a significant deduction.
The first description of the plant is by a highly qualified U.S. observer
utilizing Soviet literature:
In the plant itself, nost of the items are imported-some are prewar and others
wartime acquisitions. Very few of the machines we saw in this plant seemed
to be postwar. AmC'ng those noted were two Butler planers and a whole battery
of medium-sized Bil:eter & Klonz machines. There was a Kendall & Gent miller;
a small Cincinnati t3ritish-built); a Beliot-Gray planer-miller (this one one of
the few postwar mao;;hines); a fairly elderly large Giddings & Lewis floorplate
horizontal boring m<t-:hine; Milwaukee millers; a Girards radial and a Wotan
grinder. 24
There is some referenct> to Russian-built machines: ·'In the turret lathe section
we noticed quite a fe·-•: copies of Warner & Swazey machines, but we did
not see any Russian-bu::( ,;opying lathes. "U
The first statement ,_.~tablishes the age of the equipment; the second and
third statements identify its Western origins and make it clear that in this plant
at least, production, inclll!'"ling production of automatic transfer machines, is
based on equipment impcrted from the West. In other words, the machines
that build the machines or,:ginated in the West.
By their own admission, the Soviets imported 300,000 top-flight foreign
machine tools between 1930 and 1940. 26 Add to this the large quantities received
under the Nazi-Soviet pact, Lend Lease, German reparations removals from
the occupied countries, and continuing imports since World War II, and it
becomes apparent that the military and industrial machine-building industries
of the Soviet Union could well be relying heavily on imported equipment.
This supposition is supported by the nature of many of the machine tools impor-
ted-larger specialized automatic mass-production units.
23 Nevin L. Bean, ··Address Before the Detroit Chapter of the National Society of Professional
Engineers," Detroit, February 22, 1956 (Dearborn: Ford Motor Co., News Dept.) pp. 8-9.
2
~ American Machinist, November 19, 1956.
n /hid. The Russian-built machines included also a horizontal boring machine and large- and
medium-size planers.
u Seep. 304 n. 6 above.
312 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Ball bearings, of course, constitute a vital part of almost all machines and
of numerous other products, including military weapons systems.
It was previously indicated that ball bearing plants in the U.S.S.R. had
been equipped from the United States. One U.S. firm, the Bryant Chucking
Grinder Company of Springfield, Virginia, was a prominent supplier in the
1930s and 1940s, while Italian and Swedish firms also have contributed a large
proportion of the Soviet ball bearing production capacity .30 Soviet dependence
on the West for ball bearing technology came to a peak in the years 1959-61.
The Soviets required a capability for mass production, rather than laboratory
or batch production, of miniature ball bearings-SO percent of whose end uses
are in weapons systems. The only company in the world that could supply
the required machine-the Centalign B-on a commercial basis was the Bryant
Chucking Grinder Company. The Soviet Union had no mass-production capabil-
2T U.S. Congress, Joint Economic Committee. Dimensions of Sol'iet Economic Power, Hear-
ings. 87th Congress. 2d session, December 10 and ll. !962. p. 137.
ts November 20, 1959, pp. 98-100: "Russia Exhibits Automated Lathe.""
9
Z Ibid .. p. 98.
3° See Sutton. 1: Western Teclmologv .. 1917 ro /945.
Western Assistance to the Machine Tool Industry 313
ity whatever, and its miniature ball bearings were either imported or made
in small lots on Italian and other imported equipment.
In 1960 there were 66 Centalign machines in the United States. Twenty-five
of these machines were operated by the Miniature Precision Bearing Company,
Inc., the largest manufacturer of precision ball bearings; 85 percent of Miniature
Precision's output went to military applications. In 1960 the U.S.S.R. entered
an order with Bryant Chucking for 45 similar machines. Bryant did not
immediately accept the order but consulted the Department of Commerce; the
department indicated willingness to grant a license and Bryant therefore accepted
the order. The Commerce Department's argument for granting a license turned
on the following points: (a) the process achieved by the Centalign is only a
single process among several required for ball bearing production; (b) the
machine can be bought elsewhere; and (c) the Russians can make ball bearings. 31
The Department of Defense, however, entered a strong objection to the export
of the machines on the following grounds:
ln the specific case of the granting of the export license for high-frequency grinders
manufactured by Bryant Chucking Grinder, after receiving the request for DOD's
opinion from the Department of Commerce, it was determined that all of the
machines of this type currently available in the United States were being utilized
for the production of bearings utilized in strategic components for military end
items. It was also determined from information that was available to us that
the Soviets did not produce a machine of this type or one that would be comparable
in enabling the production of miniature ball bearings of the tolerances and precision
required. A further consideration was whether machines of comparable capacity
and size can be made available from Western Europe. In this connection, our
investigation revealed that none was in production that would meet the specifications
that had been established by the Russians for these machines. ln the light of
these considerations it was our opinion that the license should not be granted. 32
~~ This section is based on U.S. Senate, Committee on the Judiciary, Export of Ball B~aring
Machines to Russia, Hearings, 87th Congress, lst session (Washington, 1961). There are
three parts to these Hearings; they provide a fascinating story of one Soviet attempt to acquire
strategic equipment. See also the Soviet "machine tools Case of 1945"; a microfilm of docu-
ments on this case has been deposited at the Hoover Institution.
32 U.S. Senate, op. cit. n. 31, pp. 267-68.
J~ /hid.
314 Western Technolog_v and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The Soviet Union has always had considerable technical difficulties producing
:omputing, measuring, and precision instruments. Initial production of elemen-
ary adding machines in the early thirties was poor in quality and suffered
'rom numerous deficiencies; in particular, early models had parts of nontempered
;tee! and gear teeth were wearing out after just two weeks of operation. 35 The
nost common Soviet calculating machines today are direct copies of Western
nodels; for example, the "Felix," the subject of the above complaints and
he first machine produced in the U.S.S.R., was still in production in 1969
3
~ Ibid.
'~ Za industriali:,Jt.fiiu (Moscow), Augu~t 7, 1930.
Western Assistance to the Machine Too! Industry 315
and is by far the most common Soviet machine. It is a copy of the Brunsviga
1892 model, apparently without even the modifications introduced into Western
models in 1927. 36 The full keyboard calculator of the 1930s-the KSM-is
a copy of the Monroe. Punched·card machinery is Hollerith, although at one
time a technical·assistance agreement was made with Powers. Campbell suggests,
with justification, that the postwar Riazan machine works is the German Astra·
werke which was transferred to the U.S.S.R. Other German plants, including
the Archimedes and the cash register plant at Glasshiitte, were also moved
to the U.S.S.R. 37
In the 1960s, a continuing widespread use of the abacus in the Soviet Union
made the Soviets worry about their image abroad-it hardly seemed consistent
with the age of cosmonauts and atomic icebreakers. It was this concern that
led to an agreement in 1966 with Olivetti of Italy to establish two office equipment
plants in the U.S.S.R. under a $60 million contract, one for the production
of typewriters and one for the production of calculators and other office
machinery. 38
Several of the most important precision instrument manufacturers in Germany
were moved to Russia at the end of World War II. The Zeiss works at Jena,
manufacturers of optical and scientific instruments including micrometers, optical
comparators, angle measuring equipment, and gear testers, was moved completely
to Mini no, ncar Moscow. There with three top German experts, Dr. Eitzenberger,
Dr. Buschbeck, and Dr. Faulstich, the new plant developed detector and remote-
control equipment, including radio·controlled recording gear and rocket guidance
equipment.·3 » The Askaniawerke A.G. at Berlin-Friedeman, a very important
manufacturer of scientific equipment including optical measuring components
such as lenses and prisms, was also moved to Russia. The Siemens & Halske
plant at Siemens Stadt in Berlin (with its electron microscopes) was removed,
and its top staff members were given work in Russia. The three A.E.G. electron
microscopes at the K.W. lnstitut in Berlin also were removed to Russia. 40
In the 1960s technical acquisition in the precision instruments field continued
36 See, for example. S. R. Ivanchenko, Schetnye mashiny i ikh ekspluatarsiia (Moscow, 1968),
pp. 42. 68. for data concerning the Fe!i"- as produced in the 1960s. Compare to Encyclopedia
Britannica (1958 edition). vol. IV, p. 552 and the Western Brunsviga. For further details
seeR. W. Campbell. "Mechanization of Cost Accounting in the Soviet Union," American
Slavic and East Europewt Review (Menasha, Wis.), February 1958. Campbell ascribes the
early Soviet arithmometers to the 1874 Russian Odner machine produced in St. Petersburg
during World War I; however the design of the Odner is different from the Felix, although
based on the same principles.
31 Wall Street Journal, December 16, 1966, 7:3. For data on the Soviet-Olivettis seeK. A.
Borob'ev, Kon.ftrukuiia. tekhnicheskoe ob.sfut.hivanie i remont bukhgalter.skoi ma.shiny
"Askow" k!a.ssa 170 (Moscow, 1969).
3S Werner Keller. Ost minus West=Nu/1 (Munich: Droemersche Verlagsanstalt, 1960), pp. 283.
357' 365.
·19 BIOS Final Report no. 485: R. G. Allen. Gt>nnan Filtration Industry, pp. 18·18a, 22.
New York Times. September 13. 1964.
316 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
with foreign purchases. It was reported in 1964 that "recent Soviet purchases
cover a vast range from office equipment to camera shutters." 41 The firm of
Rank-Xerox sold $3.7 million worth of its equipment, and the Japanese company
Copal Koki signed a contract to supply producing facilities and know-how for
a "sophisticated electric eye camera shutter. " 42 Thus there has been a steady
flow of instruments and precision equipment into the Soviet Union through
the means of trade. The exception to Soviet inability in the field appears to
be the various Soviet medical stapling instruments licensed by the United States
Surgical Company and patented in the United States. 43
In the period 1929 to 1940 the Soviets purchased 300,000 foreign machine
tools, while its own output was concentrated in simple drilling machines and
bench lathes of a standard type based on Western prototypes. These were sup-
plemented by almost $400 million worth of Lend Lease machine tools.
Twelve very large machine tool plants were removed from Germany at
the end of World War 11-including the important Schiess-Defries and Billeter
& Kluntz (Aschersleben) plants. These acquisitions have been supplemented
by continuing and substantial imports from the West, greater in both quantity
and unit value than Soviet exports of machine tools to underdeveloped areas.
'·Copying offices,'' each specializing in a particular type of machine tool,
have widely duplicated Western imports. Apart from ''one-off'' items for exhibi-
tion and to impress foreign visitors, Soviet machine tools are duplicates of
foreign models, with occasional slight variations to adapt them to special Soviet
conditions. In numerically controlled machine tools-certainly the most important
innovation in the period under discussion-only a few prototypes were produced
in the U.S.S.R. by the early 1960s, compared to several thousand in use in
the United States.
The "U.S. ball bearing case of 1961," which brought to light a Soviet
attempt to import the equivalent of two-thirds the U.S. capacity for producing
miniature ball bearings (mainly used in missiles), suggests not only that there
is a major lag on the part of the Soviet machine tool industry but that the
Soviets are in a position to acquire even the latest and most significant of
Western innovations in this field.
In the allied fields of computing, measuring, and precision instruments a
like phenomenon was observed: a general backwardness and dependence on
H Ibid.
41
Ibid.
43 For e~ampte, U.S. Patem 3,078,465 of February 26, 1963. Sates from this license appear
to have been insigniftcant; in the si~-month period ending September 30, 1963, the United
States Surgical Company paid only $495.00 in license fees. Direct sales to the Instrument
Specialties Company were a little better. but not much-five sales totaling $2,892.62 in six
months. See Supplemental Registration Statement (Pursuant to Section 2 of the Foreign Agents
Registration Act of !938) as filed in Department of Justice. Washington, D.C.
Western Assistance to the Machine Too/Industry 317
the West for modern technology acquired by purchases from such firms as
General Electric-Olivetti (Italy), Rank-Xerox (U.K.), and Japanese firms.
Thus it is concluded that Soviet innovation in the field of machine tools
and allied industries is almost non·existent (only hybrid machine tools have
been isolated as Soviet innovations). Technological advance is gained by import·
ing prototypes for copying, or where problems have been encountered in domestic
copying, batches of specialized production machines are imported (as evidenced,
for example, in the attempted acquisition of Centalign·B and tape·controlled
machines).
CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE
Fortune, September 1966, p. 120. An excellent study of the Western origins of Soviet
computers appeared after this manuscript was completed: Richard W. Judy, "The Case of
Computer Technology" in Stanislaw Wasowski, ed., East·West Trade and the Technology
Gap (New York: Praeger, 1970). Judy's study is longer and more detailed than the section
included here. There is a substantial unity between his conclusions and those of the author;
for e:umple, Judy states, "Computer technology in the Soviet Union is virtually entirely
imported from the West"; and "literally all significant technological innovations {in.the field}
have occurred in the West."
3I8
Western Origins of Electronics and Electrical Engineering Technology 319
version had 3000 tubes and germanium diodes. This computer had some features
common to U.S. computers. 8
Sources: Soviet machines: Willis H. Ware and Wade 8. Holland, Soviet Cybernetics
Technology: Soviet Cybernetics, 1959-1962 {Santa Monica: RAND Corp., June 1963), RM-
3675-PA: Western machines: Office Automation {New York, 1962).
One observer has rated the BESM as follows: "One of the most impressive
achievements of Soviet technology .... It cannot, however, properly be consi-
dered as a machine competitive with the IBM-701 or the IBM-704." 9
The URAL series was manufactured at the Penza computing machine plant, 10
which in 1959 was in series production of URAL-I and preparing to change
over to URAL-II. Production methods then were reported to be the same as
those in the United States. 1 t On the other hand, Soviet computers were far
less efficient; the STRELA, for instance, was reported to have only a ten-minute
mean free time between errors, while U.S. machines in the fifties normally
operated eight hours without error. 12
A Soviet business data electronic tabulator, theTA T-1 02, designed primarily
for mechanical accounting, statistical calculations, and planning, was developed
in the late 1950s and is quite similar to the IBM 604 electronic data·processing
We were shown about 4~· card punches. About half of these were 90-column
machines and the other !Jalf SO-column machines; all were generally similar to
United States designs .... We also saw a 500-card per minute sorter which closely
resembled a corresponding American product. It has electromechanical sensing
of the holes and a set of switches for suppressing specific row selections as
in American sorters. 1 ~
came "almost entirely from [IBM's] Western European plants," partly because
the U.S. equipment operates on 60 cycles whereas Russian and European equip-
ment operates on 50 cycles.l9
The earliest Western computer sale that can be traced is a Mode1802 National-
Elliott sold by Elliott Automation, Ltd., of the United Kingdom in 1959. 20
(Elliott Automation is a subsidiary of General Electric.) By the end of the
sixties Soviet purchases of computers had been stepped up in a manner reminiscent
of the massive purchase of chemical plants in the early sixties. In the last
days of 1969 it was estimated that Western computer sales to all of communist
Europe, including the U.S.S.R., were running at $40 miUion annually and
these were in great part from subsidiaries of American companies. 21 In 18
months during 1964-65 Elliott Automation delivered five Model 503 computers
to the U.S.S.R., one for installation in the Moscow Academy of Sciences; 22
the Elliott 503 ranged in price from $179,000 to over $1 million, depending
on size, and has a 131,000-word core capacity. By the end of 1969 General
Electric-Elliott automation sales to communist countries were four times greater
than in 1968 and this market accounted for no less than one-third of General
Electric-Elliott's computer exports. 23 Another General Electric machine, this
time a Model 400 made in France by Compagnie des Machines Bull, also
was sold to the U.S.S.R.; and Olivetti-General Electric at Milan, Italy, was
also a major supplier ofG.E. computers to the U.S.S.R. In 1967 the Olivetti
firm delivered $2.4 million worth of data-processing equipment systems to the
U.S.S.R. in addition to the Model 400 and the Model 115 machines already
sold. 24 The Model 115 is a G.E. information processing system, but has a
wide range of applications. It can be used as a free-standing tabulating unit
or as a peripheral subsystem to other G.E. units.
In sum, General Electric has sold through its European subsidiaries from
1959 to 1970 a range of its medium-capacity business and scientific computers,
including the fastest of the 400 series, which can be used either individually
or as a group.
Perhaps of greater significance are English Electric sales, which include
third-generation microcircuit computers utilizing Radio Corporation of America
technology. In 1967 English Electric sold to the U.S.S.R. its System Four
machine with microcircuits. This machine incorporates RCA patents 25 and is
similar to the RCA Spectra 70 series.
~~ Wall Street Journal, May !0, !966. Thomas J. Watson. chairman of IBM, was in Moscow
in October 1970 with four IBM engineers to discu~~ the nature of continued IBM assistance
to the U.S.S.R.
20 Electrical Re~·iew, (london), no. !65, p. 566.
21 Business Week. December 27, 1969, p. 59.
a Wall Street Journal. June 18, 1965
23 Business Week. December 27. 1969, p. 59.
24 Wall Street Journal. February 7. 1967. !4:3.
u The Times (london), January 24, 1967.
Western Origins of Electronics and Electrical Engineering Technology 323
The largest single supplier of computers to the U.S.S.R. has been Interna-
tional Computers and Tabulation, Ltd., of the United Kingdom, a firm whose
technology is largely independent of U.S. patents. In November 1969, for exam-
ple, five of the firm's 1900 series computers (valued at $12 million) were
sold to the U.S.S.R. 26 These are large high-speed units with integrated circuits,
and without question they are considerably in advance of anything the Soviets
are able to manufacture in the computer field. These machines are certainly
capable of utilization in solving military and space problems.
It was difftcult at ftrst to set this in perspeclive. The known Russian achievements
in theory and in the guidance of rockets did not at first accord with the elementary
state of automation in some of the factories that were seen and with the shortage
and out-of-date design of tools such as analog and digital computers. 27
H Business Week. December 27, 1969. The 1900 series has numerous models and the company
has not announced !he model numbers of the machines shipped; models vary greatly in speed
and capacity.
u H.H. Rosenbrock, "A Report of Symposium on Automatic Control," Institution of Meehan·
ical Engineers. (London), !960.
324 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
The consensus ... from the British delegation was that we saw nothing to support
the tremendous achievements of the U.S.S.R. in space research and nuclear
engineering. It would appear that the U.S.S.R. has poured much of its resources
into these fields.
We did not see anything that would justify the opinion that the U.S.S.R.
is aheaU of the West. In endeavoring to gauge the potential of any organization,
it is usual to examine carefully the base of the pyramid supporting the spearhead.
In fact, the "base" appeared to be missing. Fur example, the computers we
saw were far behind those in the West. The instrument engineering in the factories
was inferior to comparable Western equipment. The equipment and components
being developed in the Institute of Automation at Kiev, one of the largest and
most important in the U.S.S.R., were far behind the latest techniques in Britain
and the U.S.A. It must be stressed that these opinions are based only on what
we saw. It is conceivable that much of their later developments were carefully
withheld. The writer is of the opinion that this was unlikely. Conversation with
individual Russian engineers gave a strong impression that they were being open. 2 ~
One of the key institutes in the field of automation is, as Rennie indicated,
the Institute of Automation in Kiev, which employs some 2000 persons working
in 40 laboratories in addition to experimental workshops and pilot plants. It
was of this facility that Dr. H. H. Rosenbrock commented: "This, incidentally,
was the first time in Russia that I saw a transistor; all the other equipment,
amplifiers and so on, was valve equipment. " 2 !1
The papers presented at the conference confirm the rather skeptical outlook
brought back by Western delegates concerning the level of Soviet achievements
in automatic control systems. One conference paper, by General Electric engineer
E. W. Miller on the "Application of Automatic Control Systems in the Iron
and Steel Industry,'' aroused considerable interest and the author was cross-
examined by the Russian engineers present for more than an hour. A British
delegate commented that from the discussion it was obvious that the Americans
were far ahead of the Russians in this field. 30
The paper that followed Miller's, one on a similar topic by a Russian engineer
(V. I. Feigin on "Automation of a Reversing Mill"), also suggests a much
lower level of technology in the U.S .S .R. For example, the system Miller
described controlled 12 parameters whereas the. Soviet system controlled three
parameters. Although the Russian paper took an hour to present, a delegate
commented that at the end there were no questions or comments from the floor.
The next Russian paper, also on a similar topic, was canceled.
The following day, on June 28, 1960, a paper by D. A. Patient of Baird
and Tatlock (on "Techniques for the Automation of Sampling and Chemical
Analysis") induced considerable Russian cross-questioning. However, the sub-
sequent paper by M. Brozgol, a Soviet engineer (on "The Automation of Electric
Drives"), was described by the British delegate as being in "the widest terms."
The same observer reported that Western delegates "found it extremely difficult
to pin the Russians down to giving precise information in one or another particular
field," and that "the author of {the 'Electric Drives'] paper stated in response
to a direct question that if he had been reporting today, he 'would have mentioned
things which had been developed more recently.' " When pressed for further
information he was not prepared to give it. 31
Attempts by Western conference delegates to visit particular plants were
not successful. H. H. Rosenbrock commented:
No visits were arranged during the conference to chemical plants or process plants
in general. I tried hard while I was over there to visit a chemical plant; but
obviously I was not persuasive. 32
The technical nature of the transfers from the German electrical industry
at the end of World War ll provide a plausible explanation for current Soviet
backwardness in control instrumentation and computers. The Germans did not
A study of the electrical equipment industry in Germany would have been concen-
trated in the Berlin area had the region been available for investigation. This
is inevitable since there is no other area in Germany which is comparable in
size and importance within the province of electrical equipment. The Russian
occupation forces in the area did not permit American personnel to enter their
zone of occupation at the time the survey was made.
:1• U.S. Stratcgi(; Bombing Survey, German Electrical Equip111('/1t lndusrry Report, 2d edition
(Washington. Equipment Divi~ion, 1947). Report no. 4!L
"~ /hid.' p. 8.
38 Ibid .. p. 9: "Investigation of plants in the Berlin area at the present time [July !945] would
not yield sati~factory results. as key electrical equipment plants have been removed from Ber-
lin by the Russians ....
Westem Origins of Electronics and Electrical Engineering Technology 327
What did the Soviets acquire in East Germany'? About 65 percent of the
facilities removed were for the production of power and lighting equipment
(about one·quarter), telephone, telegraph, and communications equipment
facilities Uust under one·third), and equipment for the manufacture of cable
and wire (about one·tenth). 37 The remainder consisted of plants to manufacture
radio tubes, radios, 3 ~ household electrical goods and batteries, and military
electronics facilities for such items as secret teleprinters and antiaircraft equip-
ment.
A large number of wartime military electronic developments were made
at the Rcichspost Forschungsinstitut (whose director went to the U.S.S.R.).
and these developments presumably were absorbed into Soviet capability, includ-
ing television, infrared devices, radar, electrical coatings, acoustical fuses, and
similar equipment. 3 »
Thus although 80 percent of the German electrical and military electronics
industries was removed, the Soviets did not gain computer or control instrumenta-
tion technologies developed after World War II.
"
11
Ibid. For figures on distribution of production from 1943. see ibid., p. 14.
1
' " See p. 334 below. Removal of at le.lst one radio equipment plant was somewhat delayed:
"Of a ccrt<~in radio-valve plant the Russians seized 50 percem of all the machines and trans·
ferret! them to Russia. Then they ordered the management to build new machinery in order
to keep up production. When the new maChines were built and run in, they were seized and
t;1kcn to Ru~.~ia. This happened once again and when the plant had reached full production
again. it wa~ transferred to Ru~si;1, lod;, stock, and barrel, including management, enginee~.
foremen. key workers. and the families of the male and female workers." Al'ronoutics
(London). July 1951. pp. 35-36.
' 1" U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey. op. cit. n. 34, contains a summary of the German wartime
military electronic~ deve\oprncnh: sec pp. 67-72.
~" Seep. 319.
328 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
with the RCA pinched neck). The pocket dosimeters ·'seemed similar to Argonne
design. "-'~ 1
At about the same time a review by a "top German scientist" based on
interviews of German electronics engineers returning from the U.S.S.R. con-
cluded that the engineers were returned because the Soviets had nothing more
to learn from them; the Soviets were said to "always have working models
of the latest U.S. equipment, "-'~ 2 and were at that time testing the latest U.S.
Tacan navigation system. The Loran system was later copied as the Luga sys-
tem.-'~3 Another observer, Dr. W. H. Brandt of Westinghouse, noted that Soviet
coil winding techniques were parallel to those of the U.S. in World War 11, 44
and that the Soviets apparently were having problems manufacturing transistors.
The American trade journal Control Engineering reported a few years later
(in 1958) a visit by a delegation in industrial instrument design:
However, N. Cohn of Leeds & Northrup commented: '"Not all units were
copies, and the Russians were proud of design advances-from their point of
view-of their own." He then added:"We saw an assembly for measuring
l 0 to 100 percent relative humidity using wet and dry bulb resistance thermometers
and a self-balancing computing circuit, originally developed in this country
in the 1920s."-'~ 6
An exhibit of Russian electronic test equipment in New York in 1959 provided
another opportunity for preliminary observations on this sector of the electronics
industry. -47 Unfortunately no opportunity was given visitors to observe the instru-
ments in operation; consequently it was not possible to compare specifications
with performance. In microwave test equipment, the design appeared adequate
but the specifications were "so much poorer than ours. "-'~ 8 It was observed
that many instruments were copies, but one unique item was shown-a compact
calibrating signal generator packaged into a compact unit. David Packard noted
that a couple of instruments were "without question" copies of instruments
originally developed by Hewlett Packard Compahy.49
In late 1953 the U.S. Air Force Technical Intelligence Center made an
''intensive scrutiny'' of two Soviet television sets, the Muscovite and the Lenin-
grad, and concluded that Soviet circuitry and design trailed that of U.S. practice
by about ten years. The Muscovite T-1 small7·inch screen television introduced
in 1948 as the first Soviet television set was a "direct copy of a 1939 German
receiver." It was capable of picking up only the single Moscow channel, and
its performance was described as "mediocre." The follow·on unit was the
Leningrad T-2 built in East Germany to Soviet specifications for sale in the
U.S.S.R.; this set, with an 8-inch screen, could pick up only the Leningrad
station with a performance rated as ''fair.'' 54
The first color television project is claimed by the Soviet engineer I. Adamian
for 1925.:;.·, In March 1965, however, the Soviets made an agreement with
France to utilize the French color television system SEKAM in the Soviet
Union:~ 6 This system, with circuits covered by Radio Corporation of America
patents, 5 7 is used in the Soviet color television receivers Rubin-401, Raduga-4,
and Raduga-5. 58
Although Soviet literature stresses the ban that was placed on imported
equipment for electrical generation in 1934, .;!)there has in fact been considerable
import of complete power stations and equipment for power generation, par-
ticularly during and just after World War II. Robert Huhn Jones estimates
that the $167 million worth of electrical-plant shipments under Lend Lease
were roughly equal to the capacity of the Hoover Dam or the combined generating
capacity of the states of New Jersey, Connecticut, and New York. 60 Up to
1944 these deliveries constituted 20 percent of the increment in Russian wartime
power capacity and were in addition to substantial shipments from the United
Kingdom and Canada-sufficient to produce 1.457,274 kw of powcr. 111 The
program provided complete stations (this accounted for the high construction
cost of $144 per kw):
... [Western firms arc] shipping the Russians equipment down to and including
wiring for the plant's lighting system, leaving out only such items as light bulbs,
freight or passenger elevators, metal stairways, and the like. Powerwise we send
the Russians everything a complete station requires. 62
Between 1942 and 1946 the United Kingdom shipped eight complete power
The only Western delegation to have visited the Soviet Union and returned
to give glowing reports of Soviet technical achievements-and also to predict
that the Soviet Union would surpass the United States within a foreseeable
time period-was the 1960 U.S. Senate power industry delegation. 73 This
delegation report was significantly different from that of two other U.S. electrical
industry delegationsH and to some extent from that of the Canadian Electric
Power Industry Delegation. 75
The Senate delegation report suggested that the Soviet Union was catching
up with the United States in the production of electric power; that in 1961
it was constructing large hydroelectric dams faster than the United States; and
that it had not only caught up with the Western world in hydroelectric engineering
but " ... in fact they are actually preeminent in certain specific aspects of such
development." 76 The Senate committee that heard the report therefore recom·
mended a massive U.S. Federal program and a study of planning "on a national
basis. " 77 On the other hand, the Edison Electric Institute report noted in distinct
contrast
The e!.:onomic problems fadng the Soviet Union ... arc vast and complex. Even
assuming the [electrificationJ goa! is reached, however, it is worth remembering
that in I 965 the United States should have a total capability of245 million kilowatts,
and the present 123-mi!lion·kilowatt gap between Russian and American electric
power capability will have increased by some 10 million kilowatts. 1M
Sources: U.S. Bureau of the Census, Statistical Abstract of the United States, 1969
{Washington, 1969), p. 511; Narodnoe khozlaistvo SSR 1967 (Moscow, 1968).
The gap between U.S. and U.S.S.R. generating capacity therefore increased
between 1958 a"'/ !967. The difference was 107.3 million kw in 1958, and
this difference had increased to 137.3 million kw in 1967. The gap in hydroelectric
power, where the Soviets have placed particular emphasis, increased from 19.2
million kw in 1958 to 23.2 million kw in 1967. Increasing the relative gap
in generating capacity is not an effective way of "catching up" with the United
States.
There are other indications that the position of the Soviets is worsening.
At the end of the sixties the United States had more than 70 atomic generating
stations on order while the Soviets, with only three or four such stations built
and none reported under construction, 82 appeared to be having difficulties with
their construction. There is no indication that in the generation of electricity
by the use of steam (thermal) plants the Soviets have generated any above-normal
efficiency operations. Claims are made concerning the size of turbogenerators
and that, for example, in 1960 several 200,000-kw units had been installed.
The first U.S. 200,000-kw unit was installed in 1929. 83 The reported fuel
consumption in 1958 was 0.97 pound per kw-hr compared with 0.90 pound
in the United States, and the Eddystone unit under construction in the United
States in 1960 was planned for fuel consumption of 0.60 pound per hour. 84
The Soviet emphasis has been on the production of standardized facilities
using reinforced and prefabricated concrete units in the buildings. In this connec-
tion it should be noted that a great deal of General Electric and Metropolitan-
Vickers technical assistance was provided for thermal units in the 1930-40 period,
and in 1944 a U.S. consulting firm-Ebasco Services, Ltd., under instructions
from Lend Lease-prepared a set of drawings and specifications for standardized
designs using the metric system. These designs made "extensive" use of rein-
H.~ L. Elliott, ''Steam Plant Designed for Russia under Lend-Lease." Electrical World,
December 23. 1944, pp. 69-7 I.
HR For detailed information on current standard thermal stations. seeP. S. Neporozhnii,
Spravochnik srroirefia repfol' ykh efekrrosrant.fii {Moscow, !969).
CHAPTER TWENTY FOUR
Western Assistance
to Consumer Goods Industries
Consumer goods, ti1e neglected sector under Soviet planning, contains a great
diversity of prod:.;cts and technologies too numerous to discuss in detail in
a single volume. 'fo illustrate the problems of the sector, however, this chapter
provides an in-dep·~:~ ~xamination of a single food industry, sugar beet production
and refining, followed by a more or less cursory description of Western assistance
to other consumer 30Jds industries.
Sugar production was chosen as a case study because in the Soviet Union
beet sugar refining is an old, established industry, larger in its productive capacity
than in any other country, and consequently an industry in which the Soviets
have had both the opportunity and the incentive to develop an indigenous
technology. There was prerevolutionary Russian innovation and development
in the industry; indeed, the Russians claim, probably with justification, that
the first beet sugar plants were established in Russia. Indigenous innovative
activity was continued in the industry after the October Revolution, and in
1928 two refining processes were planned. Innovative activity thereafter appears
to have virtually ceased-it is unlikely that the Soviets would conceal any develop-
ment in this sector-and we find that by the late 1950s the two 1928 refining
inventions were still under development and the industry itself was based on
foreign technology, either imported or duplicated. These developments may
profitably be considered in more detail.
The first beet sugar mill in Russia, and the first in the world, according
to P. M. Silin, was founded in Tula Province in 1802. 1 In the same year
Ya. S. Esipov developed the lime method of juice purification, a method later
adopted throughout the world, and there followed in 1834 Davydov's develop-
ment of the diffusion method of sugar extraction from beets. In 1852, Ivan
Fomenko introduced at the Balakleya sugar mill the method of boiling massecuite
for sugar crystallization, and two years later engineer M. A. Tolpygin developed
the method of purifying sugar in a centrifuge by using steam and thus began
what became widely known abroad as "Russian sugar washing." As Si\in
commented in 1958: ''This advanced Russian method is now used in all sugar
mills of the U.S.S.R. and was adopted by the American beet sugar industry. " 2
In 1890 Shcheniovskii and Pointkovskii created a new design for a continuous
separator. In 1907 Ovsyannikov developed continuous crystallization of sugar,
and in 1910 he was the first to apply continuous saturation. This work suggests,
then, a respectable history of technological development in the field. However,
Silin, who lists these Russian inventions and innovations, fails to list any major
innovation after 1917. It is unlikely that the opportunity would have been missed
had such innovation existed, as glorifications of Soviet technology are found
throughout Silin. Silin's sole specific claim for more recent Soviet achievement
is contained in the following sentence: "No other country can compete with
the U.S.S.R. as to the volume of published scientific and technical material
on sugar production. " 3
The following section examines Soviet beet sugar processes stage by stage,
with particular reference to the origin of processes in use in Soviet sugar beet
plants at about 1960.
The flow diagram of a U.S. beet sugar refining plant is not unlike that
of a typical Soviet plant (Figure 24-1). 4 To bring out the comparison the major
stages of the refining process are examined in detail. These are:
1) beet washing equipment,
2) the cell method of diffusion,
3) predefecation,
4) thickeners,
5) filter presses,
6) evaporators,
7) centrifugals, and
8) crystallizers.
that German experiments in the extraction of sugar from beets came to their attention. See
W. Keller. Ost minus West=Nul/, (Munich: Droemersche Verlagsanstalt, 1960), pp. 160-61;
McGinnis, pp. 1-2; and Silin, pp. 4-5.
Silin, op. cit. n. I, p. 4.
a Ibid., p. 9.
See, for example, McGinnis, op. cit. n. I. p. !34.
Western Assistance to Consumer Good Industries 337
Comparison of Soviet and Western sugar beet washing units suggests that
Soviet designers not only adopted Western designs but attached a name of
their own to a design that differs little, if at all, from the Western progenitor.
The Dobrovolskii beet washing unit with a Baranov stone catcher is identical
to the Dyer beet washer and sand trap.:. Priority of invention in this case is
clearly with Western inventors and Soviet units show few variations from pre-1940
U.S. units. (See Figures 24-2 and 24-3.)
Silin's description of the Dobrovolskii unit applies equally to the operation
of the Dyer unit:
The Dobrovo\skii washing unit consists of three compartments, the first of which
is the most important. The beets move along a perforated false bottom placed
above the floor of the washer. Dirt passing through the screen accumulates on
the solid bottom from where it is periodically removed through drain hatches
(a). The arms are arranged spirally, closer to each other in the first half of compart-
ment I than in the second. The increased number of arms increases agitation,
intensifies rubbing of roots against one another and hence improves washing.
Since water level is high and the arms are fully submerged, the water surface
over the arms remains calm. This very important feature permits the straw to
float up to the surface and to be removed through an overflow drain together
with the dirty water (left side of section CD). [See Figure 24-3.) Thus the washer
acts as an additional trash catcher .... Compartments II and Ill act as stone catchers.
They are fitted out with revolving paddles mounted on a shaft placed above
the shaft of compartment I. The paddles rake up the beets from compartment
II and send them over the partition into compartment 111. 6
Beet lifting wheels (which follow the washing units) used in the Soviet Union
are almost exact replicas of the Stearns-Roger beet feeders; the only difference
is in the shape of the flumes. 7
Diffusion is the initial process by which sugar in impure form is extracted
from sugar beets. Soviet cell-type diffusers are clearly of Western design, although
there is a claim to indigenous research work in rotary diffusers. Priority of
invention for rotary diffusers is claimed for the Soviet engineer Mandryko (1928)
who, together with engineer Karapuzov, carried out extensive investigations
in the 1930s "of all types" of rotary diffusers at the im. Karl Leibknecht
plant. 8 Another Soviet claim is that a rotary diffuser "appearing like a prototype
of the present BMA tower diffuser," was tested as early as 1928 by Professor
Sokolov. !-1 Silin adds that "at present" (i.e., 1960) an improved model of a
Sokolov diffuser is being tested and further developed. Another vertical diffuser,
Ibid .. p. 132.
Silin, op. cit. n. I, p. 100.
Compare Silin, op. cit. n. I, p. 96, with McGinnis, op. cit. n. 1, p. 129.
Silin. op. cit. n. I, p. 174, quoting A. S. Epishin, Sakharnaya promyshltnnost', no. 8
(1953), 14.
9 Sil\n, op. cit., n. I, p. 174.
338 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945·1965
,.,.,......
"'"""'"
...
~...
....
..
"' "
... _ ..... L..:
"""""
'"'"""""'"
i :.;:--;. -
"ill
lJi
~ f= Til
"---\
t-
E w ( 4 ---i 'ni
----·"""""' -
_____ ,,.................. ......
.. . --
-·-·-··""""'-
·--
·-· -·-·--·--
-~
......... ,_ "~~
il il- -·--····
....... ..,,.,~
340 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
oi
~
<i
;;;
~
,;
15
~
a: 0
w
:I:
<J)
••
a:
~
tuw ~
"'a:w ••
"-
c>-
w
:I:
....
t<
"
~
0
il.
~
&l
ai
.!€
0
0
<a
::;;
a:<
.."'
')' .. •
~
~
-• ~
~
Western Assistance to Consumer Good Industries 341
10
Ibid., p. 175
11 Ibid., p. 174
342 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
... _....._..,
•-cu.-- .._
-...l>l:ll
..
C• ...... Cil
l:l·w.- .. _ ..
ll•CII&COIU.- -
,........ c • .,.,.........
. . . . .Tilll ........... .
~
........
1•C\.o""CIUT ........_..
J • Y A - ¥ .........
l•noU-IlTI:Il
l.•c_O .......T e -
~~'
- · · - · · - ·...- · ewu..
___
- - - " v......._.c•u..
. u..•·e.....
--···-"cVT• !NT" Cll1.1..
-:;.T:._'"'ATI!""'uMt
Source: McGinnis, p. 155.
12
Ibid .. p. 195.
We stem Assistance to Co11sumer Good Industries 343
Figure 24·5 SOVIET DIFFUSION CELL
From JHc:ed.ID&
diffusion c:dl
It is notable (Figures 24-6 and 24-7) that the TsiNS predefecation tank has
the defect described and therefore by Silin's criterion would be inferior to the
foreign Brieghel-Miiller defecator.
As for the mud-thickening stage, Silin states that of the many types of
m'ud thickeners available in the world, the Dorr-type multicompartment type
is particularly widely used in the Soviet Union. It consists of a large cylindrical
tank with a slightly conical bottom, filled with first combination juice. Four
horizontal trays within the tank divide it into five compartments revolving on
a central hollow shaft which carries arms acting as scrapers. Figure 24-8 illustrates
the Dorr multifeed thickener while Figure 24-9 illustrates the multicompartment
thickener made by the Rostov machine-building plant. Note that the Rostov
thickener is an almost exact copy of the Dorr thickener unit. The only Soviet
innovation claimed for this stage of refining is one by engineer Shugunov; this
innovation apparently improved and speeded up the operation of the thickener
by discharging the concentrated muds separately from each compartment and
juice ou.tlet
I
'
/
Jkof:.;;, ~
''
I
Dl.ffurion )v.lce
Source: Silin, p. 245.
Western Assistance to Consumer Good Industries 345
.....
CLAAFI:O
.MC<
I~ ff>/d , p. 274.
lij !hid., p. 3!2.!3.
Western Assisumce ro Consumer Good Industries 347
ROBERTS-TYPE EVAPORATOR
..,.,
is to obtain the highest possible yield of sugar in the form of crystals. For
crystallization, the second massecuite is mixed in a mixer crystallizer while
its temperature is gradually lowered. The standard Western crystallizer is shown
in Figure 24-12, and the Soviet mixer crystallizer is shown in Figure 24-13.
The principle in both pieces of equipment is the same.
Thus it may be seen from comparison of individual pieces of equipment
within sugar manufacturing plants in the Soviet Union with similar pieces of
equipment in the West that, first, there is very little if any Soviet innovation;
and second, by and large Soviet equipment more or less exactly replicates Western
equipment. It is also obvious that much thought, preparation, and investigation
have gone into examination of Western processes to choose the most suitable
process and equipment for Soviet conditions.
Consistent with these findings concerning Soviet innovation in the beet sugai
refining industry are the known major infusions of Western technical assistanc~
and equipment for the industry. In the 1920s German firms reequipped anc
348 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
brought back into operation the numerous Tsarist-era sugar plants. 17 This aid
was supplemented i1· the early 1930s by technical assistance from the United
States. 18 At the end of World War II a number of sugar plants were removed
from Germany to th:! U.S.S.R., including i4 complete plants (for example,
Zuckerfabrik Bach at .)t0bnitz, Zuckerfabrik GmbH at ZOrbig in Saxony-Anhalt,
and the Vereinigte Zt.ckerfabriken GmbH at Malchin, Mecklenburg). 19
In the postwar years sugar plants were built in Czechoslovakia on Soviet
account-for example, two were shipped to the U.S.S.R. in 1955. 20 In the
late 1950s and the I96Go; "Xtensive purchases were made in the United Kingdom
and in Germany. What is more, an order for $4.2 million worth of sugar beet
equipment was placed i". 1959 with Booker Brothers, Ltd., McConnell & Com-
pany, and Vickers-Arn,.,::·ongs (Engineers), Ltd. 21 This was followed in 1960
by an order to Vickers :-.;. Booker, Ltd., for two complete sugar plants to be
located in Moscow and the Ukraine valued at $22.4 million and each capable
of handling 5000 tons 01 F1;gar beet per day. 22 ln 1961 Eimco (Great Britain),
Ltd., supplied eight rotary •:acuum filters, four five-compartment tray thickeners,
and two filtration plants for $392,000. 23 Then in 1968 Vickers & Booker,
Ltd., supplied a total of $23.8 million worth of beet sugar processing equipment
to equip two complete plants-one of which was to be built by Vickers &
Booker.
17
See Sutton I, p. 235; and Die Chemische Fabrik (Weinheim, Ger.), I, 42 (October 17,
1928), 615.
18
Amtorg, Economic Re1•iew of the Soviet Union (New York), IV, 23 (December I, 1929),
428.
u G. E. Harmssen, Am Abend der Demontage; Sechs Jahre Reparationspolitik (Bremen: F.
Tri.ijen, \951).
zo Czechoslovak Economic Bulletin (Prague). no. 293 (February I, 1955).
21 East·Wesr Commerce (London), VI, 5 (June 4, 1959), 14.
a Chemi.ttry tmd lnd11.~try {London). February 6, 1960, pp. 154-S5. It is presumed that Vickers
& Booker, Ltd., is" joint compuny formed by Booker Brother.; and Vicker.;·Armstrongs (En·
gineers), ltd.
za Chemistry and Industry, July 15, 1961, p. 1087.
350 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
There has been consistent and substantial Western technical assistance for
Soviet food-packing and canning operations since the 1920s. For example, in
the 1930s at the Kamchatka salmon canneries it was reported,
All the machinery "down to the nuts and bolts" was American and most of
it had been mildc in Seilttle. Maker~ included the Smith Cannery Machine Co.
[and] the Troycr-Fox Co. (Continental Can subsidiary or affiliate), and the lighting
installations had been made by Fairbanks-MorseY'
In the Kamchatka canneries at that time there were also about 14 Americans
working in various positions to train Russians and supervise operations. 26 The
American consulting engineer for the Kamchatka salmon canning industry was
Alvin L. Erickson, who lived in Vladivostok for about three years in the early
thirties, supervising the 15 central canneries that had been established since
1930. These were equipped with the "finest machinery and accessories": accord-
ing to Erickson most were superior to the average West Coast or Alaskan
cannery,'· ... while some of them are in installation equal to any in the world. '' 27
Two of the canneries had been equipped with the latest vacuum-type machinery,
each with four lines and a maximum capacity of 9000 cases per day. The
industry also acquired 20 modern trawlers which were in charge of an English
superintendent, and some German engineers were employed in installing new
equipment. 28
An even more comprehensive food processing contract was that received
by the Chicago Kitchen Company, which supplied six architects for six months
to design the Soviet community kitchens. This group prepared the detailed
plans for 11 model community kitchens which were then duplicated by the
Soviets. 211
In the 1950s and 1960s the purchases of complete plants continued. It was
reported in 1957, for example, that
Mather & Platt, Ltd .. Manchester, holds two contracts for the U.S.S.R. including
canning lines for fresh peas and also canning lines to handle both fresh peas
and runner beans. All these lines are complete, i.e., they start with viners, into
which the complete peas plant is fed, and finish with packaging machinery which
labels the cans, packs the required number into a case, and then seals the flaps
of the case. ·10
Considering that ten years earlier, in 1954, the Soviet Union purchased from
U.D. Engineering Co., Ltd. (a United Kingdom firm and a subsidiary of the
dairy chain United Dairies, Ltd.) milk bottling and processing equipment to
a total of $3 million, the conditions encountered in 1963 by the U.S. dairy
delegation are somewhat surprising. 36
In the early 1960s the clothing industry of the Soviet Union, according
to well-qualified U.S. observers, was very backward. In fact it might be concluded
from reports of these observers that in terms of organization, methods, and
equipment the industry had not advanced very much from Tsarist times.
In mid-1963 the United States sent a garment industry exchange group to
the Soviet Union, and the report made by one member of that delegation,
Alexander Lerner, President of Phoenix Clothes, Inc., of New York, is a percep-
tive account through the eyes of an expert observer. 37 After the delegation
had visited several clothing factories, Lerner's general conclusion was:
The production equipment, in my estimation, is very antiquated ... they are very
backward in their supervision and pressing equipment. In their handling of produc-
3
tion, they are as far back as 30 to 50 years.. ~
The report then elaborates and supports this summary statement on a plant-
by-plant basis. The delegation toured the Central Scientific Research Institute
of the Sewing Industries and viewed films of new equipment in operation in
the various factories. These films, however, did not show machines at work,
and Lerner comments:
After all this information was given to us, I was very anxious to see some of
these machines in operation. We saw some of them at the different factories,
but they did not accomplish in action what [I anticipated from what] I saw in
the films. Many of the machines [shown in the films] I did not see at alJ.3 9
Similarly, the Indian Textile Delegation noted that although a great deal
of development work was apparently under way in the research institutes they
did not see models or systems actually in operation. 40
The first factory visited by the American group was No. 16 in Moscow,
founded before the Revolution. One of the Institute machines viewed was for
pressing cuffs and collars by a hot-iron method using a spray of water and
no steam-a method described in the report as "very obsolete." At this factory
the sewing machinery as a whole was 20 to 40 years old, with perhaps 10
percent of it less than five years old. The second factory visited was No. 2
in Moscow, manufacturing men's suits and slacks. About 80 percent of the
machinery here was 30 to 40 years old and the balance, less than five years
37 Acknowledgement is due Mr. Alexander Lerner for his courtesy in making a copy of his
report available. The complete report has been deposited in the Hoover Institution Archives.
as Lerner report, p. I.
39 Ibid .. p. 3.
4 0 Tl'.xtile Industry in U.S.S.R. and CzechoJ"Iovakia. Report of Indian Productivity Team (New
Delhi: Nationa·l Productivity Council, November 1962). Report no. 19, pp. 42-43.
Western Assistance to Consumer Good Industries 353
We visited their cutting rooms and [were) astounded to see their manner of cutting.
They were using two-, three-, and four-suit markers .... Also, even though this
wasn't heavy fabrics, they were only laying it up 14 double spread and less.
They had a tremendous amount of cutters and spreaders for this operation. There
were three spreaders to each table.
I see now why the clothing is being delivered so badly [in] quality of workmanship.
It is simply atrocious. Where they could use automation, they are using the most
obsolete methods. I have been in the clothing business for over 35 years and
I have never seen such pressing and finishing of garments. 41
firms sold to the U.S.S.R. 1.2 million square feet of "Clarino"-a Japanese-
developed ''breathing synthetic material.' .,-,o
44 SeeSuttonl.p.231.
•-~U.S. State Dep!. Decimal File 861.5017/Living Conditions/50S.
' 6Wall Sn·eerJournal. March 12. 1968,27:5.
•• The Times (london). January 8, 1967.
'" The Times (London). January 20, 1967.
Ibid
·1 " The Time.~ (London), JanUal)' 11. 1967.
PART III
Soviet innovation? Why have they appeared in only a few fields, and not generally
throughout the industrial structure?
Table 25-l contains a list (from an official Soviet source) of all Soviet
foreign licensing agreements in force at January 1967.
In brief, this listing presents the sum total of Soviet invention that had
the proven potential of competing in the world technical marketplace as of
January 1967. It is not a list of adopted invention, i.e., innovation, but only
360 Western Technology and Sovier Economic Development, 1945-1965
Technologies
Number of Suture instruments Liquid cores Welding
Country agreements and apparatus and molds techniques Other
United
Kingdom 3 2
Denmark 1 0
Italy 5 3
Canada 2 1
Norway 1 0
U.S.A. 17 16 1 0
France 18 0 2 4 12
F.R.G. 5 1 4
Switzerland 1
Sweden 3 1 1
Japan 6 2 4
62 17 8 9 28
The country having the largest number of agreements was France, with
18. The United States was second with 17, and of these 17, 16 were with
U.S. Surgical, Inc., for suture instruments and one was for a core and mold
mixture process with Heppenstal. 3
As we have pointed out, these 62 licensing agreements constitute Soviet
inventions that had potential on the world market at 1967. They do not constitute
innovations, as the existence of a licensing agreement does not necessarily imply
a technology's application in practice. Apart from the small number of such
licensing agreements, analysis discloses some rather remarkable features. Of
the 62 total, 17 were for medical suture instruments (there are duplicates, as
the same machine may be licensed to more than one country) and another
nine licenses were in the field of welding metals. Thus more than one~third
of the agreements related to the extremely narrow and specialized aims of joining
together either human tissue or metals. The nex~ largest category is licensing
in seven countries of a process for producing liquid core and mold mixtures.
In sum, a close look at these 62 licensing agreements reveals a remarkable
paucity of Soviet invention to compete with the hundreds of thousands of processes
licensed on the world market.
SCALING-UP INNOVATION
that the hot-metal spout and the basic roof setup are unique, and probably
very important. "6
Soviet advances in electricity generation have impressed many observers.
In 1960 a subcommittee of the U.S. Senate noted that the Soviet power program
produced the largest hydroelectric stations in the world-yielding the greatest
amounts of electricity from the largest generators connected by the longest trans-
mission lines operating at the highest voltage. 7 It was also noted that while
in 1960 the heaviest U.S. transmission lines were 345 kv, the Russians then
operated 400-kv lines. These were being stepped up to 500 kv and plans called
for use of alternating-current transmission up to 1000 kv and direct-current
transmission at 800 kv. The subcommittee concluded:
In point of fact, this Senate assessment was somewhat overstated. It was based
on only a few observations, in themselves accurate but not sufficiently extensive
to warrant the broad conclusions reached.
In rocket technology the Soviets first absorbed the German technology and
then, after about 1960, went ahead on their own with more powerful rockets,
in effect a scaling up of the original German rocl~ets.
There is a common denominator in each of these seemingly unrelated indus-
trial sectors whefe the Soviets have made indigenous advance. In each case
the Soviets started with a basic Western technology-indeed a classic
technology-that was well established and had a strong technical literature.
The blast furnace jates from the eighteenth century, and the open-hearth furnace
from the nineteemh century. In electricity generation the Soviets adopted the
Kaplan and Francis runner systems, and of course long-distance electricity trans-
mission was started in the 1920s. In rockets the Russians have a strong historical
interest, but in prad-:al technology they started with the relatively advanced
German technology of World War II, and above all they had the reliability
trial data from 5700 German tests.
Therefore the es:;~;oce of each case in which the Soviets have made indigenous
advance is that they ; !· st acquired and mastered a known and classic technology.
In each case the considerable power of the Communist Party chose the industrial
K. C. McCutcheon, "Oren Heanh Shops of the U.S.S.R." Journal of Metals (New York),
November 1958, p. 725.
U.S. Senate, Committees on Insular Affairs and Public Works, Relative Water and Power
Re.I'Ource De,•elopmenl in th(• U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A., Repon and Staff Studies, 86th Con-
gress. 2d ~e~sinn (Wa~hington, !960), p. 2.
/hid .. p. l
364 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
" "Scaling-up" innovation based on Western proce~ses may be found in other sectors, e.g ..
in sulfuric acid production (\000-ton-per-day contact systems) and coke-oven batteries.
to Engineering News-Record (New York), December I, 1966, p. 33.
" Brirish Chemical Engineering (London), December 1960, p. 868.
Innovation i11 the Soviet Union 365
MINING
1. Underground German U.S./ U.S./U.K.t
equ1pment German German
2. Excavation German u.s. U.S./U.K./
equipment U.S./U.K. German
3. Crushers u.s. u.s. u.s.
4. Ore beneficiation U.S./ U.S.tGerman/
Swedish French
5. Sintering u.s. u.s.
OIL INDUSTRY
6 Drilling u.s. SOVIET SOVIET
366 Western Technology und Soviet Economic Development, /945-1965
MACHINE BUILDING
31. General technical Garman/U.K. U.S./German (None)
assistance
32. Machine tools German/U.S. U.S./Germani U.S./German
U.K.
33 Ball bearings Swedish/Italian/ Italian/U.S. u.S.!Italian
German
34 Instrumentation U.S./Garman U.S./Garman U.S./Garman
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
35. General technical U.S./Germani U.S./U.K./ (None)
assistance U.K./Garman
36 Heavy electrical U.S./U.K./ U.S./U.K. U.S./scaling-up
equipment German
37. Low tension U.S./Swedish/ U.S./Garman German
equipment French
38. Instruments German/U.S. U.S./German U.S./Garman
COMMUNICATIONS
39. telephone Swedish/French/ Not French
u.s. investigated
40. telegraph Danish/U.K. Danish Not
investigated
41. radio u.s. u.s. Not
investigated
42. television U.S.(black French (color)/
and white) German
43. Computers U.S./U.K.
PRIME MOVERS
44. Steam boilers Latvian/ SOVIET/U.S. U.S./U.K./
German German
45. Internal u.s. u.s. U.S./Garman
combustion
46. Diesel engines German Garman/U.K. German/Dan ish/
U.S./Swiss
47. Gas turbines French
AGRICULTURAL EQUIPMENT
48. Tractors U.S./Garman u.s. U.S./U.K./
German
49. Cotton pickers u.s. u.s.
50. Seeding equipment Tsarist u.s. U.S./German
368 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
TRANSPORTATION INDUSTRIES
51. Automobile and trucks Tsarist/U.S./ u.s. U.S./German/
Italian Italian/French
52. Railroad locomotives:
53. steam Tsarist/ Tsarist/U.$.1 SOVIET/U.S./
German/U.K U.K. German
54. diesel-electric U.S./Garman German u.s.
55. electric German/U.S. U.S./Garman French/U.S.
56. hydraulic Austrian/
German
SHIPBUILDING
57. Hull construction German 75 percent 66 percent
foreign-built foreign-built
Engine design:
58. diesel German German Danish/German/
Swiss
59. steam turbine U.K./U.S. U.K Not known
60. gas turbine French
61. Trawlers U.K. /French/ U.K./Garman
German
62. Oceanographic U.S./Garman U.S./Japanese
equipment
AIRCRAFT
63. Aircraft German U.S./Italian SOVIET(?)
Aircraft engines:
64. internal U.S./German U.S./French
combustion
65. turboprop
66. pure jet U.K./German
67. Helicopters SOVIET/Italian SOVIET(?)
68. Landing and Not u.s. U.K./U.S.
communication investigated
equipment
MILITARY INDUSTRIES
69. Explosives German u.s.
70. Poison gas German u.s.
71. Tanks French/U.K./ U.S./U.K./ Data
Italian SOVIET
72. Machine guns Tsarisi/U.K. SOVIET! classified
Finnish
73. Submarines German German/U.K.
74. Destroyers Italian/French
CONSUMER INDUSTRIES
75. Clothing industries Tsarist/U.S./ U.K./German U.K./Germani
German u.s.
76. Boots and shoes Austrian/ Not known U.K.
Danish
Innovation in the Soviet Union 369
Notes: (1) Multi-country listings indicate several technical origins, listed in order of
relat'tve importance. (2) In a few cases, as for example In the origin of steam locomotives
in the 1930 to 1965 period, there has been Soviet adaptation of basic foreign or Tsarist-era
designs: these entries are noted SOVIET first and foreign sources second.
The first column in Table 25-3 relates to the period 1917 to 1930. There
was no Soviet innovation in this period, although there were, as described
in the first volume, several attempts in tractors and synthetic rubber to establish
Soviet products. 12 It should be noted that in this period the oil drilling industry
was converted almost completely to the American rotary drilling technique.
The second column in Table 25-3 relates to the period 1930 to 1945. In
this period Soviet innovation was identified in five of the 75 major industrial
processes listed. Although the turbodrill used in oil-well drilling reportedly
has German origins, the Soviets undoubtedly have worked on it extensively
and the dril! introduced in the 1930s may aptly be called a Soviet development;
it replaced the rotary technique introduced in the 1930s and by the 1950s was
handling the greater part of Soviet drilling. However, overheating and other
technical problems led the Soviets to consider a return to rotary drilling in
the 1960s. Smelting of alumina from nepheline is a process conducted only
in the U.S.S.R. The original flow diagram and equipment for this process
were designed by an American company, 13 but there undoubtedly has been
some Soviet work. Synthetic rubber, butadiene SK-8, is a result of prerevolution-
ary Russian research effort, and production was developed under the Soviets.
The Ramzin "once-through" boiler appears to be a Soviet innovation, as is
the development of some machine guns.
There is no clearcut example in the 1930-45 period of a technology started
and brought to productive fruition under Soviet guidance; each of the five exam-
ples cited above (except possibly the Ramzin boiler) had its origins outside
the Soviet era. On the other hand, the conversion from pilot plant (or equivalent)
to series production was achieved in the Soviet economy.
The last period ( 1945 to 1965) is of particular interest in that we find that
several of the five "Soviet" processes adopted between 1930 and 1945 were
partly supplanted by Western processes. SK-B was supplemented by Western
synthetic rubbers produced with Western equipment. The Ramzin "once-
through" boiler was limited to small sizes and Western models were introduced
in larger sizes. In turbodrills we find the onset of technical problems and reconsider-
'2 Sec Sutton I. pp. 133 IT.; Sutton II, pp. 122 ff.
•:. See Sutton ll. pp. 57-58.
370 Western TechnoloRy and Sovi!'t Economic Development, 1945-1965
w
__,
CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX
A cnllcction of these report> has hecn a"cmhled and dcpn;.ited in the Hoover Institution Li-
br<~ry.
There are many other factors th<~t contribute to this inability. of course. including misalloca·
tion of capital and a bureaucratic inertia. But the proximal technological factor appears to
be an engineering weakne~s.
372
The Level of Technology i11 the Soviet Union 37:
Sources: Sutton 1: Western Technology ... 1917 to 1930; Sutton II: Western Technolo~
7930 t 1945; Washington Post, March 14, 1970; Business Week, April 18, 19~
and June 19 1971; Metalworking News (New YorK), August 16. 1971; •Not by agreeme
with U.S. 1ir ; b U.S. technology supplied indirectly.
374 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Nylon 7 (Enant), not produced in the Western world, has useful stress-strain
properties and ultraviolet resistance. The Ftorlon, a fluorine-containing fiber,
is reported to have good resistance to chemicals and a much higher strength
than Teflon, the only such polymer available in the United States in fiber form.
Vinitron is a new fiber that will not shrink in water and has good dye characteris-
tics. This and similar Soviet work, including development of heat-resistant fibers
from organosilica fibers, 3 suggests that in textiles at least there is no lack of
ability up to the pilot-plant stage. Like observations can be made for other
industries.
The weakness starts with the conversion from pilot-plant production to full-
scale production. Therefore, in discussing levels of technology it is important
to note that an industrial and engineering journal may report new Soviet technical
developments and even pilot-plant or small-batch production; the important factor
to determine is whether the process has been utilized on a continuous basis
for large-scale production (not just series production) over a period of time
(years, not months). It is in this area that we find substantive evidence of
Soviet weakness and inability.
The Hosi~ry Trmle Jounwl (Leicester, Eng.), February 1962, pp. 134-38.
See Sutton I. p. 331.
See Suuon II. pp. 291-99.
376 Westem Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Soviets have not been able to achieve rapid diffusion. The advantages of acquiring
the technologies are clear; the Soviet problem is one of inadequate inputs, i.e.,
computers and precision machinery:';
U.S. Congre~s. Joint Economic Committee, Diiii<'IJ.I'ion.l (lj' Sol'ier Enmomic Pm1·er, HC<lr·
ings, 87th Congrcs~. 2d se~~ion, December 10 untl 11. 1962 (Washington, 1962), p. 137.
!hid.
The Level of Technology in the Soviet Union 377
In casting operations, to take another example, the rate and extent of diffusion
of technology have varied. In the substitution of mechanical sandslingers for
hand sandpacking, common in the United States, diffusion in the U.S.S.R.
is limited to establishments able to manufacture their own equipment. In the
substitution of machine core making and molding for hand operations, there
has been substantially greater productivity of machines in the United States,
contrasted to "slow progress" in the Soviet Union; in 1957 the Soviet Union
had only about 20,000 molding machines, most of which were "primitive pre-
World War II type." In the application of carbon dioxide techniques and related
processes there has been rapid diffusion in both the United States and the Soviet
Union. In the irtroduction of resin-bonded shell molding and core making there
was rapid introt.luction in the United States, which slowed down in 1960 owing
to introduction 0f a competing hot-box method; in the Soviet Union there was
"slow progress·· owing to lack of equipment, thermoreactive resins, and fine-
grained sand. Jr, two innovations there was rapid progress in both the United
States and the U 3 .S .R.-pressure die-casting and semipermanent and permanent
mold casting in ferrous and nonferrous industries.
In only one casting process has there been more rapid diffusion in the U.S .S .R.
than in the UniteJ States-in investment casting, largely by the "lost-wax"
378 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
method. The restriction in the United States is due to the high cost of small
operations and low levels of mechanization possible. The U.S.S.R. probably
produced three times more by this method in 1958 than did the United States.
On balance the U.S.S.R. has a slow rate of diffusion brought about by
equipment deficiencies and lack of necessary input materials. This completely
contradicts the claim that central planning, in contrast to a "chaotic" market
system, can foresee and plan for new material requirements. The history of
innovative diffusion in the Soviet Union suggests that the market system is
infinitely better able to provide new inputs to answer demands for innovative
diffusion.
The evidence presented in this study suggests that, as a result of the need
to import foreign technology plus slow rates of technological diffusion, the
general level of technology in the Soviet Union should be below that of the
United States and the Western world. Certainly Soviet technological levels cannot
be above or even generally on a par with those of the Free World in areas
where the Soviets rely on foreign innovation. Although there are technologies
specially designed by Western firms for the U.S.S.R., and even some examples
of new Western processes introduced first in the Soviet Union by Western
companies, these do not constitute a general rule-they are exceptions. The
rule is that new technology is introduced first in the Western country and then
after a time lag is made available to the U.S .S .R.
One OECD stuJyR contains u table listing Soviet statements concerning
relative technological levels of the U.S.S.R. and the West between 1959 and
1963. These statements form a useful starting point for consideration of compara-
tive levels of technology.
The first of the groups where leadership is claimed is "high-speed aviation,
space rockets, long-range rockets, atomic energy." This claim is not generally
consistent with the data in this study. By the end of the sixties the Soviets
had fallen behind the United States in rocket technology, although the United
States started its major program only in 1957 rather than 1945. In atomic energy
there is no question that the Soviets lag. 9 They have maintained general equality
in high-speed aviation, but their aircraft are technically inferior in many respects
(e.g., control systems) and have relatively high operating costs.
Leadership is claimed in steam turbines for the electrical industry, when
parity would be a more accurate claim.
The leadership claim in the "extraction of oil" definitely is not supportable:
the Soviet Union is today importing oil technology from Europe and the United
E. Zale~ki eta! .. Screncc Polin· illtht• U.S.S.R. (Paris, Orgunization for Economic Cooperution
and Development, 1969), pp. 496-99
9 Seep. 239.
The Level of Technology in rhe Soviet Union 37~
Western
industrial
Technology OECD Report 1 delegationb Sutton c
Sources: E. Zaleski eta/~ Science Policy in the U.S.S.R. (Paris: Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development, 1969); b See text pp. 372 and 373; c See text
pp. 369-70; d Private letter from Vasilliy Strishkov, former Russian coal mining engineer.
now with U.S. Bureau of Mines, Washington, D.C.; eAtomfc Energy in the Soviet Union,
Trip Report of the U.S. Atomic Energy Delegation, May 1963 (Oak Ridge, Tenn.: AEC
Division of Technical Information Extension, n.d.); I Steel in the Soviet Union, Report of
the American Steel and Iron Ore Delegation's VIsit to the Soviet Union, May and June
1958 (New York: American Iron and Steel Institute, 1959); li"USSR Natural Gas Industry,"
Report of the 1961 U.S. Delegation to the Soviet Natural Gas Industry (n.p.: American
Gas Association, n.d.).
11 Seep. 13!.
CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN
The major conclusions presented by this study are that Western technology
has been, and continues to be, the most important factor in Soviet economic
development. The technical transfers that have fostered this development have
continued over a period of 50 years. These observations will now be related
to the declared hostility of the U.S.S.R. to the West since 1917, a hostility
such that the United States alone apparently requires annual defense expenditures
in excess of $80 billion (1969) to counter the threat.
That the Soviets have openly and consistently advocated the overthrow of
Western democratic systems from 1917 to the present time is a fundamental
starting point for the development of our national security policies. Rationality
suggests, therefore, that either our policy regarding technical transfers to the
Soviet Union is in error or our inflated annual defense expenditure is unnecessary.
Either there is no valid rationale for much of our trade with the Soviets, i.e.,
for the main vehicle of technical transfers, or there is no valid rationale for
defense against the Soviets. The two policies are incompatible.
The factors to be considered in highlighting this policy conflict are, first,
the direct supply of military goods from the West to the U.S.S.R.; second,
the supply of technology and equipment for Soviet production of military goods;
third, the strategic implications of the technical transfers as seen by both the
Soviets and the West; and fourth, the failure of Western export control and
the reasons for that failure. Finally, analysis of these factors should conclude
with a brief discussion of the relationship between technical transfers and national
security in the light of this empirical study.
We are faced initially with the problem that the term "strategic" has a
limited definition in the West. All technology, goods, and trade are strategic
in the full sense of the word. Western definitions have been restricted, with
obvious consequences. It is proposed to outline first some of the direct military
transfers (i.e., those which would be militarily ''strategic" by any definition)
and then some indirect transfers applicable to military ends (but not strategic
in the Western definition), and then to examine the spectrum of transfers in
Iight of a more accurate definition of the term "strategic."
381
382 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
Earlier chapters have described direct supply of weapons and other military
supplies to the U.S.S.R. Before 1930 this was primarily a German transfer.
The Red Army and Air Force were trained by German officers, using German
equipment, and arsenals and plants for the production of weapons were established
with German technical assistance and finance.'
In the 1930s Soviet sources of supply widened to include Great Britain
and the United States for the early predecessors of Soviet tanks. The United
States, for example, supplied the early tractor plants which doubled as tank-
producing plants, 2 in addition to cartridge lines, 3 a nitrocellulose plant, 4 and
military electronics. 5
Lend Lease of course was a significant provider of weapons to the U .S.S .R., 6
and numerous items supplied under Lend Lease became prototypes for later
standard Soviet military equipment. For example, the BTR-40 Soviet armored
personnel carrier of the 1950s is an almost exact copy of the U.S. M3 A1
scout car. 7 Although the skills of German scientists were used after the war
to develop military electronics, including missile guidance systems, much
technology in this field as welt came from the United States. The Soviet search
radar, for example, was based on U.S. Navy type SJ radar sets powered by
magnetron tubes and received under Lend Lease. H Gun-laying radar was based
on the British Mark II, and RUS I and RUS II radar units of the 1950s were
based on Lend Lease supplies.
More recently, capture of the U.S.S. Pueblo provided the Soviets with
electronic equipment 15 years ahead of anything they possessed at the end
of the 1960s, 9 and persistent espionage in the United States has provided a
steady flow of new military technologies. 10 In the famous 1962 Cuban missile
crisis the ships used by the Soviets were fitted with extra-large hatches to carry
missiles and were powered by engines manufactured by Burmeister & Wain
in Copenhagen, Denmark. 11
Finally, in 1970 the South African Air Force reported a Russian submarine
taking on fuel from the Soviet tanker Elgava, 12 a vessel built in Sweden in
1961 and equipped with Danish engines. The South Africans also reported
the Russian ship Bakoeriani in the Indian Ocean en route to East Africa with
a naval patrol boat as deck cargo. The engines of the Bakoeriani are Burmeister
& Wain models built at the Bryansk plant in the Soviet Union under the 1959
technical-assistance agreement between the Soviets and the Danish company. 13
Thus by one means or another-and the greater part of the information
on this topic is understandably classified-the Soviets have received a flow
of Western technologies for direct military use from 1917 down to the present
day.
" Ibid., p. 5.
1
~ U.S. Foreign Economic Administration. U.S. T~chnicallndusrrial Disarmam~nt Committe~
to Study th~ Post·Surr~nd~r Tr~atm~nr of the Guman Automotive Industry (Washington,
\945). T.I.D.C. Project no. 12.
5
' Ibid.
16
Shortly before this book went to press, the conc:Jusions of the postwar interagency committee
were brought to the attention of the Department of Commerce with specific reference to issue
of export licenses for the Kama truck plant under construction in the U.S.S.R. in 1971 (see
p. 203). The answer of the department was as follows: "The contribution an established
:4 Wesrem Techtwlogy and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-/965
Sources: Institute for Study of the U.S.S.R., Bulletin (Munich), Ill, 1 (January 1956):
.eo Heimann, "In the Soviet Arsenal," Ordnance (Washington, D.C.), January-February
968; Kratkii avtomobil'nyi spravochnik, 5th edition (Moscow, 1968).
automotive indu~try can make to the military potential of a country is recognized by the
Department. This factor. along with other con~iderations. enters into the deci~ion whether or
not to issue any licenses authori;:ing exports of equipment to a plant such as Kama." Letter
to writer from Rauer H. Meyer. director of the Office of Export Control. Department of
Commerce, November 12, 1971.
The logical deduction from this official statement is that the findings of the interagency com-
mittee are known to and are accepted by the administration in Washington. Inasmuch as
licenses for the Kam<l pl<~nt neverthelc~s h01ve been issued (according to the same letter), we
are forced to the conclusion that the admini~tration i~ knowingly allowing the export to the
Soviet Union of U.S. equipment with military potential. At the time of this writing, licenses
for the Kama project had been issued to S<~tr;~ Corpor;~tion. Cro~~ Company, Ex-Cell-O Cor-
poration. Swindell-Dres~lcr, and (not confirmed) Giffel As~oci:11cs. Inc .. of Detroit.
National Security and Technical Transfers 385
1
' See Sutton I, pp. 246-49.
'" As recently as spring of 1971 it was reported that the Gleason Company had been granted
a license for ~upply of bevel gear production equipment for the Gorki plant. Roch~sr~r Tim~s
Union. June 3, 1971.
1
~ Moscow: Ma~hino~troenic. 1968.
zo Although this ugreement is commonly called the "Fiat deal", the Togliatti plant at Vo\go-
grud uses mainly (uhout three-fourths) American equipment; Vo\gograd is the Soviet name (i.e ..
presumably, Y AZJ, ;md the facility is more accurately called the "V AZ" or "U.S.-YAZ"
plunt.
386 Western Technolog_v and Soviet Economic DevelopmenT, 1945-1965
~1 U.S. Hou~c of Represen!<~tive~ Commiucc on Banking :1nd Currency. The Fiat-Soviet Auto
Pfm11 und lo/1/JIWnist/:"conomir Rl'}iml/.1', !i9!11 Cnngrcs~. 2d ~cssion (W:1shington, 1967).
2
" Ibid.
~' Major Gener:d G. I. Pokrov~kii. ScieiH'c- wul Ti•CII!Io!o~y in Contempt!tary War (New York:
Praegcr. 19591, p. 122. Accomp<~nying. Figure 14 in Po~rov~kii'~ bonk i> a photograph of
a U.S. Jeep with mounted artillery weapon~ and in~cription "U.S. 106-mm rccoiiless weapon
mounted on Willys Jeep.'"
H Al'imim1 Week (New York}. July 7. 1952
National Security and Technical Transfers 387
track vehicle which weighed 3100 pounds laden, including three men. The
ground pressure was only 4.5 psi, and with a turning circle of 13 feet it was
capable of 50 mph. The Germans found this tracked vehicle "invaluable in
wooded country impassable to a vehicle of normal size. " 2 ~ The propulsion
unit was a 1500-cc four-cylinder Opel engine developing 36 bp; this same
engine later powered the Moskvitch 401 and the Moskvitch 402 (Moskva) military
cross-country four-wheel drive version of the 401, produced at the MZMA
in Moscow. In brief, there already exists a tested and usable military vehicle
capable of transporting men or adaptable for weapons use and powered by
a 1500-cc engine. Therefore the numerous statements by U.S. officials to the
effect that the Volgograd plant would have no military capabilities would appear
to be erroneous. 26
In 1961 a dispute arose in U. S. Government circles over the "Transfermatic
case"-a proposal to ship to the U.S.S.R. two U.S. transfer lines (with a
total value of $~.3 million) for the production of automobile engines. In a
statement dated February 23, 1961, representatives from the Department of
Defense went or: record against shipment of the transfer Jines on the grounds
that "the techno:ogy contained in these Transfermatic machines produced in
the United States is the most advanced in the world," and
So far as this department knows the U.S.S.R. has not installed this type of
machinery. The ret.:~ipt of this equipment by the U.S.S.R. will contribute to
the Soviet militar:,. .. ,1d economic warfare potential. 27
I concluded that (h•' Defense Department should not oppose ex.port licenses
for the transfermatic :nachines in question .... My decision was based solely on
the merits of the case as I saw them, from the point of view of alternative sources
and availability of comparable machinery, and was in no part dictated by political
or other policy considerations.
My decision in this case was based on my own knowledge of this type of
machinery and of its alternative sources of supply ..
2" "Its dimensions and small turning circle make it possible to operate the vehicle in places.
such as mountain tracks and forests, impossible for ordinary transport." Automobilt Engineer
(London). October-December 1945, p. 481.
2 r. For example. Eugene V. Rostow. under secretary of state for political affairs. is quoted to
the effect that the U.S. equipment for the plant "would not contribute in any way to Soviet
military capability." U.S. HI)Use of Representatives, op. cit. n. 21, p. 42.
27 U.S. House of Representatives. Select Committee on Export Control, lrn•tstigation and
Smdy of rile Adminixrrorion. Oper"rirm, und Enforctment of tlu Exr,ort Control Act of /949.
and Re/(lted Acn. (H.R. 403}. Hearings. 87th Congress, 1st session, pt. I. October 1961,
p. 217.
388 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
As you know, the transfermatic machines were not be be used for the manufac-
ture of military vehicles, but rather for the production of medium-priced or high-
priced passenger cars.
Your letter asks whether I consulted with other knowledgeable persons before
making my April decision on transfermatic machines. The answer is that I reviewed
this case thoroughly myself. I did not consult formally with other ::utomotive
experts as I had had the benefit of recent and direct experience with the equipment
concerned in private industry. 2 ~
2
~ Ibid., December 1961, p. 474.
29 Ibid., October 1961, p. 217. William P. Bundy states the 225-hp figure but not the end use.
In 1961 no Soviet passenger car had an engine anywhere close to 225 hp. For a similar and
better documented example, see the final summary of the "ball bearing machines case" also
of 1961: U.S. Senate, Committee on the Judiciary, Export of Ball Bearing Machines to the
U.S.S.R., Hearings, 87th Congress, 1st session (Washington, 1961). This is an extraordinary
case-the committee called it "of life and death imponance to America and the free world"
(p. I)-of an attempt to provide the Soviets with a capability for producing miniature ball
bearings, almost all of which are used in missiles.
Jo Business Week, April 18, 1970.
3t U.S. News and World Report, May 18. 1970.
National Security and Technical Transfers 389
industries contribute directly to any war effort. For example, fertilizer plants
can be converted to the manufacture of explosives. Illustrative of the fundamental
assistance given in this sector for the development of military industries was
the 1930s agreement by the Hercules Powder Company, Inc., to "communicate
the secrets of production" of cotton linter, "prepare a complete design of a
nitrocellulose plant for the production of 5000 tons yearly," provide drawings
(by which the plant could be duplicated), send engineers, supervise installation
of equipment and startup, train Russian engineers in manufacture of nitrocellulose
and allow a "detailed study of nitrocellulose production" in Hercules' U.S.
plants. ·, 9
This agreement was the basis of the Soviet explosives industry. Yet it was
described by the company in a letter to the State Department as "apparently
with the view of developing the production of nitrocellulose for peacetime arts.' ' 411
Inasmuch as this letter was sent after informal discussion with Robert F. Kelley
of the State Department, it has to be assumed that the department granted
approval for Hercules to go ahead on the basis of full information. It is beyond
the bounds of common sense to assume that either the State Department or
Hercules was convinced that the application of this assistance would be limited
to "peacetime arts."
Even in !963 several congressmen objected strongly to the export of potash
mining machinery to the U.S.S.R. on the grounds that potash could be used
for explosives. However, the Department of Commerce took the position that
potash ''is used almost exclusively in the manufacture of potassium fertilizers.' ' 41
Incendiary bombs require sulfuric acid; a process for the concentration of sulfuric
acid was sent to the U.S.S.R. in the 1960s. One process for the manufacture
of tear gas (used by North Vietnamese forces in South Vietnam) requires carbon
tetrachloride and benzene; both products were shipped from the United States
to the U.S.S.R. in the late 1960:-;. 42 Herbicides have the same chemicals as
riot-control gases, and herbicides are among the volume imports by the U.S.S.R.
from the U.S.A. Bolh the Japanese anthrax bomb plant at Harbin and the
German Tabun plant were removed to the U.S.S.R. at the end of World War
II. 4 ·1 Since that time the West has given indirect assistance to the Soviet chemical
and biological warfare plants. For example, biological warfare requires refrigera-
tion, and technical assistance has been provided for refrigeration; gelatin or
synthetic polymers are needed to encapsulate biological warfare particles, and
gelatin encapsulating apparatus has been shipped from the United States.
Textiles, of course, are war materials. This was clearly recognized during
World War II, and the military end uses for textiles have expanded since that
'"' Pepperell Munufueturing Company, People of Peaa at War (Boston. 1943). p. 33.
Yu. Krotkov, The An,s.:ry Exile (London: H~in~mann. 1967), p. 92.
11 ; A. D. J. Da!lin and B. I. Nicolaevsky. Forced Labor in Soviet Russia (London: Hollis &
Carter, 1947). pp. 128-29. 137.
41 V. A. Kravchcnko,/ Clune Ju.l"tice (New York: Scribners, 1950), pp. 290, 300.
U.S. Sen<ltc, Committee on Banking and Currency. Export E.q}(lnsion and Regulation. Hear-
ings Before the Suhcomminee on International Finance of the Committee on Banking and
Currency. 91st Cor:<rc~>. 1st .,e~sion (Washington, 1969).
392 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
27-2 lists the origins of their main engines. Of the 96 vessels, identification
of main engines was possible in all but 12. Of the 75 diesel engines it was
determined that 62 had been built outside the U.S.S.R. and 13 inside the U.S.S.R.
The 13 domestic diesels were of either Skoda or Burmeister & Wain design,
and only one steam turbine is listed as of possible Soviet manufacture and
design.
The Burmeister & Wain technical-assistance agreement with the Bryansk
plant has produced engines for numerous ships used by the Soviets for military
purposes. Table 27-3 lists some Haiphong run vessels with Burmeister & Wain
engines built at Bryansk.
Quite apart from main engines, complete ships have been built in the West
and utilized for military purposes. Table 27-4 gives a selected list of such
ships known to have supplied material to North Vietnam, together with their
Western origins.
The Ristna, which was reported off Ghana in 1966 with arms for internal
revolts, 49 is powered by M.A.N. six·cylinderengines (570-mm bore and 800-mm
stroke) built in Hamburg. 50 During the Cuban missile crisis of 1962 Soviet
ballistic missiles were carried to Cuba in the "Poltava" class of dry-cargo
carrier. These have an exceptionally long No. 4 hatch (13.5 meters) enabling
transport of intermediate-range missiles. The class consists of a number of vessels
with common construction characteristics; thus details of one vessel, the Poltava,
will make the point clear. The Polrava (Soviet registration number M-22600)
i~ an II ,000-ton dry·cargo ship with engines constructed by Burmeister & Wain
of Copenhagen, Denmark. The engines are two-cycle supercharged, six·cylinder
diesel marine type, with a cylinder diameter of 740 mm and a piston stroke
of 1600 mm; some vessels of the "Poltava" class have engines made in the
Soviet Union but based on the Burmeister & Wain engine. The Polotsk, for
example, has a Danish engine, but the Perekop has a Soviet-built B&W engine
of the same type. 51
In brief, there is a direct, identifiable military utilization by the Soviets
of technologie~. equipment, and products supplied by Western governments
under the assumption that these items were for peaceful use.
What is more, there is evidence that there has been a considerable
"leakage" of Western equipment under export control. 52 This, of course, is
a different proposition from export of peaceful goods where reliance is placed
on Soviet intent not to use these goods for military purposes. Where products
are defined as "strategic" and still find their way in quantity to the U.S.S.R.,
there is a problem of ineffective administration.
The United States in the Export Control Act of 1949 and the Battle Act
of 1951, and other Western nations under equivalent legislation, have attempted
to restrict exports of "strategic" goods to the Soviet Union. In the United
States the export of purely military goods is administered by the State Department
while the export of ''strategic'' goods is vested in the Department of Commerce,
although the State Department has a major influence in this area also. The
Department of Defense may register objection to export of a specific item,
but has been overruled on sufficient occasions with regard to strategic goods
•9 Current Digest of the Soviet Press, XIX (March 19, 1967), 35.
~0 Registr Soyuza SSR, RegistrO\'Ciya kniga morskikh sudo1• soyu::a SSR 1964-!965 (Moscow.
1966).
~I Ibid.
~2 See chapter 7, "The Arms Runners,'' in J. B. Hutton, The Trajtor Trade .(New York;
Obolensky, 1963). Hutton is a former Soviet agent who was employed in smuggling strategic
goods. Since the book has an epilogue by W. Averell Harriman it is presumably authentic.
Nmional Security and Technical Transfers 39
that its influence may be considered as greatly subordinate to that of the Stat,
and Commerce departments.
The provision of fast. large ships for Soviet supply of the North Vietnames1
will indicate the type of problem arising where export control has failed. Tw(
segments of the Soviet merchant marine were examined to determine the relation
ship between Western origins and maximum speed of Soviet ships. It was antici
pated that because of the NATO limitations on the speed of merchant ship:
supplied to the U.S.S.R. (reflected in export·control laws) the average spee<
of NATO-supplied ships would be considerably Jess than ships either supplie(
by East European countries to the U.S.S.R. or built within the U.S.S.R. itself
The results of the analysis are as follows:
The most obvious point to be made is that the average speed of Western·
supplied ships used by the Soviets in the Haiphong run was 2.4 knots (i.e.,
about 20 percent) above that of Soviet domestic·built ships used on the run.
This segment includes only those ships built after 1951 (i.e., after implementation
of the Battle Act with its stated limitation of speed and tonnage of ships supplied
to the U.S.S.R.). 53 The second segment (ships added in 1964·65) indicates
that the gap in speed between Western- and Soviet·built ships is widening-that
Western ships on the average are almost four knots, or 36 percent, faster than
domestic-built ships. We may conclude that not only has this discrepancy gone
unobserved among export control officials, but whatever export·control principle
is utilized is being eroded over time.
Figures 27-1 and 27-2 suggest that the lax administration applies also to
weight limitations. Hence the faster, larger Soviet ships are from the West
and the slower, smaller ships are from Soviet shipyards.
It is relevant to point out that under the CoCom provisions each nation
12 kJ (:1,
<
"•
0 East European construction f- .g•
11
:!
10
Q3
r:: ···-~-
/';. ~ov;e1 cons1ruc1;on 1-
~
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 11,000 12,000 GROSS REGISTERED TONS
-
~
I:!J,5 Note: small figure by side of box indicates number of vessels with this speecfJtonnage characteristic
-
~
Figure27·2 SOVIET SHIPS ON THE HAIPHONG RUN: DESIGN ORIGINS OF MAIN ~
DIESEL ENGINES IN RELATION TO MAXIMUM SPEED AND TONNAGE 6·
KNOTS e.
:;:
~
16 •• Ia ,_
• 0
"',
17 -
• "
16
,~
[
15
?
.;,
14
!. ~
!:i le
I~
13
" or Legend:
12
8·· Free world design
f-
0• East European design
11 ~ Soviet design f-
(may be Alco 1941 design)
10 ~ ---
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 11,000 12,000 GROSS REGISTERED TONS
...,
r'\7 111,.,,.. """'"II fino oro hu <>irlo nf hnv inrlir;at.,.., "' omhl:!r nf VP!I:..<:AI~ with lhi~ sneed/lonnaoe characteristic
398 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
participating in the embargo of strategic materials submits its own views concern-
ing whether or not specific items should be shipped. There is also a unanimity
rule. In other words, no item is ever shipped to the U.S.S.R. unless all participat-
ing nations agree that it should be shipped. Objection by any nation would
halt the shipment. Douglas Dillon, former under secretary of state, has pointed
out: "1 can recall no instance in which a country shipped a strategic item to
the Soviet bloc against the disapproving vote of a participating member of
CoCom." 54
It must therefore be presumed that U.S. delegates participated in, and
approved of, export of ships of high average speed as well as marine diesel
engines, and of the Burmeister & Wain technical-assistance agreement of 1959
for Soviet manufacture of large marine diesels-all later used against the United
States by the Soviets in supply of North Vietnam. In summary, the evidence
suggests that the U.S. delegates to CoCom knowingly allowed export of ships
above the NATO speed and weight limits that were later utilized against the
United States. This possibility clearly demands further investigation.
~·• U.S. Senate Committee on the Judiei;~t)'. ~~-.\flllrt o(Strut!'gic ,W/11('/'iu/., to tire U.S.S.R. und
Other Bloc Cormtrfc.1·. Hearings Beforc the SuhnJillmittec to lnvc.~tigatc the Admini.~tration
of the Internal Security Act and Other Internal Security Law~. 87th Congress. 1st ~ession,
Part 1. October 23. 1961. p. 45.
National Security and Technical Transfers 399
goes to industry for the purchase of armaments. 55 The military has top priority,
but its capabilities also reflect Soviet weaknesses brought about by the almost
total absence of innovative effort. Flexibility and innovation for Soviet industry
are imported from the West. Thus, ironically, the prime forces making for
efficiency in Soviet military production are Western initiative and efficiency.
This conclusion can be refuted only if it can be shown (a) that the transfers
of innovation from the West do not take place and (b) that the Soviet military
structure does not depend on the Soviet industrial structure for input materials.
Therefore, we cannot in the final analysis make any meaningful distinction
between military and civilian goods. Every industrial plant directly or indirectly
affords some military capability. It is the availability of Western technology
that makes Soviet industry more efficient. The import of this technology releases
resources for military efforts and also ensures that the Soviet industrial~military
complex incorporates the latest of Western manufacturing techniques.
Nor can any meaningful distinction be made in the last analysis between
technology exports to the U.S.S.R. and those to the other East European bloc
countries. Recognition of political differences between Communist nations has
led to Western policies based on such differences, and specifically to more
favorable economic treatment of less hostile Communist countries. However,
political differences among Communist nations have not led to any reduction
in intra~bloc trade or transfers of technologies. Indeed, paradoxically, the Western
reaction to polycentralism in the form of "more trade" has led to an increased
transfer of Western technology to the Soviet Union. Processes and products
embargoed for direct Soviet shipment are transferred to the Soviet Union indirectly
through East European communist countries. There has been, then, an increase
in transfer of technology to the U.S.S.R. as a result of the Western policies
of the past two decades, policies based on erroneous assumptions concerning
the extent to which polycentralism exists, and can exist, in the economic life
of Eastern Europe.
As the acquisition of Western technology is a prime objective of all Commu-
nist nations, it must be further concluded that one effect on the West's response
to its own interpretations of differing forms of communism in Eastern Europe
has been to provide a more effective economic basis for fulfillment of Soviet
foreign policy objectives. The international political objectives of Yugoslavia,
for example, do not alter the fact that the Yugoslavs can and do supply the
Soviets with such vitally needed items as advanced diesel engines, larger merchant
ships, and copper electrical products. With their technical support to the U.S.S.R.
the Yugoslavs are making a far more significant contribution to Soviet interna~
tiona! aspirations than any possible purely political support would provide.
A rational policy for any nation is one based on logical deduction from
empirical observation. If a policy is based on erroneous information or on lack
of facts, or if it is developed from accurate data by nonlogical, i.e., mystical,
methods, the policy is not likely to achieve its objectives.
There is adequate reason to believe that Western policy toward the U.S.S.R.
in the field of economic relations is based, first, on an inadequate observation
of fact, and second, on invalid assumptions. In no other way can one explain
the extraordinary statements made, for example, by State Department officials
to Congress, by academic writers, and by 50 years of policies which prescribe
first the establishment and then the continuing subsidy of a system that simultane-
ously calls forth massive armaments expenditures. Those countries which have
been the prime technical subsidizers of the U.S.S.R. are also the countries
with the largest expenditures on armaments against a presumably real threat
from the Soviet Union.
The first requirement of a rational policy in economic relations between
the Western world and any communist state is to determine the empirical facts
governing both economic and strategic-military relations. These three volumes
have established, from a precise technical examination, that the Soviet Union
and its socialist allies are dependent on the Western world for technical and
economic viability. At any time the West chooses to withdraw this technical
and economic subsidy, the Soviet Union must either meet terms laid down
by the West or effect within its own system the changes needed to achieve
self-generated innovation. The major temporal and political demands of the
second course suggest that the Soviet Union would come to terms. The West,
then, has the option of taking major steps toward developing world peace.
To subsidize and support a system that is the object of massive military
expenditures is both illogical and irrational. In other words, it calls into question
not only the ability and the wisdom but indeed the basic common sense of
the policymakers.
The choice therefore is clear: either the West should abandon massive arma-
ments expenditures because the Soviet Union is not an enemy of the West,
or it should abandon the technical transfers that make it possible for the Soviet
Union to pose the threat to the Free World which is the raison d'etre for
such a large share of Western expenditures.~ 6
u The numerous statements contrary to this conclusion do not stand up to penetrating analysis.
For example, Assistant Secretary of State Nicholas de B. Katzenbach: "We should have no
illusions. If we do not se!l peaceful goods to the nations of Eastern Europe, others will. If
we erect barriers to our trade with Eastern Europe, we will lose the trade and Eastern Europe
wi!l buy elsewhere. But we will not make any easier our task of stopping aggression in Vietnam
nor in building sect.Lrity for the United States." U.S. House of Representatives, Committee
on Banking and Currency, To Amend the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945. Hearings, 90th
Congress, 1st session, April 1967, P- 64.
CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT
See for example, V. I. Lenin, S~l~ct~d Works, J. Fineberg, ed. (New York: International
Publishers, 1937), vol. 9, pp. 116-18.
Strana Sovnov :w 50 l~t (Moscow, 1967), p. 98.
John D. Harbron, CommuniJt Ships and Shipping (London, 1962), p. 140.
40I
402 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem, 1945-1965
The basic problem of the Soviet economy is, as we have seen, its essentially
static nature. The system apparently lacks internal dynamic factors that make
for indigenous technical progress other than that attained by duplication of an
existing technology. On the other hand, true technical progress involves the
steady substitution of ever more efficient ways of combining resources and
is the most significant factor in increasing standards of living.
The function of imported technology in the U.S.S.R. is therefore to provide
the missing dynamic element of technical progress, or more specifically, to
supply innovation. This is achieved in several sequential steps. First, at an
early stage in a sector's development the productive units themselves are imported,
i.e., the machines, the boilers, the production lines. This is followed by a
second stage, that of duplication or copying of the most useful of the imported
units, according to a standardized design. Long runs of standard units without
Economic Aspects of Technical Transfers 403
model change achieve the favorable growth rates noted. In certain sectors this
may be followed by a third stage-adaptive innovation. i.e., scaling up. The
Soviets have made excellent use of the scaling-up procedure in iron and steel
and electricity generation. Such scaling up, however, cannot be applied in all
sectors or in all basic technologies within a sector. As we have seen, it can
be used in blast furnaces within limits, but not in rolling mills. It can be used
in coke ovens within limits, but not in the production of precision machinery.
It can be used in penicillin production, but not in radio-tube production. Thus
the adaptive process of scaling up has significant limits.
So far as major indigenous innovation is concerned, we have seen that
this is barely existent in the Soviet Union. There have been a few research
achievements not found in the West (three synthetic fibers, for example), and
some indigenous research has been placed into pilot production (as in the case
of the Grinenko process). There is no case, however, of a large-scale productive
unit based on self-generated indigenous Soviet technology. The Soviet
technology that comes closest to this achievement is probably the turbodrill-but
this technology is not comparable in its complexity to, say, automobile manufac-
turing, and in any case increasing demands for depth drilling have revealed
turbodrill performance problems.
We can induce at least three contributions from technical transfer in addition
to provision of technical modernization: the grant of economic flexibility (through
release of resources), the grant of performance fJexibility (because a standardized
design is suitable for only a limited range of end uses), and the engineering
contribution that inheres in foreign construction of large production units (those
beyond available Soviet skills but not necessarily involving new technology).
Performance flexibility benefits may be noted in several of the sectors dis·
cussed in the study. One example can be seen with respect to marine boil-
ers installed in Soviet ships between 1945 to 1960. All Soviet-made marine boil-
ers are of one size and model. Flexibility for various requirements is achieved
by importing boilers with nonstandard characteristics, e.g., unusual heating sur-
faces and working pressures. The existence of this phenomenon does not emerge
from the trade and production statistics; its detection requires examination of
the specifications for units produced and imported.
The engineering benefit, which is actually a variation of the fJex.ibility con-
tribution, is exemplified by the large number of complete plants bought abroad.
It is also present in such acquisitions as refrigerator ships, where more complicated
system's are purchased abroad and simpler systems are built inside the U.S.S.R.
in any other socialist economy. It appears to fall into three distinct stages:
first, import of foreign equipment; second, a period of comparative testing during
which both foreign and domestic copies are used side by side; and third, the
elimination of imports and sole reliance on domestic·produced equipment.
Although this three·stage categorization is generally supported by the informa-
tion presented here, it is possible to document the process fully in only one
equipment area-steam turbines. Data are needed over a period of time (to
:::over the three stages hypothesized) to cover all units acquired, built, and installed
and to determine their precise identification. The only source of such complete
information available outside the U.S.S.R. is the Soviet Register of Shipping. 4
Of 5500 entries described in that source, 47 merchant ships are found to have
steam turbines as propulsion units (there are many more in the Red Navy);
these turbines are identified by type, origin, and date of installation.
When these data are plotted, it may be seen that installations fall into the
three distinct periods postulated when viewed in terms of origins: first, a period
from 1953 to 1957 with only foreign purchases (no domestic manufacture):
second, a period from 1957 to 1960 with both foreign purchases and domestic
production of steam turbines; and third, a period after 1960 with only domestic
manufacture. Although import of steam turbines after 1960 would not invalidate
the case (indeed, the Soviets would want to investigate any new Western design
developments), in this case none appear to have been imported in the final
period under consideration.
A superficial conflict with the findings of this study is posed by the apparent
numbers of engineers graduated in the U.S.S.R. compared to those in the U.S.A.
A Soviet source gives the following statistics for engineering degrees granted
in the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A. in 1950 and 1965:'
According to these figures, output of engineers with degrees has increased four-
fold in the period 1950 to 1965, while that of the United States has fallen
by one-half in the same period. There is, of course, a relationship between
numbers of engineers and level of technology.
If the Soviets had a vigorous indigenous technology, little further attention
would be paid to this finding. However, the quantity production of engineers
Registr Soyuza SSR, Registr01•aya /miga morskikh SIHfor soyu:.a SSR 1964-65 (Moscow,
\966)
~ Strano Sot"<'tot· .... op. cit. n. 2. p. 23!.
Economic Aspects of Technical Transfers 405
since the 1930s appears to be inconsistent with the findings of this study. Some
probing indicates a reconciliation. A Russian engineer is not the same as a
Western engineer, particularly an American. engineer. Not only is the Soviet
engineer's training and experience much narrower; his level of skills is far
lower. Indeed, a Soviet "engineer" may not have as high a level of technical
ability. as a master mechanic or ship superintendent in the United States. Moreover
there is no question that top-level technical graduates are siphoned into military
work and the balance go into industry; this diversion coupled with the generally
lower skills requirements greatly reduces the effectiveness of the large reservoir
of engineers.
This conclusion is supported by reports from at least two delegations to
the Soviet Union. Appendix 9 ofthe 1963Indian iron and steel industry delegation
report 6 cites the engineering force and its utilization at the steel works called
Zaporozhstal. Of a total of 16,829 workers, 1367 were classified as "engineers.''
These "engineers" were working in such locations as the telephone exchange
(12), stores (8), instrument repair shop (58), water supply station (5), building
repair facilities (20), and scrapyard (19). Obviously they were not engineers
by any Western definition. In the West any one of the above-named operations
(with the possible exception of instrument repair) can function without a single
degree-qualified engineer.
Another example may be found in the report of a USDA forestry delegation. 7
That delegation inspected the Bozhenko furniture plant in Kiev and found that
the 1600 employees included 104 technical people, of whom 64 had university
degrees. Quite clearly if the 64 technical-degree holders in this small furniture
plant are placed according to their abilities, their level of skills must be extraordi-
narily low. In the West such a plant with a comparable output could operate
efficiently without a single technical-degree holder and rarely would there be
need for more than two or three. The Bozhenko furniture plant as described
by the U.S. delegation (and shown in photographs published in the report)
suggests a management problem of major significance. The descriptions and
photographs together depict a plant with abysmally low levels of efficiency
when compared with Western plants. The factory painting facilities (a brick
wall outside the plant), the intraplant "transport" (a man pushing an overloaded
and wobbly trolley), and the general assembly shop could not be found in
Europe or the United States: state factory inspectors would close the plant
down as a hazard for its workers. If such an institution employs 64 degree
holders, the logical questions must be: What are they doing? What is their
training? What is their supposed purpose in the plant?
There are numerous reports of poor construction in the Soviet Union-and
Iran & Stee/lm tstry in the U.S.S.R. and Czechoslovakia; Report of Indian Productivity
Team, (New Del i: National Productivity Council, March 1963), p. 253.
U.S. Dept. of A ·culture. Forestry Service, Forestry and Forest Industry in the U.S.S.R.,
Report of a Te<.:h cal Study Group (Washington, March 1961).
406 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
50s and the import figures reflect the calculations given elsewhere-that since
then over two-thirds of the Soviet merchant fleet has been built in the West.
Similarly, Khrushchev's call for a massive increase in chemical production in
1957 was accompanied by an immediate increase in chemical equipment imports,
a nearly tenfold increase in ten years (from 22 million rubles in 1957 to 100
million in 1959 and an average import of just over 200 million rubles in the
mid to late sixties.)" 11
Internal shortages are also reflected in changing import figures. For example,
the agricultural problems of the early 1960s resulted in massive imports not
oilly of foreign wheat but also of foreign fertilizers and agricultural equipment
(from 14 million rubles in 1961 to 62 million rubles in 1966).
Jbjectives. The chemical industry plan, the synthetic fiber and rubber industry
plans, and the automobile and merchant marine plans could not have been
filled even by 10 percent if reliance had been solely on domestic abilities and
resources.
These observations also provide a rational explanation for Soviet emphasis
on domestic production of electricity, steel (simple construction sections rather
than high-quality flat-rolled products), and building products such as cement
and stone. 12 The perennial shortage of housing also suggests a diversion of
construction material resources into other types of construction. Emphasis on
the production of electricity, steel, and construction materials is consistent with
massive import of foreign equipment and processes: the buildings to house
imported process technology and equipment must be provided from domestic
resources. Apart from the import of the steel-fabricated structure for the Stalingrad
tractor plant in 1930 there is no known case of Soviet import of industrial
building structures. These are built to a standard design in the U.S.S.R. from
domestic materials. 13 The major inputs for industrial buildings are structural
steel, plate steel, reinforcing rod, and cement. The planning emphasis on these
products, then, is not founded in dogrml but on practical construction demands.
This also squares with observed Soviet postwar reparations practices; rather
than removing fabricated steel structures (as the less experienced Western allies
tried to do) the Soviets removed portable equipment and machinery of a high
value-to-weight ratio. The building shell was erected in the U.S.S.R. and the
equipment bedded down in its new location.'~
u G. Warren Nutter, The Growth of Industrial Production in the Soviet Union (Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 1962).
u See Sutton II: Western Technology ... 1930 to 1945, p. 251.
H See Edwin W. Pauley, Report on Japanese Assets in Manchuria to the President of the
United States. July /946 (Wa.~hington. !946), for excellent photographs of Soviet removal
practice: the remaining portions of the plant are those needing duplication in the U.S.S.R.,
i.e., the building shell, equipment made of fabricated sheet steel. and machinery with a low
value·to-weight ratio.
Economic Aspects of Technical Transfers 409
the wayside). They chose the Douglas DC-3 within a year of its inception-an
aircraft that proved to be the most efficient air transport of its time. They chose
the Rust cotton picker. They have shown a remarkable ability to appreciate the
market economy in operation, to acquire full knowledge of competing
processes, and to step in as soon as a particular process has shown itself to have
advantages not shared by others. A Western firm that has had its process or
equipment chosen by the Soviets should use the fact as an advertising
slogan-for Soviet choice has been so remarkably accurate that it is almost a
badge of acceptability.
Finally, the Soviet Union (or any other importer of technology) can avoid
the long gestation periods of modern technologies. The Soviets acquired the
wide-strip mill within a few years of its introduction in the West. lt would
have taken decades to reproduce the technology within the U.S.S.R. They
acquired the German jet and turboprop engines at a time when they had themselves
hardly mastered the manufacture of piston engines. They obtained in the late
fifties and early sixties numerous complete chemical plants far beyond their
own technical abilities and certainly not then duplicable in the Soviet Union
in the foreseeable future. Such gains in time are vital to the fulfillment of
Soviet ideology, which requires a dynamic technical front.
The gestation advantage comes out most clearly in those technologies which
involve a high degree of construction skill and cannot be imported. Atomic
reactors, for example, require a lengthy construction period, cannot be legally
exported from the West. and demand a high degree of construction skill. After
a flashy start in the 1950s the Soviets had only four reactors in operation in
November 1969 (the same number as in 1965), which is a far cry from the
impressive predictions advanced in the 1950s for atomic power development
in a socialisr system.
The Soviet economy is always a few years behind the West, but under
censorship conditions this has presented no great problem. By a combination
of careful concealment and clever promotion, 16 the Soviets have had little diffi-
culty in presenting to foreign observers the facade of a vigorous, sophisticated
technology.
u "In the developing countries of Asia and Africa, Soviet aid places great stre~s on modern
scientific symbols. A nuclear research lab is set up in Cairo, a fully automatic telephone
exchange in Damascus, a technological institute in Rangoon-these tokens of advanced
technology are intended to convey an image of Soviet progressiveness in human discovery
and inventiveness in the application of ~cicnce to peaceful progress.'" Hans Heymann, Jr ..
Til<' U.S.S.R ill tirl' T,•c·/mo!ogintl Race (S:mhL Mnnic<J: RAND Corp., 1959), Report no.
P-1754, p. 6.
CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE
Conclusions
The first volumt: cf this study concluded that the Soviets employed more
than 350 foreign con( ..:ssions during the 1920s. These concessions, introduced
into the Soviet Union under Lenin's New Economic Policy, enabled foreign
entrepreneurs to establis;. business operations in the Soviet Union without gaining
property rights. The S'~lViet intent was to introduce foreign capital and skills,
and the objective was to establish concessions in all sectors of the economy
and thereby introduce Western techniques into the dormant postrevolutionary
Russian economy. The foreign entrepreneur hoped to make a normal business
proftt in these operations.
Three types of concessions were isolated: Type I, pure concessions; Type
II, mixed concessions; Type III, technical-assistance agreements. Information
was acquired on about 70 percent of those actually placed in operation. It was
found that concessions were employed within all sectors of the economy except
one (furniture and fittings), although the largest single group of concessions
was in raw materials development. In the Caucasus oil fields--then seen as
the key to economic recovery by virtue of the foreign exchange that oil ex pons
would generate-the International Barnsdall Corporation introduced American
rotary drilling techniques and pumping technology. By the end of the 1920s
80 percent of Soviet oil drilling was conducted by the American rotary technique;
there had been no rotary drilling at all in Russia at the time of the Revolution.
International Barnsdall also introduced a technical revolution in oil pumping
and electrification of oil fields. All refineries were built by foreign corporations,
although only one, the Standard Oil lease at Saturn, was under a concessionary
arrangement-the remainder were built under contract. Numerous Type I and
Type III technical-assistance concessions were granted in the coal, anthracite,
and mining industries, including the largest concession, that of Lena Goldfields,
Ltd., which operated some 13 distinct and widely separated industrial complexes
by the late 1920s. In sectors such as iron and steel, and particularly in the
machinery and electrical equipment manufacturing sectors, numerous agreements
were made between trusts and larger individual Tsarist-era plants and Western
companies to start up and reequip the plants with the latest in Western technology.
4I I
412 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem. 1945-1965
A.E.G., General Electric, and Metropolitan- Vickers were the major operators
in the machinery sectors. Only in the agricultural sector was the concession
a failure.
After information had been acquired on as many such concessions and
technical-assistance agreements as possible, the economy was divided into 44
sectors and the impact of concessions and foreign technical assistance in each
sector was analyzed. It was found that about two-thirds of the sectors received
Type I and Type II concessions, while over four-fifths received technical-
assistance agreements with foreign companies. A summary statement of this
assistance, irrespective of the types of concession, revealed that all sectors except
one, i.e., 43 sectors of a total of 44, had received some form of concession
agreement. In other words, in only one sector was there no evidence of Western
technological assistance received at some point during the 1920s. The agreements
were made either with dominant trusts or with larger individual plants, but
as each sector at the outset comprised only a few large units bequeathed by
the Tsarist industrial structure, it was found that the skills transferred were
easily diffused within a sector and then supplemented by imported equipment.
Examination of reports by Western engineers concerning individual plants con-
firmed that restarting after the Revolution and technical progress during the
decade were dependent on Western assistance.
It was therefore concluded that the technical transfer aspect of the New
Economic Policy was successful. It enabled foreign entrepreneurs and firms
to enter the Soviet Union. From a production of almost zero in 1922 there
was a recovery to pre-World War I production figures by 1928. There is no
question that the turn-around in Soviet economic fortunes in 1922 is to be
linked to German technical assistance, particularly that forthcoming after the
Treaty of Rapallo in April 1922 (although this assistance was foreseeable as
early as 1917 when the Germans financed the Revolution).
It was also determined that the forerunners of Soviet trading companies
abroad-i.e., the joint trading firms-were largely established with the assistance
of sympathetic Western businessmen. After the initial contacts were made, these
joint trading firms disappeared, to be replaced by Soviet-operated units such
as Amtorg in the United States and Arcos in the United Kingdom.
It was concluded that for the period 1917 to 1930 Western assistance in
various forms was the single most important factor first in the sheer survival
of the Soviet regime and secondly in industrial progress to prerevolutionary
levels.
Most of the 350 foreign concessions of the 1920s had been liquidated by
1930. Only those entrepreneurs with political significance for the Soviets received
Conclusions 413
compensation, but for those few that did (for example, Hammer and Harriman),
the compensation was reasonable.
The concession was replaced by the technical-assistance agreement, which
together with imports of foreign equipment and its subsequent standardization
and duplication, constituted the principal means of development during the period
1930 to 1945.
The general design and supervision of construction, and much of the supply
of equipment for the gigantic plants built between 1929 and 1933 was provided
by Albert Kahn, Inc., of Detroit, the then most famous of U.S. industrial
architectural firm. No large unit of the construction program in those years
waS without foreign technical assistance, and because Soviet machine tool produc-
tion then was limited to the most elementary types, all production equipment
in these plants was foreign. Soviet sources indicate that 300,000 high-quality
foreign machine tools were imported between 1929 and 1940. These machine
tools were supplemented by complete industrial plants: for example, the Soviet
Union received three tractor plants (which also doubled as tank producers),
two giant machine-building plants (Kramatorsk and Uralmash), three major
automobile plants, numerous oil refining units, aircraft plants, and tube mills.
Published data on the Soviet "Plans" neglect to mention a fundamental
feature of the Soviet industrial structure in this period: the giant units were
built by foreign companies at the very beginning of the 1930s, and the remainder
of the decade was devoted to bringing these giants into full production and
building satellite assembly and input-supply plants. In sectors such as oil refining
and aircraft, where further construction was undertaken at the end of the decade,
we find a dozen top U.S. companies (McKee, Lummus, Universal Oil Products,
etc.) aiding in the oil-refining sector and other top U.S. aircraft builders
in the aircraft sector (Douglas, Vultee, Curtiss-Wright, etc.).
Only relatively insignificant Soviet innovation occurred in this period: SK-B
synthetic rubber, dropped in favor of more useful foreign types after World
War II; the Ramzin once-through boiler, confined to small sizes; the turbodrill;
and a few aircraft and machine gun designs.
The Nazi-Soviet pact and Lend Lease ensured a continued flow of Western
equipment up to 1945.
In sum, the Soviet industrial structure in 1945 consisted of large units produc-
ing uninterrupted runs of standardized models copied from foreign designs and
manufactured with foreign equipment. Where industrial equipment was of
elementary construction (e.g., roasters and furnaces in the chemical industry,
turret lathes in the machine tool industry, wooden aircraft, and small ships),
the Soviets in 1945 were able to take a foreign design and move into production.
One prominent example (covered in detail in this volume) was the Caterpillar
0-7 tractor. The original, sent under Lend Lease in 1943, was copied in metric
form and became the Soviet S-80 and S-100. It was then adapted for dozens
of other military and industrial uses.
414 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Deveiopmem, 1945-1965
Thus in the period 1930 to 1945 the Soviets generally no longer required
foreign engineers as operators inside the U .S.S.R.'as they had in the concessions
of the 1920s, but they still required foreign designs, foreign machines (the
machines to produce machines), and complete foreign plants in new technical
areas. By 1945 the Soviet Union had "caught up" at least twice; once in
the 1930s (it could also be argued that the assistance of the 1920s constituted
the first catching-up) with the construction of the First Five Year Plan by foreign
companies, and again in 1945 as a result of the massive flow of Western
technology under Lend Lease. While the technical skills demonstmted by the
Tsarist craftsmen had not quite been achieved, 1 it may be said that in 1945
the nucleus of a skilled engineering force was once again available in Russia-for
the first time since the Revolution.
Tsarist-era technology was of a higher standard than is generally believed: it had achieved
capability to produce aircraft, calculating machines, and locomotives. Foss Collection,
Hoover Institution; see Sutton I. pp. 183-84.
1 For typical articles that appeared in Western journals a~ the Soviet~ took steps to start a mas-
sive acquisition program to fill major technical gaps in the Soviet structure, see: Raymond
Ewell, "Soviet Russia Poses a New Industrial Threat." ASTM Bulletin, no. 239 (July 1959),
43-44; W. Benton, "Are We Losing the Sheepskin War." Democratic Dige.ff, July 1956;
"From Revolution to Automation in 37 Year~." Americun Machinist. November 19, 1956;
G. Marceau, "Exceptionnelles possibiliti:s du forage en U.R.S.S.," Jndustrie du petrole, 28
(November 1960). 47-49; "Soviet Scientists Emerge from Curtain to Crow about Progress,"
Business Week, September 14, 1957, pp. 30-32.
Conclusions 415
For the example of v ~··.he~. ~ee 8usi11ess Wt-ek. June 6, 1960, p. 74.
Comrof E11gi•1n'ri11g (New York). November 1958, p. 80.
416 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
companies and subsequent units built by Soviet engineers are based on the
original Western model, and imported equipment is used in key process and
control areas.
Mr. Gay stated the opinion that it was doubtful whether the policy of blockade
and economic isolaton of these portions of Russia which were under Bolshevik
control was the best policy for bringing about the establishment of a stable and
proper Government in Russia. Mr. Gay suggested to the [War Trade] Board
that if the people in the Bolshevik sections of Russia were given the opportunity
to enjoy improved economic conditions, they would themselves bring about the
establishment of a moderate and stable social order.~
Minutes of the U.S. War Trade Board, December 5. 1918, vol. Y, pp. 43-44.
6 New York !State] Legislature, Joint Legblative Committee to Investigate Seditious Activities
(Lusk Committee), Albany, N.Y .. 1919.
Conclusions 417
but this was not allowed to interfere with trade. In sum, there was no argument
made against technical transfers while several influential political and business
forces were working actively to open up trade.
The lack of clear policy formulation and foresight was compounded by
the apparent efforts of some State Department officials in the 1930s to discourage
collection of information on Soviet economic actions and problems. While the
First Five Year Plan was under construction by Western companies, various
internal State Department memoranda disputed the wisdom of collecting informa-
tion on this construction. 7 For example, a detailed report from the U.S. Embassy
in Tokyo in 1933 (a report containing precisely the kind of information used
in this study) was described in Washington as "not of great interest. " 8 It is
therefore possible that no concerted effort to examine the roots of Soviet industrial
development has ever been made within the U.S. State Department. Certainly
internal State Department reports of the 1930s provide less information than
the present study was able to develop. Such lack of ordered information would
go far to account for many of the remarkably inaccurate statements made to
Congress by officials of the State Department and its consultants in the 1950s
and 1960s-statements sometimes so far removed from fact they might have
been drawn from the pages of Alice in Wonderland rather than the testimony
of senior U.S. Executive Department personnel and prominent academicians. 9
In brief, a possibility exists that there has been no real and pervasive know-
ledge of these technical transfers--even at the most ''informed'' levels of Western
governments. Further, it has to be hypothesized that the training of Western
government officials is woefully deficient in the area of technology and develop-
ment of economic systems, and that researchers have been either unable to
visualize the possibility of Soviet technical dependence or unwilling, by reason
of the bureaucratic aversion to "rocking the boat," to put forward research
proposals to examine that possibility. This does not however explain why
some of the outside consultants who were hired by all Western governments
10
Seep. x.
tt See Sutton, Western Technology ... 1930 to 1945, p. 101.
u Ibid .. p. 113.
Conclusio11s 419
here-that any automobile plant can produce military vehicles. The supply of
U.S. equipment for the Volgograd plant was diametrically opposed to any
policy of denial of exports of stratetic goods to the Soviet Union, for under
any definition of "strategic" the Volgograd plant has clear and significant
military weapons capability. Yet the State Department was strongly in favor
of the shipment of the plant equipment. The developing story of the Kama
plant suggests history is repeating itself.
Under these conditions, where policy is so far removed from logical deduc-
tion, it would be imprudent to arrive at any conclusion concerning Western
intentions. If logical intentions exist-and in chapter 27 it is suggested that
our strategic policies are not logically derivable from observable fact-they
are obscure indeed. The writer leans to the position that there is gross incompe-
tence in the policymaking and research sections of the State Department. There
is probably no simple, logical explanation for the fact that we have constructed
and maintain a first-order threat to Western society.
The Soviet Union has a fundamental problem. In blunt terms, the Soviet
economy, centrally planned under the guidance of the Communist Party, does
not constitute a viable economic system. The system cannot develop technically
across a broad front without outside assistance~ internal industrial capacity can
be expanded only in those sectors suitable for scaling-up innovation and duplica-
tion of foreign techniques.
Quite clearly a modern economy cannot be self-maintained, however skilled
its planners and technicians, if technical adoptions in basic industries are limited
to processes that lend themselves to scaling up or duplication. Further, the
more developed the economy the greater its complexity; consequently the planning
problems associated with the acquisition of information must surely increase
in geometric ratio.
Logically, then, a system that is strictly centrally planned is not efficient
either for rapid balanced growth or for any growth at all once the economy
is past the primitive stage. Beyond that stage, the chief function of central
planning, so far as the economy is concerned, becomes the retention of political
control with the ruling group. There are few economic functions, and certainly
no technical functions, that cannot be performed in a more efficient manner
by a market economy.
How have the Russian Party member, the Politburo, Stalin, Khrushchev,
and Brezhnev looked upon Western technology in relation to Soviet technology?
This is indeed a fascinating question. Party injunctions, for example in Pravda,
suggest that on many levels there has been a deep and continuing concern
420 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945-1965
with lagging Soviet technology. The general problem has long been recognized,
ever since Lenin's time. But Lenin thought it curable; 13 the current Politburo
must at least suspect it is incurable.
It is however unlikely that either the Party in Russia or the Communist
parties in the West have fully probed the depths of the problem. First, their
writings mirror a persistent confusion between science and technology, between
invention and innovation.'" Second, it is unlikely that most Marxists appreciate
how important an indigenous innovative process is to a nation's self-sufficiency
(in contrast to their clear understanding of the value of scientific endeavor and
invention). Even breakaways from Marxist dogma still find it difficult to absorb
the notion that virtually all widely applied (i.e., innovated) technology in the
Soviet Union today may have originated in the outside world. Third, Russian
designers and engineers may have succeeded in deceiving the Party and even
themselves. By claiming as indigenous Russian work designs which in fact
originated in the West, they may have obscured the realities of Soviet technology.
The dilemma facing the Soviets in 1970 is stark and overwhelming, and
periodic reorganization and adjustments have not identified the basic cause.
Indeed, each reorganization either stops short of the point where it may have
lasting effect or leads to yet further problems. This is because the Party continues
to demand absolute political control while a viable economy increasingly demands
the adaptability, the originality, and the motivation that result from individual
responsibility and initiative. Attempted solutions through lise of computers may
temporarily ease the problem, but ultimately they too will result in confusion
because accurate information still has to be acquired and analyzed. The computer
is only as useful as its human operators are capable and as its data input is
sound. In any event, who will supply the computers?
Moreover a communist regime cannot yield political power; doctrine demands
continuance of power in the hands of the Party. The economy demands diffusion
lJ V.I. Lenin, Selecred Works. J. Fineberg. cd., vot. IX (New York. International Publishers.
1937), pp. 116-118.
~~ Another and more puzzling facet of the Soviet concept of wh<~l beget~ innovation b found
in dcscriplions of lhe innov<Jtorv proces~ in practice. For ex:unple, :m <lrlicle hy G. B.
Nagigin on innovation in the glass industry .~tales: "Technical offices were eslablishcd
[in one faclory) before the stan of 1he competition. Leading engineers and technologists were
on duty in these offices and gave practical assislance lo innovators who turned to them for
advice, consultation, etc. The technical offices are equipped with reference literature and other
material needed by innovators and inventor~. For example, there is a drawing board and the
necessary instrumenls in the 1echnical office of the Gushkovskii Works. The establishment
of well-equipped technical offices. with qualified engineers on duty, naturally had a very favorable
effect on the development of innovation and invention work in the factories." Sreklo i keramika
(New York), vol. XIV, no. 2. p. 66. A table is included in the article giving "results."
We have to assume lhal lhis scheme 10 encourage competition Wii~ a serious allempt to induce
the innovatory process-although one b tempted to di'>mi's it <Js naive in the exlreme. II need
only be said that anyone with the slighle~t knowledge of invention and innovation would con-
clude that linle that is worthwhile can be achieved by such a forced and anif1cial proces~.
Conclusions 421
of power. What will be the result? If Russian historical precedent is any indicator,
then the outlook is gloomy indeed. The Russian Revoluton was a gigantic
and violent upheaval. The first revolution achieved what had been attained
by evolutionary means elsewhere, the substitution of relatively democratic control
for autocracy. Then the briefly emergent democratic forces in Russia were
caught between the autocracy of the right and the Bolsheviks of the left and
were rendered impotent. A new absolutism took power. Today there is no
question that a fundamental change has to come again; what is unknown is
the form that change will take and whether it will be revolutionary or evolutionary.
It is also clear-and the writer makes this assertion only after considerable
contemplation of the evidence-that whenever the Soviet economy has reached
a crisis point, Western governments have come to its assistance. The financing
of the Bolshevik Revolution by the German Foreign Ministry was followed
by German assistance out of the abysmal trough of 1922. Examples of continuing
Western assistance include the means to build the First Five Year Plan and
the models for subsequent duplication; Nazi assistance in 1939-41 and U.S.
assistance in 1941-45; the decline in export control in the fifties and sixties;
and finally the French, German, and Italian credits of the sixties and the abandon-
ment of controls over the shipment of advanced technology by the United States
in 1969. All along. the survival of the Soviet Union has been in the hands
of Western governments. History will record whether they made the correct
decisions.
The Western business firm has been the main vehicle for the transfer process,
and individual firms have, of course, an individual right to accept or reject
Soviet business in response to their own estimation of the profitability of such
sales. There is ample evidence in the files of the U.S. State Department, the
German Foreign Ministry, and the British Foreign Office that Western firms
have cooperated closely with their respective governments in negotiating for
such sales.
Historically, sales to the Soviet Union must have been profitable, although
the Russians are reputed to be hard bargainers and there have been numerous
examples of bad faith and breaches of contract. Firms have accepted theft of
blueprints and specifications, 15 duplication of their equipment without permission
or royalties, 11' and similar unethical practices and still deemed it worthwhile
to continue trade. This applies particularly to larger firms such as General
The Soviet problem is not that the nation lacks theoretical or research
capability 1 H or inventive genius. The problem is rather that there is a basic
weakness in engineering skills, and the system's mechanisms for generating
innovation are almost nonexistent.
Table 29-1 suggests the sparseness of Soviet innovation; engineering weak-
nesses are implicit in continuing plant purchases abroad-while such purchases
continue the Soviets are not building plants using their own laboratory discoveries.
Why does the Soviet system have such weaknesses?
There is certainly no choice among competing inventions using market
criteria, but if more useful Soviet processes existed they would be adopted
whether market-tested or not. Absence of the marketplace is not, then, sufficient
reason to explain the absence of innovation. There may be, as has been suggested
elsewhere, no compelling pressures to develop innovation despite the fact that
the Party is constantly exhorting technical progress. But the explanation that
most adequately covers the problem is one that has been previously mentioned
though not heretofore stressed--the "inability hypothesis." The spectrum of
engineering skills required to build a complete polyester plant, a large truck
plant, a fast large-capacity computer, and a modern marine diesel engine just
does not exist in the Soviet Union. Sufficient engineering skills do exist for
limited objectives-a military structure can be organized to select and marshal
the technology of war, or a space program can be decreed and realized through
top-priority assignment of resources. But the skills are not present to promote
and maintain a complex, self-regenerative industrial structure.
The point to be stressed is that if there were adequate engineering ability
some innovation would be forthcoming in the form of original new processes,
and such innovation would appear in many sectors of the economy. This is
generally not the case. In most sectors the West installs the initial plants and
subsequent plants are duplicates based on that Western technology. Once the
sector has been established, major new innovations within the sector tend to
be either imported technologies or duplicates of imported technologies. Therefore
pervasive "inability" in engineering seems the most likely basic explanation.
For some reason-and this study has not explored the diverse institutional factors
within the system that might be responsible-Soviet central planning has not
fostered an engineering capability to develop modem technologies from scratch,
nor has it generated inputs (educational, motivational, and material) to achieve
this objective.
The world is now presented with 50 years' history of industrial development
in the most important of socialist experiments, and censorship can no longer
hide the problem. Every new Soviet purchase of a major Western technology
is pari pa.uu evidence for a central lesson of this study: Soviet central planning
is the Soviet Achilles' heel.
Bibliography
Ford Truck ll!ustrations Catalog ,/948-1956. Dearborn, Ford Motor Co., 1964.
Future United Stares Trade Policy. Roth Report to the President. Washington,
June 1969.
Gaidamak, K. M. Slesar' po montazhu tekhnologicheskogo oborudovaniia
khimicheskikh zavodov. Moscow, 1968.
Galloway, D. F. Recent Production Developments in the Soviet Union. Preprint
of the 1959 Sir Alfred Herbert Paper. London, Institution of Production
Engineers, 1959.
Gemeinfassliche Darstellung des Eisenhiittenwesens. 14th ed. DUsseldorf,
Verein Deutscher Eisenhlittenleute, 1937.
Gene!', S. V., et a!. Primenenie polimernykh materialov v kachestve pokrytii.
Moscow, 1968.
"German Army Transport." Automobile Engineer, October-December 1945.
Germany (Territory under Allied Occupation, 1945- U.S. Zone). Office of
Military Government. Report ofthe Military Governor. N .p., March 1949.
(Report No. 45)
___ . ___ . Economics Division. A Year of Potsdam; The German
Economy since the Surrender. N .p., Lithographed by the Adjutant General,
OMGUS, 1946.
Ginnis, R. A. Beet-Sugar Technology. New York, Reinhold, 1951.
Ginzburg, A. S., ed. Grain Drying and Grain Driers. Jerusalem, Israel Program
for Scientific Translations, 1960.
Golodovskii, Ia. E. Trekhosnyi avtomobil' Zil-157K. Moscow, 1968.
Golovach, A. F. E!ektricheskie mashiny i elektroprivod, derevoobrabaty-
vayushchikh stankov. Moscow, 1968.
Goodsmit, S. ALSOS. New York, Schuman, 1947.
Gornorudnaia promyshlennosr' Ukhrainskoi SSSR. Moscow, \967.
Gornye mashiny dlia dobychi rud. Moscow, 1968.
Gotman, P. E., eta!. Elekrro-rekhnicheskie materialy; Spravochnik. Moscow,
1969.
Gray, R. B. and Pickard, George E. "Planting Machinery." Encyclopaedia
Britannica. 1958 ed. Vol. 17.
Great Britain. Iron and Steel Institute. Production of Wide Steel Strip. London,
1960.
___ . ___ . The Russian Iron and Steel Industry. A Report Prepared
by a British Steel Mission to the U.S.S.R. London, April 1956. (Special
Report no. 57)
Great Britain. Ministry of Economic Warfare. Economic Survey of Germany.
London, Foreign Office, 1944.
Great Britain. Ministry of Fuel and Power. Report on the Petroleum and Synthetic
Oil industry of Germany. London, H .M. Stationery Office, 1947.
Great Britain. National Coal Board. The Coal Industry of the U.S.S.R.; A
Report by the Technical Mission of the National Coal Board. Parts I
and 2. London, 1957-1958.
432 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmem, 1945-1965
Malian, Lloyd. Russia and the Big Red Lie. New York, Fawcett Publications,
1959.
Mandzhavidze, N. F., and Mamradze, G. P. The High Dams of the World;
Systematic Tables of Data and Bibliography on Dams over 75m High.
Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1966.
Mantell, Charles L. Industrial Electro-Chemistry. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1940.
Manual para constructores. 8th ed. Monterrey, Mex., Compafi:ia Fundidora
de Fierro y Acero de Monterrey, S.A., 1959.
Marsden, Charles P. Tabulation of Published Data on Soviet Electron Devices
through June 1965. Washington, U.S. Department of Commerce, National
Bureau of Standards, 1965.
Mashinostroenie. katalog liubitel'skaia fotokinoapparatura. Moscow, 1969.
Mazour, A. G. Finland between East and West. Princeton, D. Van Nostrand,
1956.
Mcimbcrg. Rudolf, and Rupp, Franz. Die Reparations!eistungen der Sow-
jeiischen Besatzungszone. Bonn, Bundesministerium fUr gesamtdeutsche
Fragen, 1950.
Memorandum on Contraclsfor the Export of Engineering Produc/s to !he Soviet
Union. London, London Chamber of Commerce, March 1965.
Mendershausen, Horst. Dependence of East Germany on Western Imports.
Santa Monica, Calif., RAND Corp., July 17, 1959. (Report no. RM-2414)
___ . "Interzonal Trade" in Germany: Part I, The Trade and the Contrac-
ttw! relation.\·; Part II, Interaction with Early Berlin C on.flicts. Santa Monica,
Calif., RAND Corp., July and November 1963. (Memorandum no. RM-
3686-PR)
___ ,and Meyer, Nancy V. The Concept of Hostile Trade, and a Case
Study of Seventeenth CentUI)' Japan. Santa Monica, Calif., RAND Corp.,
April 1965. (Memorandum no. RM-4433-PR)
Menitskii, I D., and Kaplan, Yu. A. Universal'nozatochnye stanki. Moscow,
1968.
Merchant Ships: World Built. Southampton, Adlard Coles. Annual.
Metuzalem, E. V ., and Rymanov, E. A. Televizory "Start." "Start-2," "Start-
3'' i "Start4." Moscow, 1968.
Mikesell, Raymond F., and Behrman, Jack N. Financing Free World Trade
with the Sino-Soviet Bloc. Princeton, N.J., Princeton University, Depart-
ment of Economics and Sociology, International Finance Section, 1958.
Miller, S. A. Acetylene: Its Properties, Manufacture and Uses. New York,
Academic Press, 1965.
Milovidov, G. V. Montazh tekhnologiche.1·koMo ohorudovaniia predpriiatii po
proizvodstvu khimicheskikh volokon. Moscow, Ministerstvo montazhnykh
i spetsial'nykh stroitel'nykh rabat SSSR, 1970.
Bibliography 437
Milyshkin, A. A., and Plekhanov, I. P. Spravochnik voditelia avromobifia.
Moscow, 1968.
Minaev·Tsikanovskii, Y. A., era/. Mashiny i oborudovanie promyshlennykh
fabrik·prachechnykh konstruktsiia i raschet. Moscow, 1968.
Misarek, D. Turbokompressory. Moscow, 1968.
Mission to Moscow. Report of the Fifth Mission from Leicester and County
Chamber of Commerce, September 18th to 22nd, 1967. Leicester, Barker,
n.d.
Modelski, G. A. Atomic Energy in the Communist Bloc. Melbourne, 1959.
Moncrieff. R. W. Man·Made Fibres. New York, John Wiley, 1963.
Monkhouse, A. ''Electrical Developments in the U.S.S.R." I.E.£. Journal,
vol. 76, no. 462 (June 1935).
Moorehead, Alan. The Traitors. London, Hamish Hamilton, 1952.
Moorsteen, Richard. Prices and Production of Machinery in the Soviet Union,
1928·1958. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1962.
Morey, George. The Properties of Glass. New York, Reinhold, 1954.
Moroz, I. 1., and Sivchikova. M.G. Khimicheski stoikie keramicheskie materialy
i izdeliia v prom_yshlennosri. Kiev, 1968.
Motter, T. H. Vail. The Persian Corridor and Aid to Russia. Washington,
Department of the Army, Office of the Chief of Military History, 1952.
(United States Army in World War II, The Middle East Theater)
Nadezhdin, B. N., and Plekhanov, I. P. Avtomobil' "Moskvich-408"
(ekspluatatsiia i tekhnicheskoe obsluzhivanie). Moscow, 1967.
Narodnoe Khoziaistvo SSSR v 1968 g.; Sratisticheskii ezhegodnik. Moscow,
1969.
Nekrasov, A. M., and Rokotyan, S. S., eds. 500 kv Long-Distance Electric
Transmission. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1966.
Nekrasov, K. P., eta/. Khlopkotkachestvo. Moscow, 1969.
Nekrasov, N. N. Ekonomika promyshlennosti i tekhnicheskii progress. Moscow,
1957.
Nemschak, F. Ten Years of Austrian Economic Development, 1945-1955.
Vienna, Association of Austrian Industrialists, 1955.
Nepomniashchii, I. L. Koksovye mashiny, ikh konstruktsii i raschety. Moscow,
1963.
Neporozhnii, P. S. Electrification and Power Construction in the U.S.S.R.
Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1965.
___ . Spravochnik stroirelia teplov ykh elektrostantsii. Moscow, 1969.
Nesteruk, F. Ya. Development of Hydropower Engineering in the U.S.S.R.
Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1966.
Nett!, J. P. The Eastern Zone and Soviet Policy in Germany, 1945-50. London,
Oxford Univ r,.ity Press, 1951.
Nichols, Robert A 1966 Survey of Russian Merchant Shipping. Seattle,
438 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Developmenr, 1945-/965
Shabad, Theodore. The Soviet Aluminum Industry. New York, American Metal
Market, 1958,
Shcherbatykh, M.A. Mashiny dlia kompleksnoi mekhanizarsii vovtsevodstve.
Moscow, 1968.
Sheinkman, E. S. Nov_ve pribory i instrumenry v lesoustroistve. Moscow, 1968.
Shepherd, R., and Withers, A. G. Mechanized Cutting and Loading of Coal.
London, Odhams Press, 1960.
Shevakin, lu. F. Stan_v kholodnoi prokarki trub. Moscow, 1966.
Shiryaev, P. A. ''The Economic Advantages of Large Types of Blast Furnaces.''
In Samarin, A.M., ed. Contemporary Problems of Metallurgy. New York,
Consultunts Bureau, 1960, p. 236.
Shishkin, K. A., era!. Sovetskie replovozy. Moscow, 1951.
_ _ _ . Teplovoz TE-3. Moscow, 1969.
Shneerov, L.A. Nabomye strokoorlivnye mashiny. Moscow, 1968.
Shukhman, F. G. Serki bumagodelatel'nykh mashin. Moscow, 1968.
Sidorov, lu. P., and Rozanov, A. F. Analiz rabat po avtomatizatsii pitaniia
urkom tkatskikh stankov za rubezhom. Moscow, 1968.
Silin, P. M. Technology of Beet-Sugar Production and Refining. Jerusalem,
Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1964.
Sitnikov, G. G. Tranzisrornye televizory SShA i laponii. Moscow, 1968.
Slusser, Robert, ed. Soviet Economic Policy in Postwar Germany; A Collection
of Papers by For mer Soviet Officials. New York, Research Program on
the U.S.S.R., 1953.
Smirnov, M. N ., and Yydrevich, E. Z. The Improvement of the Hydrochemical
Alkali Method of Processing Nepheline Rocks to Obtain Alumina.
Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations [1959].
Sokolov, Y. L. ''Soviet Use of German Science and Technology, 1945-1946. ''
New York, Research Program on the U.S.S.R., 1955. (Mimeographed
Series no. 72)
Sominskii, Y. S. 0 tekhnicheskom progresse promyshlennosti SSSR. Moscow,
1957.
Soviet Industrial Research; Report of the Federation of British Industries
Research Delegation to the Soviet Union, 7-22 October 1963. London,
Federation of British Industries, November 1963.
Soviet Merchant Ships 1945-1968. Havant, Eng., K. Mason, 1969.
Soviet Union: A Survey for Businessmen; Report on the London Chamber of
Commerce Trade Mission to the Soviet Union, 1966. London, 1967.
Spivakovskii, A. 0., eta/. Transportnye mashiny i kompleksy otkrytykh gornykh
razrabotok. Moscow, 1968.
Spivakovskii, L. I. Ekonomika trubnoi promyshlennosti SSSR. Moscow, 1967.
Spravochnik po oiJOrudovalliiu, dlia remonta avtomobilei i traktorov v lesnoi
promyshlennosri. Moscow, 1968.
Spravochnik po spetsial'nym rabotam. Moscow, 1968.
442 Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1945~1965
UNPUBLISHED SOURCES
Bean, Nevin L. "Address before the Detroit Chapter of the National Society
of Professional Engineers. February 22, 1956." Dearborn, Mich.,·Ford
Motor Co .. News Department.
Chuthasmit, Suchuti. "The Experience of the United Stutes anU Its Allies in
Bibliography 451
the Soviet Natural Gas Industry. N.p., American Gas Association, n.d.
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. High Energy Physics Advisory Panel.
"Report in Response to ou·estions Pertaining to the Scope of the 200
Bev Accelerator." N.p., January 1968.
___ . ___ . "The Status and Problems of High Energy Physics Today."
N.p., January 1968.
U.S. Department of State. Office of Foreign Liquidation. "Report on War
Aid Furnished by the United States to the U.S.S.R." Washington, 1945.
"Welding Research and Development in the U.S.S.R." A Report on the Visit
of a B.W .R.A. Party to Welding Research Institutes in the Soviet Union.
October !960.
PERIODICALS
457
458 Index
DEGUSSA (German Gold and Silver Ex- in Soviet merchant ships, 214-21, 283-86,
traction Corp.), 235-36 290-91,293-302,395
DeHavilland (U.K.) aircraft, 254-55 Digital Engineering Company, Ltd. (U.K.),
Deka-Werke (Germany), 160 162
De Laval Company, 228 Dillon, C. Douglas, 71-72n.28, 398
DeLavals Angturbin (Sweden), 228 Dinslaken A.G., Bandeisenwalzwerk, 27
Demirkhanov, R.A., 237 Disticoque (France) coke ovens, 142
Denmark: Dix hammer crushers, 52
DKW motorcycles, 193
in aid to: basic Soviet sectors, 367-68
passim; maritime industries, SO, 229, Don navigation equipment, 291
285, 286, 289, 290, 294-97, 301 Donkin & Company, Ltd. (U.K.), 286
diesel engines from, 55, 89-91 passim, Dorr:
215-21 passim, 285, 382-83 cement silos, 174
exports to U.S.S.R., general (1953-61), concentrators, 52
40-43 passim multifeed thickener (for beet sugar pro-
Soviet financing i.1, 69 cessing), 344-45
Soviet inventions in, 358,360 Dorrco (E. Ger.) filters, 110n.42
De Sehelde, Kononhlijke Mij N.V. (Neth.), Dosco cutter loader, 108
281 Douglas Aircraft Company, 254, 267, 268n.
Deutsches Solvay Wctkc (Ger.), 145, 152 41,410,413
Deutz (Ger.) diesel cn;::ines, 223, 299 Dowty Roofmaster, 108
diesel engines: Do:ttford, Lewis, marine propulsion unit, 288
for automotive industry, 197n.19, 223, Draper stitching machines, 60
373 Dresser Industries, 13 3, 3 70
in- COMECON agree;n. :1ts, 81-86 passim Dubonnet wheel suspension system, !97
from Eastern Euro~·'!: general, 395-98; DuMont oscilloscopes, 131
Czechoslovakia, "2, 55, 63, 83-84,
90, 215-23 passil;,, 184-85, 294,300, Dunford & Elliott Process Engineering, Ltd.
373; E. Germany, 89-90, 215-16, (U.K.), 183
219-21, 285, 290, :;)0, 302, 367-68, Dunlop Advisory Service (U.K.), 161
3 73, 392; Hungary, 215, 392; Poland, Dunlop Ltd. (U.K.) engineering, 98
86-91 passim, 221; Yugoslavia, 89-91, Dupont, E.l., deNemours and Company,
399 xxix, 79, 153-55 passim, 164, 180, 182,
from Free World: genenl, 395-98; Den- 238, 271,418
mark, 50, 64, 77, 8,·91 passim, 215- Durgapur steel mill (India), 94
20 passim, 285, 294, 301, 367, 368, Dutch State Mines (Neth.), 182
373, 392-94; Japan, 5 I, 296, 299,
301-2; Sweden, 215; Switzerland, 214- Dutton, Frederick G., 85
16, 367-68, 373, 392; U.K., 367, Dwight-Lloyd:
373, 392; U.S.A., 58, 64, 90, 215, belts, 52
219, 222-24, 367-68, 373; W. Ger- sinteringprocesses,ll0n.36, 115,132
many, 214-16, 219, 221, 367-68,
373, 392 Dyer sugar beet washing unit, 337, 340
GOST designations for, 373-74
under Lend Lease, 219, 285, 295-97, East Anglia Plastics (U.K.), 164
300, 302, 392 Eastern Europe:
for marine propulsion, 6, 214-21, 283- as channel for Western technology, 76-77,
86, 290-91, 293-302, 368, 373-74, 84, 85, 87-91, 110, 216, 221-23,
382, 383, 392-98 282-84, 399
as prototypes, 63, 223-24 in COMECON agreements, 76, 78-91
in reparations, 29, 195, 223 pQSSim, 221
and Soviet engineering weaknesses, 372- in foreign aid projects, 98-99
74 See also separate countries (Poland, Yu-
Soviet manufacture of. 214, 216-24, 230, goslavia, etc.)
392-93. 395-98 Eaton, Cyrus, Jr., 72
464 Index
Manchuria, reparations from, 15, 16, 17, 12; scaling up innovations, 123, 132,
18, 21, 22, 23-24, 34-37, 39, 124, 127, 362-64,366, 379-80; U.S. technology
154, 157, 160·61, 170-72, 185-88 passim, for, 122-23
390,414 casting developments, 377-78
Manchurian Synthetic Rubber Company, Czech aid to, 84
154
melting processes, Soviet, 131-32, 358-61
Mandel'shtam, S.L., 167
in reparations, 32, 35
Mandryko (Soviet engineer), 337
Soviet inventions tn, 131-32
Manhattan Project, 231,238,243
welding processes, Soviet, 131, 358-61,
Mannesman pipe roHing process, 129, 130 365, 379-80,423
Mannesmann-Thyssen (E. Ger.), 139 W. German aid to, 46, 4 7
Marchon Products, Ltd. (U.K.), 148-49 - - , nonferrous:
Mardian, Dan, 332n. 79 aluminum: in COMECON agreements, 80,
Marine Equipment Plant (Poland), 87 83, 118; in reparations, 34, 36, 118-
Marion excavators, 60, Ill, 114 19, 12I;Sovietaluminaores, 116-17,
Masco pulp density regulator, 110 409, 423; Soviet production of, 116-
19,366, 369-70; and Western aid, 366
Mash. Kiel (W. Ger.) marine diesels, 215
continuous casting of, 124
Massey-Harris-Ferguson, 213
copper: from E. Germany, 88;embargoes
Materiel T6!6phonique S.A. {France), 329 on, 85, 116; from Japan, 51; in Lend
Mather & Platt (U.K.), l61n.40, 350-51 Lease shipments, 9, 12, 116; ore
Maxwell automobile, 409 equipment, 44; in reparations, 33;
May, Max, 69 Soviet imports of, 116; Soviet pro-
duction of, 116, 121; and U.S.
May, Nunn, 233-34 technology, 366; from Yugoslavia,
May bach (Ger.) railway equipment, 250-51 52, 85, 86, 399
Mazour, A.G., 32 under Lend Lease, 5, 9, 12, 116
McConnell & Company (U.K.), 349 magnesium alloys, 119-21
McKee Corp., 122, 413 nickel, 55, 366
McNamara, Robert, 77, 387-88 in reparations, 33-36(1assim, 118-21
Mechanische Weberei (Ger.), 176 in Soviet exports, 415
Meco-Moore (U.K.), 106-8 uranium, 231-42passim, 318-19
medical technology: mentioned, xxx
from Japan, 51 - - . See also mining industry
medicine and pharmaceuticals: under Metropolitan-Vickers, Ltd. (U.K.), 228,412
Lend Lease, 4; in Soviet exports, 83; Mexico, 94, 127
Soviet weaknesses in, 149-50, 152,
158; space research in, 278; Western Michelson, A., 69
aid to, 149-50, 152,367 Middle Asian Scientific Research Institute on
Soviet developments in, 316, 358-61 Mechanization and Electrification of
passim, 365, 403, 423 Irrigated A6riculture (U.S.S.R.), 211-12
Meiselbach, August (Ger. machine tool manu- Miguet-Perrou calcium carbide furnaces, 157
facturer), 307 Mikoyan, Anastas 1., 221
Mendershausen, H., 88 military sector. See atomic energy, automo-
Mercedes-Benz diesel engines, 374 tive industry, ships and ship building,
weapons
Merklinger (Ger.) hydraulic press, 310
Messerschmidt (Ger.) aircraft technology, Millard navigation equipment, 291
268 Miller, E.W., 324
metallurgy, ferrous. See iron and steel indus- Milwaukee machine tools, 311
tries Minemet flotation machines, 109
--,general: Minere et Meto (France), 109
blast furnaces: and direct-reduction alter- Miniature Precision Ball Bearing Company,
natives, 12;3; under Lend Lease, 8, 313-14
Index 473
Mining Engineerin~ \..,'ompany, Ltd. (U.K.), NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization),
107 395, 398
mining industry: natural gas. See oil and gas industries
Czech aid to, 84 Naxos radar system, 276
dredgers, 44, 103 .• 11 Neptun navigation equipment, 291
excavation equipment, general. See under Netherlands:
building industries in aid to Soviet industries: general, 41;
Western aid to: under concession agree- chemicals, 147,150-51, 366;shipping,
ments, 411; French, 365; German, 46, 229, 281, 285-86, 295-97, 299, 302
48, 51. 365; Lend Lease, 8, ll; Soviet financing in, 69
Swedish, 49, 365; U.K., 44, 46, 365;
u.s .. 103-5, 365,411 Nettl, J.P., 17, 19-20
See also coal industry, metallurgy New Britain Machine Company, 202
Mirr!ees, Bickerton & Day, Ltd. (U.K.), New Caledonia, 115
287, 374 New Economic Policy, 411, 41 2
Misr group (Egyptian contractors), 97 New Idea fertilizer spreader, 21 2
missiles. See under weapons NIIOMTP (Scientific Research Institute for
Mitsubishi machine plant, 36 Organization, Mechanization, and Techni-
cal Assistance to the Construction Indus-
Mitsui (Japan), 151, 164 try), 46
Modrach, Conrad (Ger. machine tool manu- Nippon Electric (Japan) echosounders, 291-
facturer), 307 92
Molotov, V.M., 16 Nippon-Manshu pulp plant (Manchuria), 187
Mond Nickel (U.K.), 265 Nissho Trading Company (Japan), 182
Mongolia, 309 Nordac Limited (U.K.), 144-45
Monroe calculators, 315 Nordheim, L. W., 232n.5
Monsant11 Chemkal ('omp;lny, !60 North American B-25 (Mitchell) bomber, 269
Montccatini {Italy), 147,151, !59 Northern Siberian Air Route program, 4-5
Monterrey (Mexico) steel mill, 94 Northrop (U.K.) stitching machine~. 60, 177
Mor~an, [.I.P.I (rinancicrs), 72n.29 Northwest (U.S., heavy construction equip-
Morton Machine Company, Ltd. (U.K.), 164 ment), 93
Moscow Merchant Bank, 69 Norway:
Moscow Narodny Bank, 71, 72 in aid to Soviet industries: general, 41 ;
Moscow Reparations Commission, 17, 25-26 pulp and paper, 185; shipping, 229
Moscow Textile Institute, 178 heavy water facilities in, 236
Moskatov, P.G., xxx nickel refining in, 115, 121, 366
Moskvich automobiles, 197 Soviet inventions in, 358, 360
Munck, Niels, 221 Nuova San Giorgio (Italy), 176
Municipal Bank of Moscow, 69 Nya Banken (Sweden), 67n.3, 68,69
Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of Nydqvist & Holm (Sweden), 216, 299
1951. See Battle Act
Mysore Iron and Steel Works (India), 95
Roberts sugar refining technology, 341-42, SAGs (Soviet companies in East Germany),
345·47 16, 19, 51,140
Rockefeller, David, 7ln.28 Salem Engineering, 130
Rockefeller, Nelson A., 72 Saloma tin, N.A., 61
rockets. See under weapons Salzgitter Industriebau GmbH (W. Ger.), 163
Rolls-Royce, xxix, 255, 257,263-66,278 Sanders Mission (Poland, 1945), 272-73
Roosevelt, Franklin D., 134 Sanger (German rocket designer), 268·69,
Roscnbrock, H. H., 323-25 passim 275
Rostow, Eugene V., 387n.26 Sant'Andrea company (Italy), 176
Rotary Tirlemont (RT) diffusers (for beet Santowhite (antioxidant), 160
sugar processing), 341-42 Satra Corp., 192,203, 384n.l6, 388-89
Roto-Coner textile plant equipment, 178 Saurer (Swit:l.) stitching machines, 60
Rourkela steel mill (India), 94 "scaling up" efforts:
Rover automotive technology, 197n.l9, 223 for blast furnaces, 123, 132,362-63,364,
rubber: 366, 379, 380,402-3
in COMECON agreements, 79 for coke ovens, 142·43, 380,403
in Lend Lease aid, 10, 153, 154 in electric power industry, 362-63, 364,
380, 403
in reparations, 22, 31, 3 7, 154, 157
synthetics: and acetylene production, limitations on, 403,406,419
156-59, 165; Buna-S, 154-55; Nairit, in medical technology, 403
xxix, 79, 153, 155; SK-8, 79, 153, for open hearth furnaces, 132, 362-63,
155, 159-60, 164, 369, 4\3, 415, 364, 366
423; in Soviet purchase programs, in sulfuric acid production, 144-45
xxviii; Soviet production figures in weapon~ technology, 361-63 passim
(1960), 153-54; T!larisl innovation in,
409; Western aid for, 366, 370 Sec also innovation
in U.K. exports, 147, !56 Scandinavia. Sec 1111der separate countric~
in U.S. export controls, !56 Scandinavian Airlines, 270
Rudenko, L.G., 240 Schcldc-Zu!:lCr (Neth.), 290
Rumania: Schell, Kurt, 262
in COMECON agreements, 80-81, 83 Schelm Bros. ammonia applicators, 211
reparations from, 15-17 passim, 32, 38· Scherbel, Hans, 241-4::!
39,414 Schiess-Defries (Ger.), 305 •.308, 316
Rusk, Dean, 43n.4 Schlack, Paul, 180·81
Russian Bank of Commerce, 67n.3, 69, 70 Sch!atlwrst (Ger.) warping machines, 17 5
Russky Diesel works, 55 Schlesinger, A.D., 69
Russo·Asiatic Bank, 70 Schley, Reeve, 72
Rust cotton picker, 212-13, 41 0 Sch\ippc, Boris von, 275
Rust, John, 212·13 Schlocmann extrusion and forging presses,
Ruston and Hornsby (U.K.), 331 120
Ruston-Bucyrus excavators, 98 Schmetterling guided missile, 276
Rustyfa consortium (U.K.), 160·61 Schmidt (German mining expert), 241
Ruti (Switz.) stitching machines, 60 Schneider et Cic (France), 227
Ruz, Juanita Castro, 22 Schneider·Alsthom {Fr.) locomotives, 61-62,
251
Schott glass works, 31
Schwerdt, E. F., 321
Siichsische Wcrkc, A.G., 141
Sachssc acetylene production method. See Science, defined, xxv
BASF Scott, George D., 351 n.35
Sactay Laboratory (France), 246 Scott, Lawrence, and Elcctrornotors (U.K.),
Saco-Lowet\, 177, 178 \83
Index 4 7~
Soci6t6 Alsthom (Soci6t6 G6n6rale de Con- Sterne, L., & Company, Ltd. (U.K.), 287
structions Electriques et MCcaniques Stettinius, Edward J., 15-17 passim
Alsthom) (France), 226, 251
Stcyr trucks, 194, 196
Societe Beige, 150-51
Steyr-Daimler-Pusch A.G. (Austria), 38, 373
SochhC Beige de !'Azote (SBA) (Belgium), Stiefel tube rolling mills, 129, 130
!59
Societe de D6veloppement Westinghouse- Stimson, Henry L., 240
Schneider (France), 227 Stinnes financial interests (Ger.), 69
SociCtC des Forges et Ateliers du Crcusot Stirling, R.B., & Company, Ltd. (U:K.), 287
(SFAC) (France), 227, 251 Stocznia Gdanska (Poland), 89-90, 221
Socil~te Fives-Lille-Cail (France), 173 Stone Platt (U.K.), 183
Soci6t6 G6n6rale (France), 70 Stork (Neth.) diesel engines, 299
Societe Gexa (France), 137 Stralsund Volkswerft (E. Ger.), 289
Sodeberg electrodes, 36 Strickland, E., 132n.35
Sohcngo (W. Ger.) stitching machines, 60 Strishkov, Vasiliy, J06n.l4, 108
Sokolov, Professor (Soviet inventor), 337, Sturtevant Engineering (U.K.), 148
341 Sugar and Chemical Machinery, Inc., 348
Sominskii, V.S., xxx Sulzer (Switz.):
South Africa, Republic of, 382-83 as diesel supplier, 214-16, 221, 291. 293,
Southwestern Engineering Corp., 116 299, 373, 374, 392
Soviet Academy of Construction and Archi- and Polish technology, 77, 87-90passim,
tecture, 59 291
Soviet Register of Shipping (Registr Soyu7.a), and turbine technology, 55,228
282n.8, 291, 292-93,404 weaving machines, 178
Soviet Purchasing Commission (U.S.), 240 Swan Thomas, & Son {U.K.), 148
Soviet State Bank. See Gosbank Sweden:
SOVROMs (Soviet companies in Rumania), in aid to Soviet industries: general, 41.
16 42, 49-50, 188·90 passim, 365-68
Sozialdemokratische Partei Deutschlands passim; ball bearings, 312; shipping,
(SPD), 30 228-29, 281, 28-5-86, 295-97, 300-2,
space technology, xxvi, 274, 323, 324, 329, 382·83, 393; textiles, 353
362,423 in Aswan Dam project. 98-99,415
Spain, 299-300 in indirect transfers, 87, 90
Speer, Albert, 326 Soviet financing in, 67n.3, 68-69
Speichem (France), 164 Soviet inventions in, 359-60
Sputnik, xxvi, 274, 329, 423 Sweetland filter presses, 52
Stal-l.aval {Sweden), 90 Swindell-Dressler, 192,203, 384n.l6, 389
Stalin, LV., 15,268-69, 362,419 Switzerland:
Standard Cables & Telephone, Ltd. (U.K.), in aid to Soviet industries: general, 41-42;
329 diesel engines, 214-16, 367-68, 373,
Standard Oil Company of New Jersey, 39 392; oil and gas, 366
Standard Oil Company (of New York), 411 in indirect transfers, 77, 87-90
Stankoimport, 24 precision machine tools in, 238-39
Stauffer & Company, 164 Soviet financing in, 71
Stearns-Roger feeders (for beet sugar process- Soviet inventions in, 359-60
ing), 337 Symons cone crushers, 110
Steckel strip mills, 127, 128 Synthetic Rubber Institute (U.S.S.R.), 159-
steel. See iron and steel industries 60
Syria, 98
Steenbeck, Max, 237
Stela Romana oil company (Rumania), 38 Tacan navigation system, 328
Sterling Moulding Materials, Ltd. (U.K.), 163 Tachikawa (Japan) motors, 184
Index 479
Westinghouse Electric Corp., 93, 96n.9, 138, Wotan (Ger.) grinders, 311; presses (for
227, 248n. 3, 250 aircraft industry), 269-70
Weston centrifugal separator (for beet sugar Woxchod Handelsbank, 71
processing), 346 Wright aircraft engines, 267
Westwood, J.N., 248, 252-53 Wumag (Waggon- und Maschincnfabrik A. G.)
Wheeler, Arthur, Corp., 116 (Ger.), 249
Whiffcn & Sons, Ltd. (U.K.), 148 Wurzburg System (radar), 276
White, Charles Ernest, xxxi Wycon Services (U.K.), 148
'Whiting Machine Works, I 77
Wieland excavators, 112 Yalta confcr~nce (1945), \6-17
Wiggin, Henry, and Company (U.K.), 265 Yaluchhmg, paper mil! (M<~nchuria), 187
Wilflcy pumps, 173 Ycgorov, Boris, 329n.S2
Wilhelm II, Kaiser, 67 Yokogawa Electric (Japan), 184
Wilson, Harold, 137 Yuba Manufacturing Company, 103
Wilson, R.R., 247 Yugoslavia:
Wintershall A. G. (Ger.), 139 in aid to Soviet sectors: general, 52, 85·
Wismuth A. G. (E. Ger.), 241-42 86, 399; food processing, 351; ships
Wissotski, D.V., 70-71 and shipbuilding, 64, 91, 283-85,
302, 399
Wissotski, F., 70-71
in indirect technology transfers, 399
Wolf, Waldemar, 273
reparations from, 15
wood products industry: in Soviet trade agreements, 78, 83
in re!)arations, 33, 73, 306-7
Western aid to: Finnish, 49, 73-74, 188; Zaubcrman, Alfred, 127, 181
Swedish, 188-89; U.K., 44; W. Ger- ZA WO (Poland), 87
man, 47 Zeiss, Karl, works (Ger.), 31, 32, \67, 270,
Western prototypes for, 114n.53 315
WoodaU-Duckham Construction Company, Zgoda (Poland), 87, 89-90
Ltd. (U.K.), !51 ZUT (Switzerland) turbines, 392